Oracle Database Installation Guide
Reklaam
Reklaam
Oracle® Database
Installation Guide
12c Release 1 (12.1) for Oracle Solaris
E17752-11
October 2013
Oracle Database Installation Guide, 12c Release 1 (12.1) for Oracle Solaris
E17752-11
Copyright © 2013, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Primary Author: Prakash Jashnani.
Contributing Authors: Douglas Williams, Ashmita Bose, Reema Khosla.
Contributor: The Oracle Database 12c documentation is dedicated to Mark Townsend, who was an inspiration to all who worked on this release.
Contributors: Saar Maoz, David Austin, Subhranshu Banerjee, Janelle Simmons, Mark Bauer, Gurumurthy
Ramamurthy, Robert Chang, Jonathan Creighton, Sudip Datta, Jonathan Creighton, John McHugh, Allan
Graves, Sundar Matpadi, Thirumaleshwara Hasandka, Sagar Jadhav, Joel Kallman, George Kotsovolos,
Gopal Mulagund, Tammy Bednar, Benoit Dageville, Simon Law, Richard Long, Shekhar Vaggu, Rolly Lv,
Padmanabhan Manavazhi, Sreejith Minnanghat, Krishna Mohan, Rajendra Pingte, Kevin Jernigan, Bryn
Llewellyn, Hanlin Qian, Roy Swonger, Ranjith Kundapur, Aneesh Khandelwal , Barb Lundhild, Barbara
Glover, Ravi Thammaiah, Binoy Sukumaran, Hema Ramamurthy, Prasad Bagal, Martin Widjaja, Ajesh
Viswambharan, Eric Belden, Sivakumar Yarlagadda, Preethi Vallam, Rudregowda Mallegowda , Satish
Panchumarthy, Matthew McKerley, Trivikrama Samudrala, Apparsamy Perumal, Akshay Shah, Sue Lee,
Sangeeth Kumar, James Spiller, Kamal Tbeileh, Rich Long, Mark Fuller, Sunil Ravindrachar, Sergiusz
Wolicki, Eugene Karichkin, Joseph Francis, Srinivas Poovala, David Schreiner, Neha Avasthy, Dipak Saggi,
Sudheendra Sampath, Mohammed Shahnawaz Quadri, Shachi Sanklecha, Zakia Zerhouni, Aravind
Jayaraaman, Jai Krishnani, Mughees Minhas, Jim Erickson, Darcy Christensen, Ara Shakian, Marcus Fallen,
Clara Jaeckel, Namrata Bhakthavatsalam, Emily Murphy, Terri Winters, Kevin Flood, Gavin Bowe,
Christopher Jones, Mark Richwine, Mohit Singhal, Gurudas Pai, Rajesh Prasad, Peter Wahl, Kiran Chamala,
Dharma Sirnapalli, Asad Hasan.
This software and related documentation are provided under a license agreement containing restrictions on use and disclosure and are protected by intellectual property laws. Except as expressly permitted in your license agreement or allowed by law, you may not use, copy, reproduce, translate, broadcast, modify, license, transmit, distribute, exhibit, perform, publish, or display any part, in any form, or by any means. Reverse engineering, disassembly, or decompilation of this software, unless required by law for interoperability, is prohibited.
The information contained herein is subject to change without notice and is not warranted to be error-free. If you find any errors, please report them to us in writing.
If this is software or related documentation that is delivered to the U.S. Government or anyone licensing it on behalf of the U.S. Government, the following notice is applicable:
U.S. GOVERNMENT END USERS: Oracle programs, including any operating system, integrated software, any programs installed on the hardware, and/or documentation, delivered to U.S. Government end users are "commercial computer software" pursuant to the applicable Federal Acquisition Regulation and agency-specific supplemental regulations. As such, use, duplication, disclosure, modification, and adaptation of the programs, including any operating system, integrated software, any programs installed on the hardware, and/or documentation, shall be subject to license terms and license restrictions applicable to the programs. No other rights are granted to the U.S. Government.
This software or hardware is developed for general use in a variety of information management applications. It is not developed or intended for use in any inherently dangerous applications, including applications that may create a risk of personal injury. If you use this software or hardware in dangerous applications, then you shall be responsible to take all appropriate fail-safe, backup, redundancy, and other measures to ensure its safe use. Oracle Corporation and its affiliates disclaim any liability for any damages caused by use of this software or hardware in dangerous applications.
Oracle and Java are registered trademarks of Oracle and/or its affiliates. Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners.
Intel and Intel Xeon are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation. All SPARC trademarks are used under license and are trademarks or registered trademarks of SPARC International, Inc. AMD,
Opteron, the AMD logo, and the AMD Opteron logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Advanced
Micro Devices. UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group.
This software or hardware and documentation may provide access to or information on content, products, and services from third parties. Oracle Corporation and its affiliates are not responsible for and expressly disclaim all warranties of any kind with respect to third-party content, products, and services. Oracle
Corporation and its affiliates will not be responsible for any loss, costs, or damages incurred due to your access to or use of third-party content, products, or services.
Contents
Preface
................................................................................................................................................................. xi
Changes in This Release for Oracle Database Installation Guide
................................ xv
1 Overview of Oracle Database Installation
New Oracle Products and Features Installed with This Release
.................................................... 1-1
........................................................................................................................ 1-1
.................................................................................................................... 1-3
Installing Oracle Database on a System with an Existing Oracle Installation ................... 1-3
Oracle Database Installation Methods
................................................................................................. 1-5
....................................................................................................................... 1-6
........................................................................................................................ 1-7
Database Security Notification Options
.............................................................................................. 1-7
Database Configuration Options
.......................................................................................................... 1-8
...................................................................................................................... 1-9 iii
......................................................................................................... 1-12
Database Backup and Recovery Options
.......................................................................................... 1-14
...................................................................................................................... 1-15
2 Oracle Database Preinstallation Tasks
Guidelines for Solaris Operating System Installation
..................................................................... 2-2
Logging In to the System as root
........................................................................................................... 2-2
Configuring Servers for Oracle Database
........................................................................................... 2-3
Reviewing Operating System Security Common Practices
............................................................. 2-6
Using Installation Fixup Scripts
............................................................................................................ 2-6
About Operating System Requirements
.............................................................................................. 2-7
Operating System Requirements for Oracle Solaris on SPARC (64-Bit)
...................................... 2-7
Operating System Requirements for Oracle Solaris on x86-64 (64-Bit)
......................................... 2-8
Additional Drivers and Software Packages for Oracle Solaris
.................................................... 2-10
Installation Requirements for Programming Environments for Oracle Solaris..................... 2-11
iv
Checking the Software Requirements
.............................................................................................. 2-12
Verifying Operating System Packages on Oracle Solaris 11
........................................................ 2-13
Verifying Operating System Patches on Oracle Solaris 10
........................................................... 2-13
Confirming Host Name Resolution
................................................................................................... 2-14
Identifying Required Software Directories
..................................................................................... 2-14
Identifying or Creating an Oracle Base Directory
.......................................................................... 2-17
Choosing a Storage Option for Oracle Database and Recovery Files
......................................... 2-19
Creating Directories for Oracle Database or Recovery Files
........................................................ 2-19
3 Configuring Users, Groups and Environments for Oracle Database
Creating Required Operating System Groups and Users
................................................................ 3-1
Oracle Automatic Storage Management Groups for Job Role Separation ......................... 3-5
Creating Job Role Separation Database Operating System Groups and Users......................... 3-6
Creating the OSDBA Group for Oracle Automatic Storage Management ......................... 3-7
Creating the OSOPER Group for Oracle Automatic Storage Management ....................... 3-8
Creating the OSASM Group for Oracle Automatic Storage Management......................... 3-8
Setting Remote Display and X11 Forwarding Configuration
......................................................... 3-9
Stopping Existing Oracle Processes
................................................................................................... 3-10
Configuring Oracle Software Owner Environment
....................................................................... 3-11
Determining Root Script Execution Plan
.......................................................................................... 3-15
4 Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server
Configuring Servers for Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server
.............................. 4-2 v
........................................................................................................... 4-4
Oracle Automatic Storage Management Storage Configuration
.................................................... 4-5
Identifying Storage Requirements for Oracle Automatic Storage Management............... 4-7
Creating DAS or SAN Disk Partitions for Oracle Automatic Storage Management ..... 4-10
Configuring Disk Devices for Oracle Automatic Storage Management.......................... 4-10
Manually Configuring Oracle ASM Disk Groups using Oracle ASMCA .............................. 4-11
Installing Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server Using a Software-Only
.............................................................................................................................................. 4-13
Installing and Configuring Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server
..................... 4-14
Installing Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server with a New Database Installation
............................................................................................................................................... 4-15
Installing Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server for an Existing Database ..... 4-20
Modifying Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server Binaries After Installation
5 Installing Oracle Database
Preinstallation Considerations
.............................................................................................................. 5-1
Performing Multiple Oracle Database Installations in Response File or Silent Mode............. 5-1
Reviewing Component-Specific Installation Guidelines
................................................................ 5-1
Accessing the Installation Software
..................................................................................................... 5-5
Downloading the Software from Oracle Software Delivery Cloud Portal......................... 5-6
Installing the Oracle Database Software
............................................................................................. 5-9
Installing Oracle Database Examples
................................................................................................ 5-19 vi
6 Oracle Database Postinstallation Tasks
Required Postinstallation Tasks
........................................................................................................... 6-1
Recommended Postinstallation Tasks
................................................................................................. 6-2
About the Fast Recovery Area and the Fast Recovery Area Disk Group........................... 6-4
Required Product-Specific Postinstallation Tasks
............................................................................ 6-6
7 Getting Started with Oracle Database
Checking the Installed Oracle Database Contents and Directory Location
................................. 7-1
Logging In to Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Express
.......................................................... 7-1
Managing Oracle Automatic Storage Management
.......................................................................... 7-2
Accessing Oracle Database with SQL*Plus
........................................................................................ 7-3 vii
Accessing Oracle Database with SQL Developer
.............................................................................. 7-3
Reviewing Accounts and Passwords
.................................................................................................... 7-4
Unlocking and Resetting User Passwords
........................................................................................... 7-7
Using Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Express to Unlock Accounts and Reset Passwords .
................................................................................................................................................. 7-7
............................................................................................................................. 7-9
Locating the Server Parameter File
....................................................................................................... 7-9
Reviewing Tablespaces and Data Files, Redo Log Files, and Control Files
.............................. 7-10
8 Removing Oracle Database Software
............................................................................................................... 8-1
Example of Running the Deinstallation Tool
..................................................................................... 8-4
Example of Running the Deinstall Command
................................................................................... 8-5
Deinstallation Response File Example for Oracle Database
........................................................... 8-5
Deinstallation Response File Example for Oracle Grid Infrastructure
......................................... 8-6
A Installing and Configuring Oracle Database Using Response Files
..................................................................................................................... A-1
Creating a Database Using Oracle Automatic Storage Management as the Storage Option for
..................................................................................................................... A-3
Running Oracle Universal Installer Using a Response File
........................................................... A-5
Running Net Configuration Assistant Using a Response File
....................................................... A-7
Running Database Configuration Assistant Using a Response File
............................................. A-8
Postinstallation Configuration Using a Response File
.................................................................... A-9
B Cloning an Oracle Home
....................................................................................................................... B-1
Configuring Oracle Configuration Manager in a Cloned Oracle Home
...................................... B-3 viii
C Using NAS Devices
General Configuration Guidelines for NAS Devices
...................................................................... C-1
........................................................................................................................ C-2
......................................................................................................................... C-2
Creating Files on a NAS Device for Use with Oracle Automatic Storage Management
........... C-4
................................................................................................................................ C-6
D How to Complete Preinstallation Tasks Manually
Configuring Kernel Parameters on Oracle Solaris
........................................................................... D-1
Configuring Shell Limits for Oracle Solaris
...................................................................................... D-4
Setting UDP and TCP Kernel Parameters Manually
........................................................................ D-5
E Configuring Networks for Oracle Database
Installing on Multihomed Computers
................................................................................................ E-1
Installing on Computers with Multiple Aliases
............................................................................... E-2
Installing on Non-Networked Computers
......................................................................................... E-2
F Optimal Flexible Architecture
Overview of the Optimal Flexible Architecture Standard
.............................................................. F-1
Implementing Optimal Flexible Architecture
................................................................................... F-2
ix
G Managing Oracle Database Port Numbers
........................................................................................................................... G-1
Viewing Port Numbers and Access URLs
.......................................................................................... G-1
Port Numbers and Protocols of Oracle Components
....................................................................... G-2
H Configuring Oracle Database Globalization Support
Installing and Using Oracle Components in Different Languages
............................................... H-1
Determining the Operating System Locale by Using the LANG Environment Variable H-2
Running Oracle Universal Installer in Different Languages
......................................................... H-4
I Troubleshooting
................................................................................................................................ I-1
........................................................................................................................ I-2
Remote Terminal Installation Error
....................................................................................................... I-2
What to Do If an Installation Error Occurs?
......................................................................................... I-3
Reviewing the Log of an Installation Session
..................................................................................... I-3
Troubleshooting and Deconfiguring Oracle Restart
.......................................................................... I-4
Troubleshooting Host Name Changes and CSS
................................................................................. I-5
Troubleshooting Configuration Assistants
.......................................................................................... I-5
Troubleshooting Inventory Issues
......................................................................................................... I-6
Troubleshooting Screen Display Issues
............................................................................................... I-6
Silent-Mode Response File Error Handling
......................................................................................... I-6
Cleaning Up After a Failed Installation
................................................................................................ I-7
Continuing Installations or Upgrades After Server Restarts
............................................................ I-7
J Frequently Asked Questions About Installation
.................................................................................................................... J-1
Installing Oracle Database Tools
.......................................................................................................... J-3
Installing Oracle Database with Oracle Applications
...................................................................... J-7
Installing Oracle Database Heterogeneous Connectivity Tools (Gateways)
............................... J-8
Glossary
Index
x
Preface
This guide explains how to install and configure Oracle Database for Oracle Solaris on
SPARC (64-Bit) and for Oracle Solaris on x86-64 (64-Bit). This guide also provides information about Optimal Flexible Architecture, cloning an Oracle home, troubleshooting the installation, and how to remove the database software..
The preface contains the following topics:
■
■
■
■
■
■
Audience
This guide is intended for anyone responsible for installing Oracle Database 12c
Release 1 (12.1) on Oracle Solaris systems. Additional installation guides for Oracle
Database, Oracle Real Application Clusters, Oracle Clusterware, Oracle Database
Examples, and Oracle Enterprise Manager Cloud Control are available on Oracle
Technology Network at:
See Also:
■
■
Oracle Database Quick Installation Guide for Oracle Solaris on SPARC
(64-Bit) to install Oracle Database using the default settings
Oracle Database Quick Installation Guide for Oracle Solaris on x86-64
(64-Bit) to install Oracle Database using the default settings
Documentation Accessibility
For information about Oracle's commitment to accessibility, visit the Oracle
Accessibility Program website at http://www.oracle.com/pls/topic/lookup?ctx=acc&id=docacc
.
Access to Oracle Support
Oracle customers have access to electronic support through My Oracle Support. For information, visit http://www.oracle.com/pls/topic/lookup?ctx=acc&id=info
or visit http://www.oracle.com/pls/topic/lookup?ctx=acc&id=trs
if you are hearing impaired.
xi
Command Syntax
UNIX command syntax appears in monospace
font. The dollar sign ($), number sign
(#), or percent sign (%) are UNIX command prompts. Do not enter them as part of the command. The following command syntax conventions are used in this guide:
Convention
backslash \ braces { } brackets [ ] ellipses ...
italic
vertical line |
Description
A backslash is the UNIX command continuation character. It is used in command examples that are too long to fit on a single line. Enter the command as displayed (with a backslash) or enter it on a single line without a backslash: dd if=/dev/rdsk/c0t1d0s6 of=/dev/rst0 bs=10b \ count=10000
Braces indicate required items:
.DEFINE {macro1}
Brackets indicate optional items: cvtcrt
termname
[
outfile
]
Ellipses indicate an arbitrary number of similar items:
CHKVAL fieldname value1 value2 ... valueN
Italic type indicates a variable. Substitute a value for the variable:
library_name
A vertical line indicates a choice within braces or brackets:
FILE
filesize
[K|M]
Accessing Documentation
The documentation for this release includes platform-specific documentation and generic product documentation.
Platform-Specific Documentation
Platform-specific documentation includes information about installing and using
Oracle products on particular platforms.
This guide contains information required to install Oracle Database 12c Release 1 (12.1) on various platforms of . Ensure that you review information related to the platform on which you intend to install Oracle Database.
The platform-specific documentation for this product is available in both PDF and
HTML format online on the Oracle Technology Network (OTN) website: http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/indexes/documentation/index.html
Product Documentation
Product documentation includes information about configuring, using, or administering Oracle products on any platform. The product documentation for
Oracle Database products is available in both HTML and PDF formats online on the
Oracle Technology Network (OTN) website: http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/indexes/documentation/index.html
xii
Related Documentation
The related documentation for Oracle Database products includes the following manuals:
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
Oracle Database Concepts
Oracle Database New Features Guide
Oracle Database Licensing Information
Oracle Database Readme
Oracle Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX
Oracle Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide
Oracle Database Release Notes for Oracle Solaris
Oracle Database Client Installation Guide for Oracle Solaris
Oracle Database Examples Installation Guide
Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX
Oracle Database Quick Installation Guide for Oracle Solaris on SPARC (64-Bit)
Oracle Database Client Quick Installation Guide for Oracle Solaris on SPARC (64-Bit)
Oracle Database Quick Installation Guide for Oracle Solaris on x86-64 (64-Bit)
Oracle Database Client Quick Installation Guide for Oracle Solaris on x86-64 (64-Bit)
Oracle Database Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating
Systems
■
■
■
■
Oracle Automatic Storage Management Administrator's Guide
Oracle Database Upgrade Guide
Oracle Database 2 Day DBA
Oracle Application Express Installation Guide
For information about Oracle error messages, see Oracle Database Error Messages.
Oracle error message documentation is available only in HTML. If you have access to the Oracle Database 12c Release 1 (12.1) Online Documentation Library, then you can browse the error messages by range. After you find the specific range, use your browser's "find in page" feature to locate the specific message. When connected to the
Internet, you can search for a specific error message using the error message search feature of the Oracle online documentation.
Many books in the documentation set use the sample schemas of the seed database, which is installed by default when you install Oracle Database. See Oracle Database
Sample Schemas for information about how these schemas were created and how you can use them yourself.
To download free release notes, installation documentation, white papers, or other collateral, visit Oracle Technology Network. You must register online before using
Oracle Technology Network; registration is free and can be done at: http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/community/join/overview/index.html
If you have a user name and password for Oracle Technology Network, then you can go directly to the documentation section of Oracle Technology Network website at: http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/indexes/documentation/index.html
xiii
See Oracle Database Release Notes for Oracle Solaris for important information that was not available when this book was released. The release notes for Oracle Database is updated regularly. The most recent version is available on Oracle Technology Network at: http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/indexes/documentation/index.html
Typographic Conventions
The following text conventions are used in this document:
Convention boldface
italic
monospace
Meaning
Boldface type indicates graphical user interface elements associated with an action, or terms defined in text or the glossary.
Italic type indicates book titles, emphasis, or placeholder variables for which you supply particular values.
Monospace type indicates commands within a paragraph, URLs, code in examples, text that appears on the screen, or text that you enter.
xiv
Changes in This Release for Oracle Database
Installation Guide
This preface contains:
Changes in Oracle Database 12c Release 1 (12.1)
See Also:
Oracle Database New Features Guide
Changes in Oracle Database 12c Release 1 (12.1)
The following are changes in Oracle Database Installation Guide for Oracle Database 12c
Release 1 (12.1):
■
■
■
■
New Features
■
Root Scripts Automation
■
■
Starting with Oracle Database 12c Release 1 (12.1), Oracle Universal Installer provides options to automatically run root configuration scripts required during a grid infrastructure installation. You also have the option to manually run the root configuration scripts.
See
"Determining Root Script Execution Plan" on page 3-15
Oracle Flex ASM
Oracle Flex ASM enables an Oracle ASM instance to run on a separate physical server from the database servers. Many Oracle ASM instances can be clustered to support a large number of database clients.
Oracle Database instances can be set up as clients to Oracle Flex ASM where metadata is provided to the database instance by an Oracle Flex ASM instance that may be on a different node than the database instance.
Note that Oracle Flex ASM can apply to a collection of databases, each one a single instance but running in a Flex ASM Cluster.
See Oracle Automatic Storage Management Administrator's Guide for more information about Oracle Flex ASM
Deinstallation Tool Integrated with Installation Media xv
xvi
■
■
■
■
■
Starting with Oracle Database 12c, the deinstallation tool is integrated with the database installation media and is no longer provided on a separate installation media.
See
"About the Deinstallation Tool" on page 8-1 and "Change for Standalone
Deinstallation Tool" in Oracle Database Upgrade Guide.
Simplified Oracle Label Security Installation
Starting with Oracle Database 12c, Oracle Label Security is installed by default as part of the Oracle Database installation. You can no longer select Oracle Label
Security as a custom component during an Enterprise Edition database installation.
See
"Configuring Oracle Label Security" on page 6-7 and Oracle Label Security
Administrator's Guide.
Simplified Oracle Database Vault Installation
Starting with Oracle Database 12c, Oracle Database Vault is installed by default as part of the Oracle Database installation. However, you can configure, enable, or disable Oracle Database Vault after the Oracle Database installation, either using
Oracle DBCA, or by running SQL statements as described in the "Disabling and
Enabling Oracle Database Vault" section in Oracle Database Vault Administrator's
Guide.
See "Registering Oracle Database Vault with an Oracle Database" in Oracle
Database Vault Administrator's Guide
Unified Database Audit Configuration
Starting with Oracle Database 12c, you can create named audit policies. An audit policy contains a set of audit options, which is stored in the database as an object.
The advantage of creating a named audit policy is that it reduces the number of commands that are required to create a database audit policy, and it simplifies the implementation of an audit configuration for security and compliance with conditional auditing.
This new audit policy framework is included with the database installation.
See "Auditing Activities with Unified Audit Policies and the AUDIT Statement" in
Oracle Database Security Guide
Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Express 12c
Oracle Database 12c introduces Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Express 12c, a web-based management tool built into Oracle Database without any need for special installation or management. Using Oracle Enterprise Manager Database
Express, you can perform basic administrative tasks such as user, performance, memory, and space management. You can also view performance and status information about your database.
See "Introduction to Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Express" in Oracle
Database 2 Day DBA and "Getting Started with Oracle Database" on page 7-1
Note that starting with Oracle Database 12c, Oracle Enterprise Manager Database
Control is no longer available. See Oracle Database Upgrade Guide for more information.
Multiprocess and Multithreaded Oracle Database
Starting with Oracle Database 12c, Oracle Database may use operating system threads to allow resource sharing and reduce resource consumption.
■
■
■
See "Introduction to Processes" in Oracle Database Concepts.
Support for Separation of Database Administration Duties
Oracle Database 12c provides support for separation of database administration duties for Oracle Database by introducing task-specific and least-privileged administrative privileges that do not require the SYSDBA administrative privilege.
These new privileges are:
SYSBACKUP
for backup and recovery,
SYSDG
for Oracle
Data Guard, and
SYSKM
for encryption key management.
See
"Creating Required Operating System Groups and Users" on page 3-1 and
"Managing Administrative Privileges" in Oracle Database Security Guide.
Oracle DBCA Support for CDBs and PDBs
Starting with Oracle Database 12c, Oracle Database Configuration Assistant
(Oracle DBCA) allows you to create a a multitenant container database (CDB) or a non-CDB. You can create the CDB with zero, one, or more user-created pluggable databases (PDBs).
You can also create a CDB with one PDB during the database installation.
See the "Specify Database Identifiers" screen in
Installer" on page 5-9, and Oracle Database Administrator's Guide.
See "About Common Users and Local Users", "Managing Common Roles and
Local Roles" and "Managing Commonly and Locally Granted Privileges" in Oracle
Database Security Guide for information on users, roles, and privileges in a CDB and PDB.
Support for NFS Version in Direct NFS Client
Starting with Oracle Database 12c, you can specify the NFS protocol version to be used by Direct NFS Client.
See
"Enabling Direct NFS Client" on page 6-12.
Deprecated Features
The following features are deprecated in this release, and may be desupported in a future release. See Oracle Database Upgrade Guide for a complete list of deprecated features in this release.
■
■
■
Deprecation Announcement for Oracle Restart
Oracle Restart is a feature provided as part of Oracle Grid Infrastructure. Oracle
Restart monitors and can restart Oracle Database instances, Oracle Net Listeners, and Oracle ASM instances. Oracle Restart is currently restricted to manage single instance Oracle Databases and Oracle ASM instances only, and is subject to desupport in future releases. Oracle continues to provide Oracle ASM as part of the Oracle Grid Infrastructure installation for Standalone and Cluster deployments.
Change for Standalone Deinstallation Tool
The deinstallation tool is now integrated with the database installation media.
See
"Deinstallation Tool Integrated with Installation Media"
Deprecation of
-cleanupOBase
The
-cleanupOBase
flag of the deinstallation tool is deprecated in this release.
There is no replacement for this flag.
xvii
xviii
Desupported Features
The following features are no longer supported by Oracle. See Oracle Database Upgrade
Guide for a complete list of desupported features in this release.
■
■
Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Control
CLEANUP_ORACLE_BASE
Property Removed
Other Changes
The following are additional changes in the release:
■
■
Document Structure Changes
Some preinstallation tasks are redesigned into category topics. For more details, continue to read this section in its entirety, and refer to the chapters that subdivide preinstallation tasks into category topics.
Preinstallation Task Changes
–
Fixup scripts do not replace system tuning, but they do reduce the amount of manual system configuration required for an initial deployment. For this reason, some manual tasks that fixup scripts perform are now moved to an appendix. If you choose to, see
Appendix D, "How to Complete Preinstallation
Tasks Manually" to continue to configure your servers manually.
–
Oracle Database, and Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server hardware and system requirements are now subdivided into category topics:
"Configuring Servers for Oracle Database" on page 2-3
"Operating System Requirements for Oracle Solaris on SPARC (64-Bit)" on page 2-7
"Operating System Requirements for Oracle Solaris on x86-64 (64-Bit)" on page 2-8
"Configuring Servers for Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server" on page 4-2
–
Configuring networks for Oracle Database is now moved to a separate appendix:
Appendix E, "Configuring Networks for Oracle Database"
1
Overview of Oracle Database Installation
This chapter describes the different installation types of Oracle Database and issues to consider before you install Oracle Database:
■
■
New Oracle Products and Features Installed with This Release
■
■
■
■
Oracle Database Installation Methods
■
■
■
■
■
■
Database Security Notification Options
Database Configuration Options
Database Backup and Recovery Options
New Oracle Products and Features Installed with This Release
Refer to
Changes in This Release for Oracle Database Installation Guide
for information about the new features and products installed with this release.
Planning the Installation
The Oracle Database installation process consists of the following steps:
1.
Read the release notes:
Read Oracle Database Installation Guide for Oracle Solaris before you begin the installation. The release notes are available with the platform-specific documentation.
The latest version of the release notes is available on Oracle Technology Network at: http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/indexes/documentation/index.html
2.
Review the licensing information:
Although the installation media in the media pack contain many Oracle components, you are permitted to use only those components for which you have purchased licenses.
Overview of Oracle Database Installation 1-1
Planning the Installation
Oracle Support Services does not provide support for components for which licenses have not been purchased.
See Also:
Oracle Database Licensing Information
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Plan the installation:
This chapter describes the Oracle products that you can install and issues that you must consider before starting the installation.
You can also refer to
, which covers frequently asked questions about installing Oracle Database components, such as how to install Oracle Database if the site uses Oracle applications or if you need multiple Oracle Database connections.
Complete preinstallation tasks:
describes preinstallation tasks that you must complete before installing the product. Additionally, see
information on configuring users, groups and environments,
Restart preinstallation tasks, and Appendix E
for checking the network setup.
Install the software:
Use the following sections to install Oracle Database and
Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server:
■
describes how to install Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server.
■
■
describes how to use Oracle Universal Installer to install Oracle
Database and how to clone an Oracle home.
provides information about performing silent, or response file installations, which you may want to use if you must perform multiple installations of Oracle Database.
■
■
■
Appendix B provides information about cloning an Oracle home.
provides information about completing installation related configuration tasks manually.
describes globalization support information.
■
Appendix I provides troubleshooting advice in case you encounter problems
with the installation.
Complete postinstallation tasks:
describes recommended and required postinstallation tasks.
Get started using Oracle Database:
Use the following sections to get started with
Oracle Database:
■
describes how to verify the contents of the installed Oracle
Database, how to start various tools, and how to locate various files.
■
■
describes the network-attached storage (NAS) devices, which you can use to store Oracle database files and Oracle software.
Appendix F describes the Optimal Flexible Architecture, which is a set of
guidelines that ensures reliable Oracle installations that require little maintenance.
■
Appendix G explains the method to manage Oracle Database port numbers.
Remove Oracle database software:
Chapter 8 describes how to remove Oracle
Database software.
1-2 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Installation Considerations
Installation Considerations
This section contains information that you must consider before deciding how to install this product. It contains the following sections:
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
Hardware and Software Certification
Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server
Oracle Cluster Synchronization Services
Installing Oracle Database Vault in an Oracle Data Guard Environment
Oracle Database Vault Default Audit Policy and Initialization Parameters
Consider Memory Allocation and Automatic Memory Management
Hardware and Software Certification
The platform-specific hardware and software requirements included in this guide were current when this guide was published. However, because new platforms and operating system software versions might be certified after this guide is published, review the certification matrix on the My Oracle Support website for the most up-to-date list of certified hardware platforms and operating system versions. The My
Oracle Support website is available at: https://support.oracle.com/
You must register online before using My Oracle Support. After logging in, from the menu options, select the Certifications tab. On the Certifications page, use the
Certification Search
options to search by Product, Release, and Platform. You can also search using the Certification Quick Link options such as Product Delivery, and
Lifetime Support.
Third-Party Database Certification for Oracle SQL Developer
You can use Oracle SQL Developer to view metadata and data of several non-Oracle databases. Refer to "Database Certification for SQL Developer (Oracle and
Third-Party)" in Oracle SQL Developer Installation Guide for more information.
Multiple Oracle Homes Support
This product supports multiple Oracle homes. So, you can install this release or earlier releases of the software more than once on the same system, in different Oracle home directories.
Installing Oracle Database on a System with an Existing Oracle Installation
You must install Oracle Database into a new Oracle home directory. You cannot install products from one release of Oracle Database into an Oracle home directory of a different release. For example, you cannot install Oracle Database 11g Release 2 software into an existing Oracle9i Oracle home directory.
You can install this release more than once on the same system if each installation is installed in a separate Oracle home directory.
Overview of Oracle Database Installation 1-3
Installation Considerations
Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server
The Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server provides the infrastructure to include your single-instance database in an enterprise grid architecture. Oracle
Database 12c combines these infrastructure products into one software installation called the Oracle Grid Infrastructure home. On a single-instance database, the Oracle
Grid Infrastructure home includes Oracle Restart and Oracle Automatic Storage
Management (Oracle ASM) software.
To use Oracle ASM or Oracle Restart, you must first install Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server before you install and create the database. Otherwise, you must manually register the database with Oracle Restart.
See Also:
Chapter 4, "Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone
for more information about installing Oracle Grid
Infrastructure for a standalone server
Oracle Cluster Synchronization Services
When you install Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server, Oracle Universal
Installer configures the single-node version of Oracle Cluster Synchronization Services
(CSS). Specifically, CSS is a daemon process that is configured by the root.sh
script.
The CSS service is required to enable synchronization between an Oracle ASM instance and the database instances that rely on it for database file storage. Because the service must be running before an Oracle ASM instance or database instance starts, it is configured to start automatically by Oracle Restart before the Oracle ASM instance is started. It must be running if an Oracle database is using Oracle ASM for database file storage.
For single-instance installations, the CSS daemon is installed in and runs from the
Oracle Grid Infrastructure home which is the same home that runs Oracle ASM.
Note:
On cluster systems with Oracle RAC installations, the CSS daemon is configured during the Oracle Clusterware installation. If the system is running Oracle Clusterware, then see Oracle Real
Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX for information about removing Oracle RAC or Oracle Clusterware.
See Also:
"Oracle Automatic Storage Management" on page 1-10
Installing Oracle Database Vault in an Oracle Data Guard Environment
Starting with Oracle Database 12c, Oracle Database Vault is installed by default as part of the Oracle Database installation.
If you plan to use Oracle Data Guard with Oracle Database Vault, then see "Integrating
Oracle Database Vault with Oracle Data Guard" in Oracle Database Vault Administrator's
Guide.
Oracle Database Vault Default Audit Policy and Initialization Parameters
Oracle Database Vault installs a baseline database auditing policy. This policy covers the access control configuration information stored in Oracle Database Vault database tables, information stored in Oracle Catalog (rollback segments, tablespaces, and so
1-4 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Oracle Database Installation Methods on), the use of system privileges, and Oracle Label Security configuration. When you install Oracle Database Vault, the security specific database initialization parameters are initialized with default values.
See Also:
"Oracle Database Vault Policy Audit Events" in Oracle
Database Vault Administrator's Guide
Consider Memory Allocation and Automatic Memory Management
During a Typical installation, you create your database with Database Configuration
Assistant (DBCA), and automatic memory management is enabled. If you choose advanced installation, then you can either specify memory allocation manually, or enable automatic memory management.
With automatic memory management, the Oracle Database instances automatically manage and tune memory for you. With automatic memory management, you choose a memory target, and the instance automatically distributes memory between the system global area (SGA) and the instance program global area (instance PGA). As memory requirements change, the instance dynamically redistributes memory between the SGA and instance PGA.
You can enable automatic memory management either during, or after the database installation. Enabling automatic memory management after installation involves a shutdown and restart of the database.
See Also:
"Managing Memory" in Oracle Database Administrator's
Guide
Oracle Database Installation Methods
You can choose different installation methods to install Oracle Database, as follows:
■
■
Interactive Installation Types
Automated Installation Methods Using Response Files
Interactive Installation Types
When you use the interactive method to install Oracle Database by selecting the
Create and configure a database
option, Oracle Universal Installer displays a series of screens that enable you to specify all the required information to install the Oracle
Database software and create a database.
Oracle Universal Installer provides you the following options:
■
Desktop Class: Select this option if you are installing on a laptop or desktop class system. This option includes a starter database and allows minimal configuration.
This option is designed for those who want to quickly set up a database.
■
Server Class: Select this option if you are installing on a server class system, such as what you would use when deploying Oracle Database in a production data center. This option allows for more advanced configuration options. Advanced configuration options available with this option include Oracle RAC, Oracle ASM, backup and recovery configuration, integration with Oracle Enterprise Manager
Cloud Control, and more fine-grained memory tuning, among others.
Furthermore, the Server Class option provides you with the following installation types:
Overview of Oracle Database Installation 1-5
Software Updates Option
–
Typical: Select this installation method to quickly install Oracle Database. This installation type requires minimal user input. Oracle Universal Installer installs the software and optionally creates a general-purpose database using the information that you specify on the screen. It is the default installation type.
–
Advanced: Select this installation type to complete any of the following tasks:
–
Select a database character set or different product languages.
–
Create the EXAMPLE tablespace during the installation.
–
Create a database on a different file system from the software.
–
Specify different passwords for administrative schemas.
–
Configure recovery options.
–
Configure Oracle Configuration Manager.
–
In the Select Database Edition screen, if you select Enterprise Edition, then Oracle Universal Installer automatically selects the components most customers need for their Oracle Database installation.
See Also:
installation
Automated Installation Methods Using Response Files
By creating a response file and specifying this file when you start Oracle Universal
Installer, you can automate some or all of the Oracle Database installation. These automated installation methods are useful if you must perform multiple installations on similarly configured systems or if the system where you want to install the software does not have X Window System software installed.
When you use a response file, you can run Oracle Universal Installer in the following modes, depending on whether you specify all of the required information:
■
Silent Mode: Oracle Universal Installer runs in silent mode if you use a response file that specifies all required information, and specify the
-silent
option when starting Oracle Universal Installer. None of the Oracle Universal Installer screens are displayed.
■
Response File Mode: Oracle Universal Installer runs in response file mode if you do not specify all required information in the response file.
For more information about these modes and about how to complete an installation
using response files, see Appendix A
.
Software Updates Option
Use the Software Updates feature to dynamically download and apply the latest updates released by Oracle; such as, interim patch updates, Oracle Universal Installer updates, and the latest patch set updates. This functionality is available starting with
Oracle Database 11g Release 2 (11.2.0.2).
You can choose to download the latest updates by providing your My Oracle Support credentials or you can apply previously downloaded updates. You can also download the updates separately using the
-downloadUpdates
option and later apply them during the Oracle Database installation by providing the location of the updates.
1-6 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Database Security Notification Options
See Also:
"Downloading Updates Before Installation" on page 5-9
Oracle Database Editions
You can choose one of the following database editions when installing Oracle Database
12c:
■
■
■
Enterprise Edition: Installs licensable Oracle Database options and database configuration and management tools in addition to all of the products that are installed during a Standard Edition installation. It also installs products most commonly used for data warehousing and transaction processing. This option also allows you to enable or disable individual components from a components list.
Standard Edition: This installation type is designed for department-level or workgroup-level applications and for small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs).
It is engineered to provide core relational database management services and options. It installs an integrated set of management tools, full distribution, replication, web features, and it helps build business-critical applications.
Standard Edition One: This installation type is designed for department-level, workgroup-level, or web applications. From single-instance environments for small business to highly distributed branch environments, Oracle Database
Standard Edition One includes all the features necessary to build business-critical applications.
Note:
■
■
■
You must install Oracle Database Client separately. You cannot install it during an Oracle Database installation. See Oracle
Database Client Installation Guide for Linux for installation instructions.
The installation process is the same for all the database editions.
Ensure that you install only those products for which you have a valid license.
See Also:
Oracle Database Licensing Information for more information about the features available with each Oracle Database edition and for information about licensing
Database Security Notification Options
Oracle issues security alerts as needed for vulnerability fixes that are determined to be too critical to wait for distribution in the next Critical Patch Update.
During the database installation, in the Configure Security Updates screen Oracle
Universal Installer prompts you to provide a security contact. Select one of the following options:
■
Provide an email address to receive security information for your installation.
■
Provide a My Oracle Support email address or account name to receive security information for your installation, and to enroll your system for Security Updates.
You can receive information about alerts through My Oracle Support.
You can choose not to provide this information, but Oracle strongly recommends that you configure a security notification contact.
Overview of Oracle Database Installation 1-7
Database Configuration Options
The information collected by Security Updates is limited to configuration information.
The data collected does not include personally identifiable information (except for a local contact name in case of transmission problems). You may still use all licensed
Oracle functionality if you decline to enable Security Updates.
To choose not to receive security notifications, leave all fields in the Configure Security
Updates screen blank, and click Next to continue.
If you provide your My Oracle Support credentials, then Security Updates automatically gathers configuration information regarding your installed Oracle products and uploads it to Oracle's support systems. You can access the information it collects through your My Oracle Support account, and review health check recommendations, patch recommendations and other recommendations for your system in addition to security alerts.
See Also:
The Oracle Security Policies page, which is available from the following URL: http://www.oracle.com/us/support/assurance/fixing-policies/i ndex.html
Database Configuration Options
During the Oracle Database installation, you can choose to create an Oracle database as part of the installation. If you choose to create an Oracle database, then Oracle
Universal Installer uses Oracle Database Configuration Assistant to create it. You can create the database with one of the preconfigured database types, which are designed for a variety of different applications, modify one of the preconfigured database types, or create a customized database to meet your requirements.
This section describes the following database configuration options:
■
■
■
Installation Choices that Affect Database Creation
Creating a Database After Installation
Preconfigured Database Types
Oracle provides the following preconfigured database types that you can create or customize during the installation:
■
■
General Purpose/Transaction Processing
Data Warehouse
See the online help provided by either Oracle Universal Installer or Oracle Database
Configuration Assistant for a description of these preconfigured database types.
Installation Choices that Affect Database Creation
Oracle Universal Installer runs Oracle Database Configuration Assistant in one of two modes, depending on the choices that you make during the installation:
■
Silent or response file mode
If you choose either the Enterprise Edition or Standard Edition database edition, then choose to create a preconfigured database type. Oracle Universal Installer prompts you for the minimum amount of information required to create a database of the type you choose. It then runs Oracle Database Configuration
1-8 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Database Storage Options
Assistant in silent or response file mode to create the database after it installs the software.
Note:
Oracle recommends that you use this method to create a database if you have not previously created one.
■
Interactive mode
Install the database using Oracle Universal Installer and start Oracle Database
Configuration Assistant from the Oracle home. Oracle Database Configuration
Assistant runs in interactive mode. Using the screens in Oracle Database
Configuration Assistant, you can either modify one of the preconfigured database types or customize the database.
Note:
If you use this method to create a database, then click Help on any of the Oracle Database Configuration Assistant screens for a description of the information that you must specify on that screen.
Creating a Database After Installation
If you did not create a database during the installation, then you can use Oracle
Database Configuration Assistant to create a database after you install the software.
For more information about using Oracle Database Configuration Assistant to create a database after installation, see "Creating and Managing a Database with DBCA" in
Oracle Database 2 Day DBA.
Database Storage Options
If you create a database during the installation, you can specify one of the following storage options for database files:
■
■
Oracle Automatic Storage Management
Note:
Installing files on raw devices is no longer an option during installation. You must use a file system or Oracle Automatic Storage
Management (Oracle ASM).
File System
If you use the file system option, then Oracle Database Configuration Assistant creates the database files in a directory on a file system mounted on the computer. Oracle recommends that the file system be separate from the file systems used by the operating system or the Oracle software. The file system can be any of the following:
■
A file system on a disk that is physically attached to the system
■
If you are creating a database on basic disks that are not logical volumes or RAID devices, then Oracle recommends that you follow the Optimal Flexible
Architecture (OFA) recommendations and distribute the database files over many disks.
A file system on a logical volume manager (LVM) volume or a RAID device
Overview of Oracle Database Installation 1-9
Database Storage Options
■
If you are using multiple disks in an LVM or RAID configuration, then Oracle recommends that you use the stripe and mirror everything (SAME) methodology to increase performance and reliability. Using this methodology, you do not have to specify multiple file system mount points for the database storage.
A network file system (NFS) mounted from a certified network-attached storage
(NAS) device. You also have the option to use Direct NFS Client, which simplifies the administration of NFS configurations and also improves performance.
If the NAS device is certified by Oracle, then you can store the database files on them.
See Also:
■
■
"General Configuration Guidelines for NAS Devices" on page C-1
for NAS certification information
"Configuring Direct NFS Client" on page 6-10
If you use the Advanced database creation option, then you can also use the Oracle
Managed Files feature with the new database. If you use this feature, then you must specify only the database object name instead of file names when creating or deleting database files.
See Also:
"Specifying Oracle Managed Files at Database Creation" in Oracle Database Administrator's Guide
Oracle Automatic Storage Management
Oracle Automatic Storage Management (Oracle ASM) is a high-performance storage management solution. For Oracle Database files, it simplifies the management of a dynamic database environment, for example, creating and laying out databases and managing disk space.
Oracle ASM can be used with single database installations, multiple database installations, and in Oracle RAC environments. It can be used with databases created in Oracle Database 10g Release 1 (10.1.0.3 or later). However, Oracle Database 12c databases must use Oracle ASM from Oracle Database 12c or later. Oracle ASM is installed as part of the Oracle Grid Infrastructure installation. If you plan to use Oracle
ASM, then you must install Oracle Grid Infrastructure before you install and create the database. If you want to upgrade an existing Oracle ASM installation, then you must upgrade Oracle ASM by running an Oracle Grid Infrastructure upgrade.
See Also:
Chapter 4, "Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone
for more information about installing the Oracle Grid
Infrastructure for a standalone server
Oracle ASM manages the storage of all database files, such as redo logs, control files, and data pump export files.
Oracle ASM can manage the Oracle Database executable binary files and any other database files by creating a file system with Oracle Automatic Storage Management
Cluster File System. Although Oracle Automatic Storage Management Cluster File
System is cluster-aware, it also works as a file system on a single-instance database.
Oracle Automatic Storage Management provides storage management for both cluster environments and single instance database environments.
1-10 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Database Storage Options
See Also:
"Introducing Oracle ACFS and Oracle ADVM" in Oracle
Automatic Storage Management Administrator's Guide for information about Oracle Automatic Storage Management Cluster File System
At a high level, implementing Oracle ASM involves allocating partitioned disks for
Oracle Database with preferences for striping and mirroring. Oracle ASM manages the disk space for you. This helps avoid the need for traditional disk management tools, such as Logical Volume Managers (LVM), file systems, and the numerous commands necessary to manage both. The synchronization between Oracle ASM and the database instance is handled by CSS.
The following are components of an Oracle ASM installation:
■
Oracle Automatic Storage Management Disk Groups
■
Oracle Automatic Storage Management Instance
Oracle Automatic Storage Management Disk Groups
A disk group is a set of disk devices that Oracle ASM manages as a single unit. Each disk device can be an individual physical disk, a multiple disk device, such as a RAID storage array or logical volume, or a partition on a physical disk. In most cases, disk groups consist of one or more individual physical disks. To enable Oracle ASM to balance I/O operations and storage efficiently within the disk group, you must ensure that all devices in the disk group have similar, if not identical, storage capacity and performance.
You can set the redundancy and striping attributes of individual file types within a disk group by using Oracle ASM disk group templates. When you create a disk group,
Oracle ASM creates a set of default templates for that disk group. Default template settings depend on the disk group type. For example, the default template for control files for both normal and high redundancy disk groups is set to three-way mirroring.
All other files are configured with two-way mirroring for normal redundancy, or three-way mirroring when configured for high redundancy. For a high redundancy disk group, the default mirroring cannot be changed, which implies that all files are always three-way mirrored in a high redundancy disk group. You can modify the default templates to suit your site’s needs. See Oracle Automatic Storage Management
Administrator's Guide for more information.
Oracle ASM spreads data evenly across all the devices in the disk group to optimize performance and utilization. You can add or remove disk devices from a disk group without shutting down the database. When you add or remove disks, Oracle ASM rebalances the files across the disk group. You can create multiple disk groups to do specific tasks, such as backup and recovery operations, in addition to regular file storage activities.
When you add a device to a disk group, you can specify a failure group for that device.
Failure groups identify disk devices that have common failure characteristics, for example, devices that are attached to the same controller. If the controller fails, then all devices attached to it become unavailable. By default, each device also belongs to its own failure group. By using the failure groups you specify, Oracle ASM can distribute data among the devices in the disk group to minimize the risk of data loss caused by component failures.
Oracle Automatic Storage Management Instance
The Oracle ASM instance is a special Oracle instance that manages Oracle ASM disk groups. The Oracle ASM instance and the
ASMSNMP
account are created and started, if necessary, when you install Oracle Grid Infrastructure. Oracle Enterprise Manager
Overview of Oracle Database Installation 1-11
Database Management Options uses this account to monitor Oracle ASM instances to retrieve data from Oracle
ASM-related data dictionary views. The
ASMSNMP
account status is set to
OPEN
upon creation, and it is granted the SYSDBA privilege.
Oracle recommends that you have the Oracle ASM instance in its own Oracle home.
Oracle also recommends that you run this instance before you start a database instance that uses Oracle ASM.
For an Oracle Database installation, you only need one Oracle ASM instance, regardless of the number of database instances on the computer.
See Also:
"Managing Oracle ASM Users with Oracle Enterprise
Manager" in Oracle Automatic Storage Management Administrator's
Guide for information about the
ASMSNMP
user
Database Management Options
To simplify database administration, Oracle provides a web-based management tool called Oracle Enterprise Manager. There are different ways to deploy Oracle Enterprise
Manager:
■
Deploy Oracle Enterprise Manager centrally in the environment
To deploy Oracle Enterprise Manager centrally, you must install at least one Oracle
Management Repository and at least one Oracle Management Service within the environment, then install an Oracle Enterprise Management Agent on every computer to manage. You can then use a single HTML interface to manage and monitor software and hardware targets on all of those systems. Targets can include
Oracle databases, application servers, net listeners, and third-party software. This single interface is called Oracle Enterprise Manager Cloud Control.
Note:
■
Oracle Enterprise Manager Cloud Control is available separately on the Oracle Enterprise Manager Cloud Control installation media, and on the Oracle Technology Network website: http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/oem/enterprise-manager/ove rview/index.html
■
For the latest Oracle Enterprise Manager certification information see the My Oracle Support certification page at: https://support.oracle.com/
See Also:
■
■
Oracle Enterprise Manager Cloud Control Basic Installation Guide
Oracle Enterprise Manager Oracle Database Plug-in Release Notes
■
Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Express locally on the database system
Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Express 12c is a web-based management tool built into Oracle Database without any need for special installation or management.
1-12 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Database Management Options
Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Express can manage only a single database. If you want to administer multiple databases on a system, then you must either configure a separate Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Express for each database, or you must install Oracle Enterprise Manager Cloud Control.
This section contains the following topics:
■
Management Options for Preconfigured Databases
■
■
Management Options for Custom Databases
Features Provided by Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Express 12c
Management Options for Preconfigured Databases
When you create a preconfigured database during the installation, you must select the
Oracle Enterprise Manager interface to manage the database. The following options are available:
■
■
Use Oracle Enterprise Manager Cloud Control for central database management
This option is available only if an Oracle Management Agent is installed on the system. When Oracle Universal Installer detects an Oracle Management Agent on the system, you can choose this option and specify the Oracle Management Service to use to manage the database.
If an Oracle Management Agent is not installed, then you must use Oracle
Enterprise Manager Database Express to manage the database. However, if Oracle
Management Agent is installed after Oracle Database, then you can use Oracle
Enterprise Manager Cloud Control to manage this database.
Use Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Express for local database management
Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Express is built into Oracle Database without any need for special installation or management. Oracle Enterprise Manager
Database Express is available and configured by default during the database installation, and is not displayed as an option in Oracle Universal Installer during the database installation.
Management Options for Custom Databases
Install the database using Oracle Universal Installer and start Oracle Database
Configuration Assistant from the Oracle home. Oracle Database Configuration
Assistant runs in interactive mode. Using a screen in Oracle Database Configuration
Assistant, you can specify the Oracle Enterprise Manager interface to use to manage the database. You can also choose not to configure the database with Oracle Enterprise
Manager.
Oracle recommends that you configure the database to use Oracle Enterprise Manager during the database installation. However, if you do not do this, then see Oracle
Database 2 Day DBA for configuring EM Express, or see Oracle Enterprise Manager Cloud
Control Administrator's Guide for information about how to use Oracle Enterprise
Manager Cloud Control to discover targets.
Features Provided by Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Express 12c
Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Express provides a web-based user interface that enables you to monitor, administer, and maintain an Oracle database.
You can use Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Express to perform basic database administration tasks, such as:
Overview of Oracle Database Installation 1-13
Database Backup and Recovery Options
■
■
■
■
Configuration and Administration
–
Initialization Parameters
–
Memory Management
–
Database Feature Usage
–
Database Properties
Storage
–
Tablespaces Management
–
Undo Management
■
–
Redo Log Groups
–
Archive Logs
–
Control Files
Security
–
Users Management
–
Roles Management
–
Profiles Management
You can also use Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Express to complete
Performance Monitoring and Tuning tasks, such as:
Performance Hub
–
Real Time SQL Monitoring
–
ASH (Active Session History) Analytics
–
ADDM (Automatic Database Diagnostic Monitor)
–
AWR (Automatic Workload Repository) Browser
–
Historical performance monitoring and tuning
SQL Tuning Advisor
Database Backup and Recovery Options
To simplify the management of backup and recovery files, you can create a fast recovery area for your database. During the database installation, Oracle Universal
Installer provides you with options to configure the fast recovery area location.
However, to configure backups, and to implement a backup and recovery strategy, you must use either Recovery Manager (RMAN) or Oracle Enterprise Manager Cloud
Control.
See Also:
■
■
Oracle Database Backup and Recovery User's Guide for information about Oracle backup and recovery solutions using RMAN or
Oracle Enterprise Manager Cloud Control
Oracle Database 2 Day DBA for information about configuring customized backups and recovering a backed up database
1-14 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Upgrade Considerations
Configuring Recovery
You can provide the location of the fast recovery area during the database installation.
You can use either a file system directory or an Oracle ASM disk group for the fast recovery area. To set the default values for fast recovery area and data file location, use
Oracle base as the starting point. See
"Oracle Base Directory" for more information on
Oracle base.
■
■
Default fast recovery area:
$ORACLE_BASE/recovery_area
Default data file location:
$ORACLE_BASE/oradata
The default disk quota configured for the fast recovery area is 2 GB. For Oracle ASM disk groups, the required disk space depends on the redundancy level of the disk group that you choose.
See Also:
■
■
"Identifying Storage Requirements for Oracle Automatic Storage
"Creating a Fast Recovery Area Disk Group"
Upgrade Considerations
For information about upgrading an earlier release of Oracle Database to Oracle
Database 12c, see Oracle Database Upgrade Guide. The following sections provide additional platform-specific upgrade information that you must review before upgrading an existing database:
■
■
Upgrading Your Operating System Before a Database Upgrade
Upgrading Oracle Automatic Storage Management
Upgrading Your Operating System Before a Database Upgrade
When you upgrade to a new release of Oracle Database, the operating system requirements may have changed. If required, upgrade your operating system before upgrading Oracle Database. See
Chapter 2, "Oracle Database Preinstallation Tasks"
for a list of supported operating systems.
To upgrade the operating system and then perform a database upgrade, perform one of the following procedures:
■
■
Upgrading the Operating System
Upgrading the Operating System
Upgrade the operating system. Then, upgrade the database either manually or by using Oracle Database Upgrade Assistant.
■
Migrating to a New Computer
Migrate to a new computer using one of the following methods:
To upgrade the database on the new computer:
1.
Copy the database files from the computer running the previous operating system to the one running the supported operating system.
Overview of Oracle Database Installation 1-15
Upgrade Considerations
2.
3.
Re-create the control files on the computer running the supported operating system.
Manually upgrade the database using the method described in Oracle Database
Upgrade Guide.
Note:
You cannot use Oracle Database Upgrade Assistant if you use this method. However, this method lets you easily revert to the earlier database.
■
You can also upgrade the database using the Export/Import utilities method described in Oracle Database Upgrade Guide.
See Also:
The table on "Supported Upgrade Paths for Upgrading
Oracle Database" in Oracle Database Upgrade Guide for information about upgrading your current database release
Upgrading Oracle Automatic Storage Management
In releases prior to Oracle Database 11g Release 2 (11.2), Oracle ASM was installed as part of the Oracle Database installation. In Oracle Database 11g Release 2 (11.2) and later releases, Oracle ASM is part of an Oracle Grid Infrastructure installation, either for a cluster or for a standalone server.
If you want to upgrade an existing Oracle ASM installation, then you must upgrade
Oracle ASM by running an Oracle Grid Infrastructure upgrade. If you do not have
Oracle ASM installed and you want to use Oracle ASM as your storage option, then you must complete an Oracle Grid Infrastructure installation before you start your
Oracle Database installation.
See Also:
■
■
Oracle Database Upgrade Guide
Oracle Automatic Storage Management Administrator's Guide
1-16 Oracle Database Installation Guide
2
Oracle Database Preinstallation Tasks
This chapter describes the tasks that you must complete before you start Oracle
Universal Installer.
Note:
To use Oracle Automatic Storage Management (Oracle ASM) or Oracle Restart, you must first install Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server before you install and create the database.
Otherwise, you must manually register the database with Oracle
Restart.
See Also:
■
■
■
"Configuring Servers for Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a
Standalone Server" on page 4-2 before you proceed with the
database preinstallation tasks
Chapter 3, "Configuring Users, Groups and Environments for
Appendix E, "Configuring Networks for Oracle Database"
This chapter includes information about the following topics:
■
Guidelines for Solaris Operating System Installation
■
■
Logging In to the System as root
Configuring Servers for Oracle Database
■
■
■
■
Reviewing Operating System Security Common Practices
Using Installation Fixup Scripts
About Operating System Requirements
Operating System Requirements for Oracle Solaris on SPARC (64-Bit)
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
Operating System Requirements for Oracle Solaris on x86-64 (64-Bit)
Additional Drivers and Software Packages for Oracle Solaris
Checking the Software Requirements
Verifying Operating System Packages on Oracle Solaris 11
Verifying Operating System Patches on Oracle Solaris 10
Confirming Host Name Resolution
Identifying Required Software Directories
Oracle Database Preinstallation Tasks 2-1
Guidelines for Solaris Operating System Installation
■
■
■
Identifying or Creating an Oracle Base Directory
Choosing a Storage Option for Oracle Database and Recovery Files
Creating Directories for Oracle Database or Recovery Files
See Also:
■
■
■
"Configuring Servers for Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a
"Preinstallation Requirements" section in Oracle Configuration
Manager Installation and Administration Guide and Oracle
Configuration Manager Prerequisites
Appendix A, "Country Codes", in Oracle Configuration Manager
Installation and Administration Guide for a list of valid country codes that can be used while installing Oracle Configuration
Manager
Guidelines for Solaris Operating System Installation
Refer to your Oracle Solaris documentation to obtain information about installing
Oracle Solaris on your servers. You may want to use Oracle Solaris 11 installation services such as Oracle Solaris Automated Installer (AI) to create and manage services to install the Oracle Solaris 11 operating system over the network.
See Also:
■
■
Installing Oracle Solaris 11 Guide for information about installing
Solaris from the installation media or using Oracle Solaris
Automated Installer:
Resources for running Oracle Database on Oracle Solaris: http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/server-storage/solaris1
1/technologies/oracledatabase-1897821.html
Logging In to the System as root
During installation, you must perform tasks as root
or as other users on remote terminals. Complete the following procedure for user accounts that you want to enable for remote display.
Note:
If you log in as another user (for example, grid
), then repeat this procedure for that user as well.
To log in as the root
user and enable remote display, complete one of the following procedures:
■
If you are installing the software from an X Window System workstation or X terminal, then:
1.
Start a new X terminal session ( xterm
).
2.
If you are installing the software on another system and using the system as an X11 display, then enter a command using the following syntax to enable remote hosts to display X applications on the local X server:
$ xhost +
RemoteHost
2-2 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Configuring Servers for Oracle Database where RemoteHost is the fully qualified remote host name. For example:
$ xhost +
somehost.example.
com somehost.example.com being added to the access control list
3.
If you are not installing the software on the local system, then use the ssh
, rlogin
, or telnet
command to connect to the system where you want to install the software:
$ ssh -Y
RemoteHost
■
4.
If you are not logged in as the root
user, then enter the following command to switch the user to root
:
$ su - root password:
#
To install the software from a PC or other system with X server software:
Note:
If necessary, see the X server documentation, or contact your X server vendor or system administrator for more information about completing this procedure. Depending on the X server software that you are using, you may have to complete the tasks in a different order.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Start the X Window System software.
Configure the security settings of the X Window System software to permit remote hosts to display X applications on the local system.
Connect to the remote system where you want to install the software as the oracle software installation owner ( oracle
) and start an X terminal session
( xterm
) on that system.
Open another terminal on the remote system, and log in as the root
user on the remote system, so you can run scripts as root
when prompted.
Configuring Servers for Oracle Database
This section describes the following operating system tasks you must complete before you install Oracle Database:
■
■
■
■
Checking Server Hardware and Memory Configuration
General Server Minimum Requirements
Server Storage Minimum Requirements
Server Memory Minimum Requirements
Checking Server Hardware and Memory Configuration
Run the following commands to check your current system information:
1.
To determine the available RAM and swap space, enter the following command to obtain the system activity report:
# sar -r n i
Oracle Database Preinstallation Tasks 2-3
Configuring Servers for Oracle Database
For example:
# sar -r 2 10
2.
If the size of the physical RAM installed in the system is less than the required size, then install more memory before continuing.
To determine the size of the configured swap space, enter the following command:
# /usr/sbin/swap -l
If necessary, see your operating system documentation for information about how to configure additional swap space.
Note:
Review your Oracle Solaris documentation for swap space allocation guidance for your server. The Oracle Solaris documentation guidelines supersede the swap space requirements listed in this guide.
3.
To determine the amount of space available in the
/tmp
directory, enter the following command:
# df -k /tmp
The df -k
command displays disk space in 1 kilobyte blocks. On most systems, you can use the df
command with the
-h
flag ( df -h
) to display output in
"human-readable" format.
If the free space available in the
/tmp
directory is less than what is required, then complete one of the following steps:
■
Delete unnecessary files from the
/tmp
directory to meet the disk space requirement.
■
Set the
TMP
and
TMPDIR
environment variables when setting the oracle
user’s environment.
See Also:
"Configuring Oracle Software Owner Environment" on page 3-11 for more information about setting
TMP
and
TMPDIR
4.
■
Extend the file system that contains the
/tmp
directory.
To determine the amount of free disk space on the system, enter one of the following commands:
# df -k
# df -h
5.
To determine the RAM size, enter the following command:
# /usr/sbin/prtconf | grep "Memory size"
6.
To determine if the system architecture can run the Oracle software, enter the following command:
# /bin/isainfo -kv
This command displays the processor type. The following is the expected output of this command:
Oracle Solaris on SPARC (64-Bit):
64-bit sparcv9 kernel modules
2-4 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Configuring Servers for Oracle Database
Oracle Solaris on x86-64 (64-Bit):
64-bit amd64 kernel modules
If you do not see the expected output, then you cannot install the software on this system. Obtain the correct software for your system architecture before proceeding further
General Server Minimum Requirements
Ensure the following general minimum requirements on your system:
■
■
Ensure that the system is started with run level 3.
Ensure display cards provide at least 1024 x 768 display resolution, so that Oracle
Universal Installer displays correctly while performing a system console-based installation.
Server Storage Minimum Requirements
Ensure that your Oracle Solaris system meets the following storage requirements:
■
Ensure that your Oracle Solaris system meets the disk space requirement for
software files as described in Table 2–1 and Table 2–2
.
Table 2–1 Disk Space Requirements for Software Files on Oracle Solaris on SPARC
(64-Bit)
Installation Type Disk Space
Enterprise Edition
Standard Edition
Standard Edition One
6.1 GB
5.9 GB
5.9 GB
Table 2–2 Disk Space Requirements for Software Files on Oracle Solaris on x86-64
(64-Bit)
Installation Type
Enterprise Edition
Standard Edition
Standard Edition One
Disk Space
5.9 GB
5.8 GB
5.8 GB
■
1 GB of space in the
/tmp
directory.
If the free space available in the
/tmp
directory is less than what is required, then complete one of the following steps:
■
■
Delete unnecessary files from the
/tmp
directory to meet the disk space requirement.
Set the
TMP
and
TMPDIR
environment variables when setting the oracle
user’s environment.
See Also:
"Configuring Oracle Software Owner Environment" on page 3-11 for more information about setting
TMP
and
TMPDIR
■
Extend the file system that contains the
/tmp
directory.
Oracle Database Preinstallation Tasks 2-5
Reviewing Operating System Security Common Practices
Server Memory Minimum Requirements
Ensure that your Oracle Solaris system meets the following memory requirements:
Minimum
: 1 GB of RAM
Recommended
: 2 GB of RAM or more
describes the relationship between the installed RAM and the configured swap space recommendation:
Table 2–3 Swap Space Requirement for Oracle Solaris
RAM
Between 1 GB and 2 GB
Between 2 GB and 16 GB
More than 16 GB
Swap Space
1.5 times the size of the RAM
Equal to the size of the RAM
16 GB
Note:
On Oracle Solaris, if you use non-swappable memory, like
ISM, then deduct the memory allocated to this space from the available RAM before calculating the swap space. If you plan to install
Oracle Database on systems using DISM, then available swap space must be at least equal to the sum of the SGA sizes of all instances running on the servers.
Reviewing Operating System Security Common Practices
Secure operating systems are an important basis for general system security. Ensure that your operating system deployment is in compliance with common security practices as described in your operating system vendor security guide.
Using Installation Fixup Scripts
Oracle Universal Installer detects when the minimum requirements for an installation are not met, and creates shell scripts, called fixup scripts, to finish incomplete system configuration steps. If Oracle Universal Installer detects an incomplete task, then it generates fixup scripts ( runfixup.sh
). You can run the fixup script and click Fix and
Check Again
. The fixup script modifies both persistent parameter settings and parameters in memory, so you do not have to restart the system.
See Also:
"Cluster Verification Utility Reference" in Oracle
Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide for information about using the cluvfy
command
The Fixup script does the following tasks:
■
If necessary sets kernel parameters to values required for successful installation, including:
■
–
Shared memory parameters.
–
Open file descriptor and UDP send/receive parameters.
Creates and sets permissions on the Oracle Inventory (central inventory) directory.
2-6 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Operating System Requirements for Oracle Solaris on SPARC (64-Bit)
■
Creates or reconfigures primary and secondary group memberships for the installation owner, if necessary, for the Oracle Inventory directory and the operating system privileges groups.
■
Sets shell limits if necessary to required values.
Oracle recommends that you do not modify the contents of the generated fixup script.
Note:
Using fixup scripts does not ensure that all the prerequisites for installing Oracle Database are met. You must still verify that all the preinstallation requirements are met to ensure a successful installation.
See Also:
Appendix D, "How to Complete Preinstallation Tasks
About Operating System Requirements
Depending on the products that you intend to install, verify that you have the required operating system kernel and packages installed.
Requirements listed in this document are current as of the date listed on the title page.
To obtain the most current information about kernel requirements, see the online version on the Oracle Technology Network at the following URL: http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/indexes/documentation/index.html
Oracle Universal Installer performs checks your system to verify that it meets the listed operating system package requirements. To ensure that these checks complete successfully, verify the requirements before you start OUI.
Note:
Oracle does not support running different operating system versions on cluster members, unless an operating system is being upgraded. You cannot run different operating system version binaries on members of the same cluster, even if each operating system is supported.
Operating System Requirements for Oracle Solaris on SPARC (64-Bit)
The following Oracle Solaris kernels and packages listed in this section are supported on SPARC 64-bit systems for Oracle Database and Oracle Grid Infrastructure 12c:
■
■
Supported Oracle Solaris 11 Releases for SPARC (64-Bit)
Supported Oracle Solaris 10 Releases for SPARC (64-Bit)
Supported Oracle Solaris 11 Releases for SPARC (64-Bit)
Use the following information to check supported Oracle Solaris 11 releases:
Oracle Database Preinstallation Tasks 2-7
Operating System Requirements for Oracle Solaris on x86-64 (64-Bit)
Table 2–4 SPARC 64-Bit Supported Oracle Solaris 11 Operating System Requirements
Item Requirements
SSH Requirement Ensure that OpenSSH is installed on your servers. OpenSSH is the required SSH software.
Oracle Solaris 11 operating system
Oracle Solaris 11 SRU 7.5 or later SRUs and updates
Packages for Oracle Solaris 11 The following packages must be installed:
■
SUNWdtrc
■ pkg://solaris/developer/assembler
■
■
■ pkg://solaris/developer/build/make pkg://solaris/system/xopen/xcu4
(if not already installed as part of standard Oracle Solaris 11 installation) pkg://solaris/x11/diagnostic/x11-info-clients
Supported Oracle Solaris 10 Releases for SPARC (64-Bit)
Use the following information to check supported Oracle Solaris 10 releases:
Table 2–5 SPARC 64-Bit Supported Oracle Solaris 10 Operating System Requirements
Item Requirements
SSH Requirement
Oracle Solaris 10 operating system
Packages and Patches for
Oracle Solaris 10
Ensure that OpenSSH is installed on your servers. OpenSSH is the required SSH software.
Oracle Solaris 10 Update 10 (Oracle Solaris 10 8/11 s10s_u10wos_17b) or later updates
The following packages and patches (or later versions) must be installed:
SUNWarc
SUNWbtool
SUNWcsl
SUNWdtrc
SUNWeu8os
SUNWhea
SUNWi1cs (ISO8859-1)
SUNWi15cs (ISO8859-15)
SUNWi1of
SUNWlibC
SUNWlibm
SUNWlibms
SUNWsprot
SUNWtoo
SUNWxwfnt
Note:
You may also require additional font packages for Java, depending on your locale. Refer to the following website for more information: http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/java/javase/solaris-font-requirement s-142758.html
Operating System Requirements for Oracle Solaris on x86-64 (64-Bit)
The following Oracle Solaris kernels and packages listed are supported on x86-64
(64-bit) systems for Oracle Database and Oracle Grid Infrastructure 12c:
■
Supported Oracle Solaris 11 Releases for x86-64 (64-Bit)
2-8 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Operating System Requirements for Oracle Solaris on x86-64 (64-Bit)
■
Supported Oracle Solaris 10 Releases for x86-64 (64-Bit)
Supported Oracle Solaris 11 Releases for x86-64 (64-Bit)
Use the following information to check supported Oracle Solaris 11 releases:
Table 2–6 x86-64 (64-Bit) Supported Oracle Solaris 11 Operating System Requirements
Item
SSH Requirement
Requirements
Ensure that OpenSSH is installed on your servers. OpenSSH is the required SSH software.
Oracle Solaris 11 SRU 7.5 or later SRUs and updates Oracle Solaris 11 operating system
Oracle Solaris 11 operating system and packages
The following packages must be installed:
■
SUNWdtrc
■
■
■
■ pkg://solaris/developer/assembler pkg://solaris/developer/build/make pkg://solaris/system/xopen/xcu4
(if not already installed as part of standard Oracle Solaris 11 installation) pkg://solaris/x11/diagnostic/x11-info-clients
Supported Oracle Solaris 10 Releases for x86-64 (64-Bit)
Use the following information to check supported Oracle Solaris 10 releases:
Table 2–7 x86-64 (64-Bit) Supported Oracle Solaris 10 Operating System Requirements
Item Requirements
SSH Requirement
Oracle Solaris 10 operating system
Packages and Patches for
Oracle Solaris 10
Ensure that OpenSSH is installed on your servers. OpenSSH is the required SSH software.
Oracle Solaris 10 Update 10 (Oracle Solaris 10 8/11 s10x_u10wos_17b) or later updates
The following packages and patches (or later versions) must be installed:
SUNWarc
SUNWbtool
SUNWcsl
SUNWdtrc
SUNWeu8os
SUNWhea
SUNWi1cs (ISO8859-1)
SUNWi15cs (ISO8859-15)
SUNWi1of
SUNWlibC
SUNWlibm
SUNWlibms
SUNWsprot
SUNWtoo
SUNWxwfnt
Note:
You may also require additional font packages for Java, depending on your locale. Refer to the following website for more information: http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/java/javase/solaris-font-requirement s-142758.html
Oracle Database Preinstallation Tasks 2-9
Additional Drivers and Software Packages for Oracle Solaris
Additional Drivers and Software Packages for Oracle Solaris
You are not required to install additional drivers and packages, but you may choose to install or configure drivers and packages in the following list:
■
■
■
■
■
Installation Requirements for Open Database Connectivity
Installation Requirements for Oracle Messaging Gateway
Installation Requirements for Lightweight Directory Access Protocol
Installation Requirements for Programming Environments for Oracle Solaris
Installation Requirements for Web Browsers
Note:
Oracle Database Smart Flash Cache is an Enterprise Edition only feature.
Installation Requirements for Open Database Connectivity
Review the following sections if you plan to install Open Database Connectivity
(ODBC):
■
■
About ODBC Drivers and Oracle Database
Installing ODBC Drivers for Oracle Solaris
About ODBC Drivers and Oracle Database
Open Database Connectivity (ODBC) is a set of database access APIs that connect to the database, prepare, and then run SQL statements on the database. An application that uses an ODBC driver can access non-uniform data sources, such as spreadsheets and comma-delimited files.
Installing ODBC Drivers for Oracle Solaris
To use ODBC on Oracle Solaris, you require the following package: unixODBC-2.3.1 or later
Download and install the ODBC Driver from the following website: http://www.unixodbc.org/
Installation Requirements for Oracle Messaging Gateway
Review the following sections to install Oracle Messaging Gateway:
■
■
About Oracle Messaging Gateway
Installing Oracle Messaging Gateway
About Oracle Messaging Gateway
Oracle Messaging Gateway is a feature of the Oracle database. It enables communication between applications based on non-Oracle messaging systems and
Oracle Streams Advanced Queuing.
Oracle Messaging Gateway supports the integration of Oracle Streams Advanced
Queuing (AQ) with applications based on WebSphere and TIBCO Rendezvous. For information on supported versions see Oracle Database Advanced Queuing User's Guide.
2-10 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Additional Drivers and Software Packages for Oracle Solaris
Installing Oracle Messaging Gateway
Oracle Messaging Gateway is installed with Oracle Database.
If you require a CSD for IBM WebSphere MQ, then see the following website for download and installation information: http://www-947.ibm.com/support/entry/portal/Downloads/Software/WebSphere/W ebSphere_MQ
Installation Requirements for Lightweight Directory Access Protocol
Review the following sections to install Lightweight Directory Access Protocol:
■
■
About LDAP and Oracle Plug-ins
About LDAP and Oracle Plug-ins
Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is an application protocol for accessing and maintaining distributed directory information services over IP networks. You require the LDAP package if you want to use features requiring LDAP, including the
Oracle Database scripts odisrvreg
and oidca
for Oracle Internet Directory, or schemasync
for third-party LDAP directories.
Installing the LDAP Package
LDAP is included in a default Solaris operating system installation.
Installation Requirements for Programming Environments for Oracle Solaris
Review the following sections to install programming environments:
■
■
About Programming Environments and Oracle Database
Configuring Support for Programming Environments
About Programming Environments and Oracle Database
Oracle Database supports multiple programming languages for application development in different environments. Some languages require that you install additional compiler packages for the operating system.
Programming environments are options. They are not required for Oracle Database.
See Also :
Oracle Database Development Guide for an overview of programming environments
Configuring Support for Programming Environments
Ensure that your system meets the requirements for the programming environment you want to configure:
Oracle Database Preinstallation Tasks 2-11
Checking the Software Requirements
Table 2–8 Requirements for Programming Environments for Oracle Solaris
Programming Environments
Java Database Connectivity
Oracle Call Interface (OCI)
Oracle C++
Oracle C++ Call Interface
Pro*C/C++
Oracle XML Developer's Kit
(XDK)
Pro*COBOL
Pro*FORTRAN
Support Requirements
JDK 6 (Java SE Development Kit release 1.6.0_37 or later updates of 1.6) with the JNDI extension with Oracle Java Database Connectivity.
Supported on Solaris 11: JDK 7 (Java SE Development Kit release 1.7.0)
Supported on Solaris 10: JDK 7 (Java SE Development Kit release 1.7.0)
JDK 1.6 is installed with this release.
JDK 6 (Java SE Development Kit release 1.6.0_37 or later updates of 1.6) with the JNDI extension, and Oracle Call Interface drivers. JDK 1.6 is installed with this release.
Oracle Solaris Studio 12 (formerly Sun Studio) September 2007 Release.
Additional patches may be needed depending on applications you deploy.
Download Oracle Solaris Studio from the following URL: http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/server-storage/solarisstudio/over view/index.html
Micro Focus Server Express 5.1
Oracle Solaris Studio 12 (Fortran 95)
Installation Requirements for Web Browsers
Web browsers are required only if you intend to use Oracle Enterprise Manager
Database Express and Oracle Enterprise Manager Cloud Control. Web browsers must support Java Script, and the HTML 4.0 and CSS 1.0 standards. For a list of browsers that meet these requirements see the Enterprise Manager certification matrix on My
Oracle Support: https://support.oracle.com
See Also:
Oracle Enterprise Manager Cloud Control Basic Installation
Guide for steps on how to access the Enterprise Manager certification matrix
Checking the Software Requirements
To check the software requirements, perform the following steps:
1.
To determine which version of Oracle Solaris is installed, enter the following command:
# uname -r
5.11
2.
In this example, the version shown is Oracle Solaris 11 (5.11).
To determine the release level enter the following command:
# cat /etc/release
Oracle Solaris 11.1 SPARC
3.
To determine if the required packages are installed, enter the following command: pkginfo -i
pkg_name
Where pkg_name is the name of the package to check.
2-12 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Verifying Operating System Patches on Oracle Solaris 10
For example, to determine if the required Oracle Solaris 10 packages are installed, enter a command similar to the following:
# pkginfo -i SUNWarc SUNWbtool SUNWhea SUNWlibC SUNWlibm SUNWlibms SUNWsprot \
SUNWtoo SUNWi1of SUNWi1cs SUNWi15cs SUNWxwfnt SUNWcsl SUNWdtrc
If a package that is required for your system architecture is not installed, then install it. Refer to your operating system or software documentation for information about installing packages.
See Also:
"Verifying Operating System Packages on Oracle Solaris
Note:
There may be more recent versions of packages listed installed on the system. If a listed patch is not installed, then determine if a more recent version is installed before installing the version listed.
Verifying Operating System Packages on Oracle Solaris 11
Use the following command to check if you have the required packages:
# /usr/bin/pkg verify [-Hqv] [
pkg_pattern
...]
The
-H
option omits the headers from the verification output.
The
-q
option prints nothing but return failure if any fatal errors are found.
The
-v
option includes informational messages regarding packages.
If a package that is required for your system architecture is not installed, then download install it from My Oracle Support: https://support.oracle.com
See Also:
■
■
■
The Adding and Updating Oracle Solaris 11 Software Packages guide for more information.
Oracle Solaris 11 Product Documentation
My Oracle Support note 1021281.1 for update information on support repositories: https://support.oracle.com/CSP/main/article?cmd=show&type
=NOT&id=1021281.1
Verifying Operating System Patches on Oracle Solaris 10
Note:
Your system may have more recent versions of the listed patches installed on it. If a listed patch is not installed, then determine if a more recent version is installed before installing the version listed.
Verify that you have the required operating system patches. To ensure that the system meets these requirements, use the following procedure:
Oracle Database Preinstallation Tasks 2-13
Confirming Host Name Resolution
1.
To determine whether an operating system patch is installed, and whether it is the correct version of the patch, enter a command similar to the following:
# /usr/sbin/patchadd -p | grep
patch_number
For example, to determine if any version of the 119963 patch is installed, use the following command:
# /usr/sbin/patchadd -p | grep 119963
If an operating system patch is not installed, then download and install it from My
Oracle Support: https://support.oracle.com
Confirming Host Name Resolution
Typically, the computer on which you want to install Oracle Database is connected to a network. Ensure that the computer host name is resolvable through a Domain Name
System (DNS), a network information service (NIS), or a centrally-maintained TCP/IP host file, such as
/etc/hosts
. Use the ping
command to ensure that your computer host name is resolvable. For example: ping myhostname pinging myhostname.example.com [192.0.2.2] with 32 bytes of data:
Reply from 192.0.2.2: bytes=32 time=138ms TTL=56
If your computer host name does not resolve, then contact your system administrator.
See Also:
Appendix E, "Configuring Networks for Oracle Database"
Identifying Required Software Directories
You must identify or create the following directories for the Oracle software:
■
■
■
Note:
■
■
Ensure that the paths you select for Oracle software, such as the
Oracle home path and the Oracle base path, use only ASCII characters. Because installation owner names are used by default for some paths, this ASCII character restriction applies to user names, file names, and directory names.
Ensure that all paths used by the database software, such as the
Oracle home path and the Oracle base path, use characters only from the following set: "# % & ' () * + , - . / : ; < = > ? @ _ A-Z a-z
0-9. This includes user names, file names, and directory names. At the time of this release, the use of other characters for an Oracle
Grid Infrastructure home or Oracle Database home is not supported. The set of characters provided is further restricted by user and file naming rules of the operating system.
2-14 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Identifying Required Software Directories
Oracle Base Directory
The Oracle base directory is a top-level directory for Oracle software installations. The
Optimal Flexible Architecture (OFA) guidelines recommend that you use a path similar to the following for the Oracle base directory:
/
mount_point
/app/
software_owner
In this example:
■
mount_point
is the mount point directory for the file system that contains the
Oracle software.
The examples in this guide use
/u01
for the mount point directory.
■
software_owner
is the operating system user name of the software owner installing the Oracle software, for example oracle
or grid
.
Note:
If you start a database instance using the server parameter file
( spfile
) with the
ORACLE_BASE
environment variable set, then its value is automatically stored in spfile
. If you unset the
ORACLE_BASE environment variable and start the instance again, then the database uses the value of the Oracle base directory stored in spfile
.
You must specify the Oracle base directory that contains all Oracle products.
Note:
If you have an existing Oracle base directory, then you can select it from the Oracle Base list during the database installation. If you do not have an Oracle base, then you can create one by editing the text in the list box. By default, the list contains the existing value for
the Oracle base. See "Installing the Oracle Database Software" on page 5-9 for more information.
You can use the same Oracle base directory for multiple installations or you can create separate Oracle base directories for different installations. If different operating system users install Oracle software on the same system, then each user must create a separate
Oracle base directory. The following are examples of Oracle base directories that can exist on the same system:
/u01/app/oracle
/u01/app/orauser
See
"Creating an Oracle Base Directory" on page 2-18.
Oracle Inventory Directory
The Oracle Inventory directory ( oraInventory
) stores an inventory of all software installed on the system. It is required and shared by all Oracle software installations on a single system. If you have an existing Oracle Inventory path, then Oracle Universal
Installer continues to use that Oracle Inventory.
The first time you install Oracle software on a system, Oracle Universal Installer provides an Optimal Flexible Architecture-compliant path in the format
/u[01-09]/app
, such as
/u01/app
. The user running the installation has permissions to write to that path. If this is true, then Oracle Universal Installer creates the Oracle
Inventory directory in the path
/u[01-09]/app/oraInventory
. For example:
Oracle Database Preinstallation Tasks 2-15
Identifying Required Software Directories
/u01/app/oraInventory
If you have set
ORACLE_BASE for the oracle
user during installation, then Oracle
Universal Installer creates the Oracle Inventory directory one level above the
ORACLE_
BASE
in the path
ORACLE_BASE/../oraInventory
. For example, if
ORACLE_BASE
is set to
/u01/app/oracle
, then the Oracle Inventory directory is created in the path
/u01/app/oraInventory
.
If you have neither created an OFA-compliant path nor set
ORACLE_BASE
, then the
Oracle Inventory directory is placed in the home directory of the user that is performing the installation. For example:
/home/oracle/oraInventory
Oracle Universal Installer creates the directory that you specify and sets the correct owner, group, and permissions for it. You do not have to create it.
Note:
■
■
■
All Oracle software installations rely on the Oracle Inventory directory. Ensure that you back it up regularly.
Do not delete this directory unless you have completely removed all Oracle software from the system.
By default, the Oracle Inventory directory is not installed under the Oracle Base directory. This is because all Oracle software installations share a common Oracle Inventory, so there is only one Oracle Inventory for all users. Whereas, there is a separate
Oracle Base for each user.
Oracle Home Directory
The Oracle home directory is the directory where you install the software for a particular Oracle product. You must install different Oracle products or different releases of the same Oracle product in separate Oracle home directories. When you run Oracle Universal Installer, it prompts you to specify the path to this directory and a name that identifies it. In accordance with the OFA guidelines, Oracle strongly recommends that the Oracle home directory you specify is a subdirectory of the Oracle base directory for the user account performing the installation. Oracle recommends that you specify a path similar to the following for the Oracle home directory:
oracle_base
/product/11.2.0/db_home_1
oracle_base
/product/12.1.0/dbhome_1
oracle_base
/product/12.1.0/grid
Oracle Universal Installer creates the directory path that you specify under the Oracle base directory. It also sets the correct owner, group, and permissions on it. You do not have to create this directory.
Note:
During the installation, you must not specify an existing directory that has predefined permissions applied to it as the Oracle home directory. If you do, then you may experience installation failure due to file and group ownership permission errors.
2-16 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Identifying or Creating an Oracle Base Directory
Identifying or Creating an Oracle Base Directory
Before starting the installation, you must either identify an existing Oracle base directory or, if required, create one. This section contains information about the following topics:
■
■
Identifying an Existing Oracle Base Directory
Creating an Oracle Base Directory
Note:
You can create an Oracle base directory, even if other Oracle base directories exist on the system.
Identifying an Existing Oracle Base Directory
Existing Oracle base directories may not have paths that follow the Optimal Flexible
Architecture (OFA) guidelines. However, if you identify an existing Oracle Inventory directory or existing Oracle home directories, then you can usually identify the Oracle base directories, as follows:
■
Identifying an existing Oracle Inventory directory. See
Inventory Group If an Oracle Inventory Does Not Exist" on page 3-2 for more
information.
Note:
Oracle recommends that you do not put the oraInventory directory under the Oracle base directory for a new installation. If you have an existing installation, then follow the steps in this section.
■
Identifying an existing Oracle home directory
Enter the following command to display the contents of the oratab
file:
# more /var/opt/oracle/oratab
If the oratab
file exists, then it contains configuration information similar to the following:
*:/u03/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/dbhome_1:N
*:/opt/orauser/infra_904:N
*:/oracle/9.2.0:N
The directory paths specified on each line identify Oracle home directories.
Directory paths that end with the user name of the Oracle software owner to use are valid choices for an Oracle base directory. If you intend to use the oracle
user to install the software, then you can choose one of the following directories listed in the previous example:
/u03/app/oracle
/oracle
Note:
If possible, choose a directory path similar to the first one
(
/u03/app/oracle
). This path complies with the OFA guidelines.
■
Identifying an existing Oracle base directory
After you locate the Oracle home directory, run a similar command to confirm the location of Oracle base:
Oracle Database Preinstallation Tasks 2-17
Identifying or Creating an Oracle Base Directory cat /u01/app/oraInventory/ContentsXML/inventory.xml
Before deciding to use an existing Oracle base directory for this installation, ensure that it meets the following conditions:
■
■
It is not on the same file system as the operating system.
The Oracle base directory requires a free disk space of 5 GB for its software files.
To determine the free disk space on the file system where the Oracle base directory is located, enter the following command:
# df -k
This command displays disk space in 1 kilobyte blocks. On most systems, you can use the df
command with the
-h
flag ( df -h
) to display output in
"human-readable" format.
See the following sections for more information:
■
If an Oracle base directory exists and you want to use it, then see "Choosing a
Storage Option for Oracle Database and Recovery Files" section on page 2-19.
■
When you configure the oracle
user’s environment later in this chapter, set the
ORACLE_BASE
environment variable to specify the directory you chose.
If an Oracle base directory does not exist on the system or to create an Oracle base directory, see
"Creating an Oracle Base Directory" on page 2-18.
Creating an Oracle Base Directory
Before you create an Oracle base directory, you must identify an appropriate file system with sufficient free disk space.
To identify an appropriate file system, perform the following:
1.
Determine the free disk space on each mounted file system, using the following command:
# df -k
2.
3.
This command displays disk space in 1 kilobyte blocks. On most systems, you can use the df
command with the
-h
flag ( df -h
) to display output in
"human-readable" format.
Identify a file system that has the appropriate amount of free space, from the display:
The file system that you identify can be a local file system, a cluster file system, or an NFS file system on a certified NAS device.
Note the name of the mount point directory for the file system that you identified.
To create the Oracle base directory and specify the correct owner, group, and permissions for it, perform the following:
1.
Enter commands similar to the following to create the recommended subdirectories in the mount point directory that you identified and set the appropriate owner, group, and permissions on them:
# mkdir -p /
mount_point
/app/oracle_sw_owner
# chown -R oracle:oinstall /
mount_point
/app/oracle_sw_owner
# chmod -R 775 /
mount_point
/app/oracle_sw_owner
For example:
2-18 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Creating Directories for Oracle Database or Recovery Files
# mkdir -p /u01/app/oracle
# chown -R oracle:oinstall /u01/app/oracle
# chmod -R 775 /u01/app/oracle
2.
When you configure the oracle
user’s environment later in this chapter, set the
ORACLE_BASE
environment variable to specify the Oracle base directory that you created.
Choosing a Storage Option for Oracle Database and Recovery Files
Oracle Database files include data files, control files, redo log files, the server parameter file, and the password file. For all installations, you must choose the storage option to use for Oracle Database files. During the database installation, you must choose the storage option to use for recovery files (the fast recovery area). You do not have to use the same storage option for each file type.
Note:
Database files and recovery files are supported on file systems and Oracle ASM.
Use the following guidelines when choosing the storage options for each file type:
■
Choose any combination of the supported storage options for each file type.
■
Determine whether you want to use Oracle ASM for Oracle Database files,
recovery files, or both. See "Identifying Storage Requirements for Oracle
Automatic Storage Management" on page 4-7 for more information.
■
See
"Database Storage Options" on page 1-9 for more information about these
storage options
For information on how to configure disk storage before you start the installation, see one of the following sections depending on your choice:
■
■
■
To use a file system for database or recovery file storage, see the
Directories for Oracle Database or Recovery Files" section on page 2-19.
To use Oracle ASM for database or recovery file storage, see the "Configuring
Storage for Oracle Automatic Storage Management"
section.
To identify disk groups and determine the free disk space that they contain, see the
"Using an Existing Oracle Automatic Storage Management Disk Group" section on page 5-3.
Creating Directories for Oracle Database or Recovery Files
This section contains the following topics:
■
■
Guidelines for Placing Oracle Database Files on a File System
Guidelines for Placing Oracle Database Files on a File System
If you choose to place the Oracle Database files on a file system, then use the following guidelines when deciding where to place them:
■
The default path suggested by Oracle Universal Installer for the database file directory is a subdirectory of the Oracle base directory.
Oracle Database Preinstallation Tasks 2-19
Creating Directories for Oracle Database or Recovery Files
■
■
■
■
You can choose either a single file system or more than one file system to store the database files:
–
If you want to use a single file system, then choose a file system on a physical device that is dedicated to the database.
For best performance and reliability, choose a RAID device or a logical volume on more than one physical device and implement the stripe-and-mirror-everything (SAME) methodology.
–
If you want to use more than one file system, then choose file systems on separate physical devices that are dedicated to the database.
This method enables you to distribute physical input-output operations and create separate control files on different devices for increased reliability. It also enables you to fully implement the OFA guidelines. You can choose the
Advanced database creation option to implement this method.
If you intend to create a preconfigured database during the installation, then the file system (or file systems) that you choose must have at least 2 GB of free disk space.
For production databases, you must estimate the disk space requirement depending on the use of the database.
For optimum performance, the file systems that you choose must be on physical devices that are used only by the database.
The oracle
user must have write permissions to create the files in the path that you specify.
Creating Required Directories
Note:
You must perform this procedure only to place the Oracle
Database or recovery files on a separate file system from the Oracle base directory.
To create directories for the Oracle database or recovery files on separate file systems from the Oracle base directory:
1.
Use the following command to determine the free disk space on each mounted file system:
# df -k
2.
This command displays disk space in 1 kilobyte blocks. On most systems, you can use the df
command with the
-h
flag ( df -h
) to display output in
"human-readable" format.
Identify the file systems to use, from the display:
File Type
Database files
Recovery files
File System Requirements
Choose either:
■
A single file system with at least 2 GB of free disk space
■
Two or more file systems with at least 2 GB of free disk space in total
Choose a file system with at least 2.4 GB of free disk space
2-20 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Creating Directories for Oracle Database or Recovery Files
3.
4.
If you are using the same file system for many file types, then add the disk space requirements for each type to determine the total disk space requirement.
Note the names of the mount point directories for the file systems that you identified.
Enter commands similar to the following to create the recommended subdirectories in each of the mount point directories and set the appropriate owner, group, and permissions on them:
■
Database file directory:
# mkdir /
mount_point
/oradata
# chown oracle:oinstall /
mount_point
/oradata
# chmod 775 /
mount_point
/oradata
■
The default location for the database file directory is
$ORACLE_BASE/oradata
.
Recovery file directory (fast recovery area):
# mkdir /
mount_point
/fast_recovery_area
# chown oracle:oinstall /
mount_point
/fast_recovery_area
# chmod 775 /
mount_point
/fast_recovery_area
5.
The default fast recovery area is
$ORACLE_BASE/fast_recovery_area
. Oracle recommends that you keep the fast recovery area on a separate physical disk than that of the database file directory. This method enables you to use the fast recovery area to retrieve data if the disk containing oradata
is unusable for any reason.
See
"Configuring Servers for Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server"
and "Stopping Existing Oracle Processes" on page 3-10 for information about using
Oracle ASM for storage.
Oracle Database Preinstallation Tasks 2-21
Creating Directories for Oracle Database or Recovery Files
2-22 Oracle Database Installation Guide
3
Configuring Users, Groups and Environments for Oracle Database
This chapter describes the users and groups user environment and management environment settings to complete before you install Oracle Database and Grid
Infrastructure for a standalone server. It contains the following topics:
■
■
Creating Required Operating System Groups and Users
Setting Remote Display and X11 Forwarding Configuration
■
■
■
Stopping Existing Oracle Processes
Configuring Oracle Software Owner Environment
Determining Root Script Execution Plan
Creating Required Operating System Groups and Users
Depending on if this is the first time Oracle software is being installed on your system and on the products that you are installing, you may have to create several operating system groups and users.
If you prefer to allocate operating system user privileges so that you can use one administrative user and one group for operating system authentication for all administrative privileges, then you can use the oracle
user as the installation owner, and use one group as the primary group for any user requiring administrative privileges for Oracle ASM, and Oracle Database administration. This group must also be the Oracle Inventory group. To simplify using the defaults for Oracle tools the group name should be oinstall
.
You can also create custom configuration groups and users based on job role separation that divide access privileges.
Log in as root
, and use the instructions in the following sections to locate or create the
Oracle Inventory group and a Oracle software owner user:
■
■
■
■
■
Determining If the Oracle Inventory and Oracle Inventory Group Exists
Creating the Oracle Inventory Group If an Oracle Inventory Does Not Exist
About Oracle Installations with Job Role Separation
Descriptions of Job Role Separation Groups and Users
Creating Job Role Separation Database Operating System Groups and Users
Configuring Users, Groups and Environments for Oracle Database 3-1
Creating Required Operating System Groups and Users
Determining If the Oracle Inventory and Oracle Inventory Group Exists
When you install Oracle software on the system for the first time, Oracle Universal
Installer creates the oraInst.loc
file. This file identifies the name of the Oracle
Inventory group (typically, oinstall
) and the path of the Oracle Inventory directory.
You can configure one group to be the access control group for Oracle Inventory, for database administrators (OSDBA), and for all other access control groups used by
Oracle software for operating system authentication. However, if you use one group to provide operating system authentication for all system privileges, then this group must be the primary group for all users to whom you want to grant administrative system privileges.
If you have an existing central Oracle Inventory, then ensure that you use the same
Oracle Inventory for all Oracle software installations, and ensure that all Oracle software users you intend to use for installation have permissions to write to this directory.
To determine if the Oracle Inventory group exists, perform the following steps:
1.
An oraInst.loc
file has content similar to the following: inventory_loc=
central_inventory_location
inst_group=
group
In the preceding example, central_inventory_location is the location of the Oracle
Central Inventory, and group is the name of the group that has permissions to write to the central inventory.
To determine if the oraInst.loc
file exists, enter the following command:
# more /var/opt/oracle/oraInst.loc
If the oraInst.loc
file exists, then the output from this command is similar to the following: inventory_loc=/u01/app/oraInventory inst_group=oinstall
2.
Use the command grep
groupname
/etc/group
to confirm that the group specified as the Oracle Inventory group still exists on the system. For example:
# grep oinstall /etc/group oinstall:x:1000:grid,oracle
Creating the Oracle Inventory Group If an Oracle Inventory Does Not Exist
If the oraInst.loc
file does not exist, then create the Oracle Inventory group by entering the following command:
# /usr/sbin/groupadd -g 54321 oinstall
About Oracle Installations with Job Role Separation
A job role separation configuration of Oracle Database and Oracle ASM is a configuration with groups and users to provide separate groups for operating system authentication.
Review the following restrictions for users created to own Oracle software:
3-2 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Creating Required Operating System Groups and Users
■
■
■
■
■
■
Oracle recommends that you create one software owner to own each Oracle software installation. See
"Oracle Software Owner For Each Oracle Software
Product" on page 3-3 for more information.
To create separate Oracle software owners and separate operating system privileges groups for different Oracle software installations, note that each of these users must have the Oracle central inventory group ( oraInventory
) as their primary group. Members of this group have write privileges to the Oracle central inventory ( oraInventory
) directory, and are also granted permissions for various
Oracle Restart resources and directories in the Oracle Restart home to which DBAs need write access, and other necessary privileges. In Oracle documentation, this group is represented as oinstall
in code examples. See "Creating the Oracle
Inventory Group If an Oracle Inventory Does Not Exist" on page 3-2.
Oracle software installation owner users must also have the OSDBA group of the database, the OSDBA group of the Oracle Grid Infrastructure home (if you create it), and (if you create them) the OSOPER, OSBACKUPDBA, OSDGDBA, and
OSKMDBA groups as secondary groups. Oracle software owners require membership to the OSDBA group of the Oracle Grid infrastructure home so that database instances can log on to Oracle ASM.
The Oracle Database, and the Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server installation owner users ( oracle
and grid
respectively) must belong to the Oracle
Inventory group ( oinstall
).
Each Oracle software owner must be a member of the same central inventory group. Oracle recommends that you do not have more than one central inventory for Oracle installations. If an Oracle software owner has a different central inventory group, then you may corrupt the central inventory.
The Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server installation owner user
( grid
) must be in the OSDBA group of every database home.
Descriptions of Job Role Separation Groups and Users
The following sections provide an overview about users and groups to divide access privileges by job roles:
■
■
■
■
Oracle Software Owner For Each Oracle Software Product
Standard Oracle Database Groups for Job Role Separation
Extended Oracle Database Groups for Job Role Separation
Oracle Automatic Storage Management Groups for Job Role Separation
Oracle Software Owner For Each Oracle Software Product
You can create a single user (for example, oracle
) to own both Oracle Database, and
Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server installations. However, Oracle recommends that you create one software owner to own each Oracle software installation (typically, oracle
, for the database software and grid
for the Oracle
Restart owner user).
You must create at least one software owner the first time you install Oracle software on the system.
Configuring Users, Groups and Environments for Oracle Database 3-3
Creating Required Operating System Groups and Users
Note:
In Oracle documentation, a user created to own only Oracle
Grid Infrastructure software installations is called the grid
user. A user created to own either all Oracle installations, or only Oracle database installations, is called the oracle
user.
■
■
Standard Oracle Database Groups for Job Role Separation
Create the following operating system groups, if you are installing Oracle Database:
The OSDBA group (typically, dba
)
You must create this group the first time you install Oracle Database software on the system. This group identifies operating system user accounts that have database administrative privileges (the
SYSDBA
privilege).
The OSOPER group for Oracle Database (typically, oper
)
This is an optional group. Create this group if you want a separate group of operating system users to have a limited set of database administrative privileges for starting up and shutting down the database (the
SYSOPER
privilege). This group cannot directly connect as
SYSOPER
, unless explicitly granted. However, they have the privileges granted by the
SYSOPER
privilege. By default, members of the
OSDBA group have all privileges granted by the
SYSOPER
privilege.
Extended Oracle Database Groups for Job Role Separation
Starting with Oracle Database 12c release 1 (12.1), in addition to the OSOPER privilege to start and shut down the database, you can create new administrative privileges that are more task-specific and less privileged than the OSDBA/SYSDBA system privileges to support specific administrative privileges tasks required for everyday database operation. Users granted these system privileges are also authenticated through operating system group membership.
You do not have to create these specific group names, but during installation you are prompted to provide operating system groups whose members are granted access to these system privileges. You can assign the same group to provide authentication for these privileges, but Oracle recommends that you provide a unique group to designate each privilege.
The OSDBA subset job role separation privileges and groups consist of the following:
■
The OSBACKUPDBA group for Oracle Database (typically, backupdba
)
Create this group if you want a separate group of operating system users to have a limited set of database backup and recovery related administrative privileges (the
SYSBACKUP
privilege).
■
Add the Oracle software installation owner to the OSBACKUPDBA group.
The OSDGDBA group for Oracle Data Guard (typically, dgdba
)
Create this group if you want a separate group of operating sytem users to have a limited set of privileges to administer and monitor Oracle Data Guard (the SYSDG privilege).
■
Add the Oracle software installation owner to the OSDGDBA group
The OSKMDBA group for encyption key management (typically, kmdba
)
Create this group if you want a separate group of operating sytem users to have a limited set of privileges for encryption key management such as Oracle Wallet
Manager management (the SYSKM privilege).
3-4 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Creating Required Operating System Groups and Users
If you want to have an OSKMDBA group for Oracle Database, then the Oracle software installation owner must be a member of this group.
■
■
■
Oracle Automatic Storage Management Groups for Job Role Separation
Create the following operating system groups if you are installing Oracle Grid
Infrastructure:
The OSDBA group for Oracle ASM (typically, asmdba
)
The OSDBA group for Oracle ASM can be the same group used as the OSDBA group for the database, or you can create a separate OSDBA group for Oracle ASM to provide administrative access to Oracle ASM instances.
The Oracle Grid Infrastructure software owner (typically, grid
) must be a member of the OSDBA group. Membership in the OSDBA group enables access to the files managed by Oracle ASM. If you have a separate OSDBA group for Oracle ASM, then the Oracle Restart software owner must be a member of the OSDBA group for each database and the OSDBA group for Oracle ASM.
The OSASM group for Oracle ASM Administration (typically, asmadmin
)
Create this group as a separate group if you want to have separate administration privileges groups for Oracle ASM and Oracle Database administrators. Members of this group are granted the SYSASM system privileges to administer Oracle
ASM. In Oracle documentation, the operating system group whose members are granted
SYSASM
privileges is called the OSASM group, and in command lines, is referred to as asmadmin
.
Oracle ASM can support multiple databases. If you have multiple databases on your system, and use multiple OSDBA groups so that you can provide separate
SYSDBA privileges for each database, then you should create a group whose members are granted the OSASM/SYSASM administrative privileges, and create a grid infrastructure user ( grid
) that does not own a database installation, so that you separate Oracle Grid Infrastructure SYSASM administrative privileges from a database administrative privileges group.
Members of the OSASM group can use SQL to connect to an Oracle ASM instance as
SYSASM
using operating system authentication. The
SYSASM
privileges permit mounting and dismounting of disk groups, and other storage administration tasks.
SYSASM
privileges provide no access privileges on an RDBMS instance.
If you do not designate a separate group as the OSASM group, then the OSDBA group you define is also, by default, the OSASM group.
The OSOPER group for Oracle ASM (typically, asmoper
)
This is an optional group. Create this group if you want a separate group of operating system users to have a limited set of Oracle instance administrative privileges (the
SYSOPER
for ASM privilege), including starting up and stopping the
Oracle ASM instance. By default, members of the OSASM group also have all privileges granted by the SYSOPER for ASM privilege.
If you want to have an OSOPER group for Oracle ASM, then the Oracle Grid
Infrastructure owner must be a member of this group.
Configuring Users, Groups and Environments for Oracle Database 3-5
Creating Required Operating System Groups and Users
See Also:
■
■
Oracle Database Administrator's Guide for more information about the OSDBA, OSASM, OSOPER, OSBACKUPDBA, OSDGDBA, and OSKMDBA groups, and the
SYSDBA
,
SYSASM
,
SYSOPER
,
SYSBACKUP
,
SYSDG
, and
SYSKM
privileges
The "Managing Administrative Privileges" section in Oracle
Database Security Guide
Creating Job Role Separation Database Operating System Groups and Users
The following sections describe how to create the required operating system user and groups:
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
Creating the OSDBA Group for Database Installations
Creating an OSOPER Group for Database Installations
Creating the OSBACKUPDBA Group for Database Installations
Creating the OSDGDBA Group for Database Installations
Creating the OSKMDBA Group for Database Installations
Creating the OSDBA Group for Oracle Automatic Storage Management
Creating the OSOPER Group for Oracle Automatic Storage Management
Creating the OSASM Group for Oracle Automatic Storage Management
When to Create the Oracle Software Owner User
Determining if an Oracle Software Owner User Exists
Creating an Oracle Software Owner User
Modifying an Existing Oracle Software Owner User
Note:
■
■
■
After you create the required operating system groups described in this section, you must add the Oracle software owner user
(typically, oracle
) to these groups, otherwise these groups will not be available as an option in Oracle Universal Installer while performing the database installation.
The UIDs and GIDs mentioned in this section are illustrative only.
Oracle recommends that you do not use the UID and GID defaults. Instead, provide common assigned group and user IDs, and confirm that they are unused before you create or modify groups and users.
If necessary, contact your system administrator before using or modifying an existing user or group.
■
Creating the OSDBA Group for Database Installations
You must create an OSDBA group in the following circumstances:
An OSDBA group does not exist, for example, if this is the first installation of
Oracle Database software on the system
3-6 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Creating Required Operating System Groups and Users
■
An OSDBA group exists, but you want to give a different group of operating system users database administrative privileges for a new Oracle Database installation
Create the OSDBA group using the group name dba
, unless a group with that name already exists:
# /usr/sbin/groupadd -g 54322 dba
Creating an OSOPER Group for Database Installations
Create an OSOPER group only to identify a group of operating system users with a limited set of database administrative privileges (
SYSOPER
operator privileges). For most installations, it is sufficient to create only the OSDBA group. If you want to use an OSOPER group, then you must create it in the following circumstances:
■
■
If an OSOPER group does not exist; for example, if this is the first installation of
Oracle Database software on the system
If an OSOPER group exists, but you want to give a different group of operating system users database operator privileges in a new Oracle installation
Create the OSOPER group using the group name oper
, unless a group with that name already exists:
# /usr/sbin/groupadd -g 54323 oper
Creating the OSBACKUPDBA Group for Database Installations
Create the OSBACKUPDBA group using the group name backupdba
, unless a group with that name already exists:
# /usr/sbin/groupadd -g 54324 backupdba
Creating the OSDGDBA Group for Database Installations
Create the OSDGDBA group using the group name dgdba,
unless a group with that name already exists:
# /usr/sbin/groupadd -g 54325 dgdba
Creating the OSKMDBA Group for Database Installations
Create the OSKMDBA group using the groups name kmdba
unless a group with that name already exists:
# /usr/sbin/groupadd -g 54326 kmdba
Creating the OSDBA Group for Oracle Automatic Storage Management
If you require, create a new OSDBA group for Oracle ASM using the group name asmdba
unless a group with that name already exists:
# /usr/sbin/groupadd -g 54327 asmdba
Configuring Users, Groups and Environments for Oracle Database 3-7
Creating Required Operating System Groups and Users
Creating the OSOPER Group for Oracle Automatic Storage Management
If you require, create an OSOPER group for Oracle ASM with the group name asmoper unless a group with that name already exists:
# /usr/sbin/groupadd -g 54328 asmoper
Creating the OSASM Group for Oracle Automatic Storage Management
If you require, create an OSASM group using the group name asmadmin
unless a group with that name already exists:
# /usr/sbin/groupadd -g 54329 asmadmin
■
■
■
When to Create the Oracle Software Owner User
Depending on whether you want to create a new user, or use an existing user, see the following sections:
If an Oracle software owner user does not exist; for example, if this is the first installation of Oracle software on the system.
If an Oracle software owner user exists, but you want to use a different operating system user, with different group membership, to give database administrative privileges to those groups in a new Oracle Database installation.
If you have created an Oracle software owner for Oracle Grid Infrastructure, such as grid
, and you want to create a separate Oracle software owner for Oracle
Database software, such as oracle
.
Determining if an Oracle Software Owner User Exists
To determine if an Oracle software owner user named oracle
or grid
exists, enter commands similar to the following:
# id -a oracle
# id grid
If the oracle
user exists, then the output from this command is similar to the following: uid=54321(oracle) gid=54321(oinstall) groups=54322(dba),54323(oper)
If the grid
user exists, then the output from this command is similar to the following: uid=54322(grid) gid=54321(oinstall) groups=54321(oinstall),54329(asmadmin),54327(asmdba),54322(dba)
Determine whether you want to use an existing user, or create a new user. To use the existing user, ensure that the user's primary group is the Oracle Inventory group and that it is a member of the appropriate OSDBA and OSOPER groups. Depending on your choice, see one of the following sections for more information:
■
■
Creating an Oracle Software Owner User
Modifying an Existing Oracle Software Owner User
Note:
If necessary, contact your system administrator before using or modifying an existing user.
3-8 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Setting Remote Display and X11 Forwarding Configuration
Creating an Oracle Software Owner User
If the Oracle software owner user ( oracle
or grid
) does not exist, or if you require a new Oracle software owner user, then create it as described in this section (in this case to create the oracle
user).
In the following procedure, use the user name oracle
unless a user with that name exists:
1.
To create an oracle
user, enter a command similar to the following:
# /usr/sbin/useradd -u 54321 -g oinstall -G dba,asmdba,backupdba,dgdba,kmdba oracle
2.
In the preceding command:
■
■
The -u option specifies the user ID. Using this command flag is optional because the system can provide you with an automatically generated user ID number. However, Oracle recommends that you specify a number. You must note the user ID number because you need it during preinstallation.
The
-g
option specifies the primary group, which must be the Oracle
Inventory group, for example oinstall
.
■
The
-G
option specifies the secondary groups, which must include the OSDBA group, and, if required, the ASMDBA, OSOPER, OSBACKUPDBA,
OSDGDBA, and OSKMDBA groups, for example, dba
, asmdba
, oper
, backupdba
, dgdba
, and kmdba
.
Set the password of the oracle
user:
# passwd -r files oracle
Modifying an Existing Oracle Software Owner User
If the oracle
user exists, but its primary group is not oinstall
, or it is not a member of the appropriate OSDBA, OSOPER, or OSDBA for ASM groups, then modify the user group settings for the user oracle
.
Specify the primary group using the
-g
option and any required secondary group using the
-G
option:
# /usr/sbin/usermod -g oinstall -G dba,asmdba,backupdba,dgdba,kmdba[,oper] oracle
Oracle does not support modifying an existing installation owner. See "About Oracle
Installations with Job Role Separation" on page 3-2 for a complete list of restrictions.
Setting Remote Display and X11 Forwarding Configuration
If you are on a remote terminal, and the local system has only one visual (which is typical), then use the following syntax to set your user account
DISPLAY
environment variable:
Bourne, Korn, and Bash shells:
$ export DISPLAY=
hostname
:0
C shell:
$ setenv DISPLAY
hostname
:0
Configuring Users, Groups and Environments for Oracle Database 3-9
Stopping Existing Oracle Processes
For example, if you are using the Bash shell and if your host name is local_host
, then enter the following command:
$ export DISPLAY=local_host:0
To ensure that X11 forwarding does not cause the installation to fail, create a user-level
SSH client configuration file for the Oracle software owner user, as follows:
1.
Using any text editor, edit or create the software installation owner's
~/.ssh/config
file.
2.
Ensure that the
ForwardX11
attribute in the
~/.ssh/config
file is set to no
. For example:
Host * ForwardX11 no
3.
Ensure that the permissions on the
~/.ssh
are secured to the oracle
or grid
user.
For example:
$ ls -al .ssh
total 28 drwx------ 2 oracle oinstall 4096 Jun 21 2012 drwx------ 19 oracle oinstall 4096 Jun 21 2012
-rw-r--r-- 1 oracle oinstall 1202 Jun 21 2012 authorized_keys
-rwx------ 1 oracle oinstall 668 Jun 21 2012 id_dsa
-rwx------ 1 oracle oinstall 601 Jun 21 2012 id_dsa.pub
-rwx------ 1 oracle oinstall 1610 Jun 21 2012 known_hosts
Stopping Existing Oracle Processes
Note:
If you are installing additional Oracle Database 12c products in an existing Oracle home, then stop all processes, including the listener and database, running in the Oracle home.
You must complete this task to enable Oracle Universal Installer to relink certain executables and libraries.
Consider the following before you install Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server, or Oracle Database:
■
If you plan to use Oracle Restart, then you must install Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server before you install and create the database. When you perform a database installation, the database must use the same listener created during the Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server installation, thereafter you do not have to perform the steps listed in this section.
■
The default listener and any additional listeners must run from the Oracle Grid
Infrastructure home. See "Configuring Oracle Software Owner Environment" on page 3-11 to continue.
If you have an existing Oracle Database 12c running on Oracle ASM, then stop any existing Oracle ASM instances. After you finish installing Oracle Grid
Infrastructure for a standalone server, start the Oracle ASM instance again.
If you create a database during the software installation, then most installation types configure and start a default Oracle Net listener using TCP/IP port
1521
and the IPC key value
EXTPROC
. If an existing Oracle Net listener process is using the same port or key value, Oracle Universal Installer looks for the next available port (for example,
1522
) and configures and starts the new listener on this available port.
3-10 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Configuring Oracle Software Owner Environment
To determine if an existing listener process is running and to shut it down, if necessary:
1.
Switch user to oracle
:
# su - oracle
2.
Enter the following command to determine if a listener process is running and to identify its name and the Oracle home directory in which it is installed:
$ ps -ef | grep tnslsnr
This command displays information about the Oracle Net listeners running on the system:
...
oracle_home1
/bin/tnslsnr LISTENER -inherit
In this example, oracle_home1 is the Oracle home directory where the listener is installed and
LISTENER
is the listener name.
Note:
If no Oracle Net listeners are running, then see "Configuring
Oracle Software Owner Environment" on page 3-11 to continue.
3.
Set the
ORACLE_HOME
environment variable to specify the appropriate Oracle home directory for the listener:
■
Bourne, Bash, or Korn shell:
$ ORACLE_HOME=
oracle_home1
$ export ORACLE_HOME
■
C or tcsh shell:
% setenv ORACLE_HOME
oracle_home1
4.
Enter the following command to identify the TCP/IP port number and IPC key value that the listener is using:
$ $ORACLE_HOME/bin/lsnrctl status
listenername
Note:
If the listener uses the default name
LISTENER
, then you do not have to specify the listener name in this command.
5.
Enter a command similar to the following to stop the listener process:
$ $ORACLE_HOME/bin/lsnrctl stop
listenername
6.
Repeat this procedure to stop all listeners running on this system.
Configuring Oracle Software Owner Environment
You must run Oracle Universal Installer from the oracle
or grid
account. However, before you start Oracle Universal Installer, you must configure the environment of the oracle
or grid
user. To configure the environment, you must:
■
■
Set the default file mode creation mask ( umask
) to 022 in the shell startup file.
Set the
DISPLAY
environment variable.
Configuring Users, Groups and Environments for Oracle Database 3-11
Configuring Oracle Software Owner Environment
Caution:
Use shell programs supported by your operating system vendor. If you use a shell program that is not supported by your operating system, then you can encounter errors during installation.
To set the Oracle software owners' environments, follow these steps, for each software owner ( oracle
, grid
). The following procedure lists the steps for the oracle
user only:
1.
Start a new X terminal session ( xterm
).
2.
Enter the following command to ensure that X Window applications can display on this system:
$ xhost +
RemoteHost
where RemoteHost is the fully qualified remote host name. For example:
$ xhost + somehost.example.com
3.
If you are not logged in as the user, then switch to the software owner user you are configuring. For example, as the oracle
user.
$ su - oracle
4.
To determine the default shell for the oracle
user, enter the following command:
$ echo $SHELL
5.
Open the user's shell startup file in any text editor:
■
Bash shell ( bash
):
$ vi .bash_profile
■
■
Bourne shell ( sh
) or Korn shell ( ksh
):
$ vi .profile
C shell ( csh
or tcsh
):
% vi .login
6.
Enter or edit the following line, specifying a value of 022 for the default file mode creation mask: umask 022
7.
8.
Save the file and exit from the text editor.
To run the shell startup script, enter one of the following commands:
■
Bash shell:
$ . ./.bash_profile
■
■
Bourne or Korn shell:
$ . ./.profile
C shell:
% source ./.login
3-12 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Configuring Oracle Software Owner Environment
9.
If you are not installing the software on the local computer, then run the following command on the remote computer to set the
DISPLAY
variable:
■
Bourne, Bash or Korn shell:
$ export DISPLAY=
local_host
:0.0
■
C shell:
% setenv DISPLAY
local_host
:0.0
In this example, local_host
is the host name or IP address of the system (your workstation, or another client) on which you want to display the installer.
Run the following command on the remote system to check if the
SHELL
and the
DISPLAY
environment variables are set correctly: echo $SHELL echo $DISPLAY
To change the display location from the default display to a remote system display, run the following command on the local computer:
$ xhost +
RemoteHost
To verify that the X applications display is set properly, run an X11-based program that comes with the operating system such as xclock
.
$ xclock
Note:
If the
DISPLAY
environment variable is set correctly, then you can see xclock
on
your computer screen. If you get any display errors see "X Window Display
xclock
does not start, then contact your system administrator.
10.
If the
/tmp
directory has less than 1 GB of free disk space, then identify a file system with at least 1 GB of free space and set the
TMP
and
TMPDIR
environment variables to specify a temporary directory on this file system:
a.
To determine the free disk space on each mounted file system use the following command:
# df -k /tmp
b.
If necessary, enter commands similar to the following to create a temporary directory on the file system that you identified, and set the appropriate permissions on the directory:
$ sudo - s
# mkdir
/mount_point/tmp
# chmod 775 /
mount_point
/tmp
# exit
c.
Enter commands similar to the following to set the
TMP
and
TMPDIR environment variables:
*
Bourne, Bash, or Korn shell:
$ TMP=/
mount_point
/tmp
Configuring Users, Groups and Environments for Oracle Database 3-13
Configuring Oracle Software Owner Environment
$ TMPDIR=/
mount_point
/tmp
$ export TMP TMPDIR
*
C shell:
% setenv TMP /
mount_point
/tmp
% setenv TMPDIR /
mount_point
/tmp
11.
If you have had an existing installation on your system, and you are using the same user account to install this installation, then unset the
ORACLE_HOME
,
ORACLE_
BASE
,
ORACLE_SID
,
TNS_ADMIN
environment variables and any other environment variable set for the Oracle installation user that is connected with Oracle software homes.
Enter the following commands to ensure that the
ORACLE_HOME
,
ORACLE_BASE
,
ORACLE_SID
and
TNS_ADMIN
environment variables are not set:
■
Bourne, Bash, or Korn shell:
$ unset ORACLE_HOME
$ unset ORACLE_BASE
$ unset ORACLE_SID
$ unset TNS_ADMIN
■
C shell:
% unsetenv ORACLE_HOME
% unsetenv ORACLE_BASE
% unsetenv ORACLE_SID
% unsetenv TNS_ADMIN
Use the following command to check the
PATH
environment variable:
$ echo $PATH
Ensure that the
$ORACLE_HOME/bin
path is removed from your
PATH
environment variable.
Note:
If the
ORACLE_HOME
environment variable is set, then Oracle
Universal Installer uses the value that it specifies as the default path for the Oracle home directory. If you set the
ORACLE_BASE environment variable, then Oracle recommends that you unset the
ORACLE_HOME
environment variable and choose the default path suggested by Oracle Universal Installer.
12.
To verify that the environment has been set correctly, enter the following commands:
$ umask
$ env | more
Verify that the umask command displays a value of
22
,
022
, or
0022
and that the environment variables you set in this section have the correct values.
See Also:
"Environment Requirements for Oracle Grid
Infrastructure Software Owner" on page 4-4
3-14 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Determining Root Script Execution Plan
Determining Root Script Execution Plan
During an Oracle Grid Infrastructure installation, Oracle Universal Installer prompts you to run scripts with superuser (or root
) privileges to complete several system configuration tasks. You can either run these root scripts manually as root
when prompted, or during installation you can provide configuration information and passwords using one of the following root privilege delegation options:
■
■
Use root user credentials
Provide the superuser (or root
) password. This option runs the root scripts automatically as the root
user.
Use Sudo
Sudo is a UNIX and Linux utility that allows members of the sudoers group privileges to run individual commands as root
. To enable Sudo, have a system administrator with the appropriate privileges configure a user that is a member of the sudoers list, and provide the username and password when prompted during installation.
See Also:
Step 10, "Root Script Execution Configuration" screen in
the
"Installing Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server with a New Database Installation"
section.
Configuring Users, Groups and Environments for Oracle Database 3-15
Determining Root Script Execution Plan
3-16 Oracle Database Installation Guide
4
Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone
Server
Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server, also known as Oracle Restart, provides system support for a single-instance Oracle Database. This support includes volume management, file system, and automatic restart capabilities. If you plan to use
Oracle Automatic Storage Management (Oracle ASM), then you must install Oracle
Restart before installing your database. Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server includes Oracle Restart and Oracle Automatic Storage Management. Oracle combined the two infrastructure products into a single set of binaries that is installed into an Oracle Restart home.
Oracle Automatic Storage Management is a volume manager and a file system for
Oracle database files that supports single-instance Oracle Database and Oracle Real
Application Clusters (Oracle RAC) configurations. Oracle Automatic Storage
Management also supports a general purpose file system for your application needs, including Oracle Database binaries. Oracle Automatic Storage Management is Oracle's recommended storage management solution that provides an alternative to conventional volume managers, file systems, and raw devices.
Note:
■
■
■
You can neither install Oracle Restart on an Oracle Grid
Infrastructure cluster member node, nor add an Oracle Restart server to an Oracle Grid Infrastructure cluster member node.
Oracle Restart supports single-instance databases on one server, while Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Cluster supports single-instance or Oracle RAC databases on a cluster.
If you want to use Oracle ASM or Oracle Restart, then you must install Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server before you install and create the database. Otherwise, you must manually register the database with Oracle Restart.
Oracle Restart is used in single-instance (nonclustered) environments only.
Oracle Restart improves the availability of your Oracle database by providing the following:
■
When there is a hardware or a software failure, Oracle Restart automatically starts all Oracle components, including the Oracle database instance, Oracle Net
Listener, database services, and Oracle ASM.
Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server 4-1
Configuring Servers for Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server
■
■
Oracle Restart starts components in the proper order when the database host is restarted.
Oracle Restart runs periodic checks to monitor the status of Oracle components. If a check operation fails for a component, then the component is shut down and restarted.
This chapter contains the following information:
■
Configuring Servers for Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server
■
■
Oracle Automatic Storage Management Storage Configuration
■
■
■
Installing Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server Using a
Installing and Configuring Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server
Modifying Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server Binaries After
Configuring Servers for Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server
This section describes the following operating system tasks that you must complete before you install Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server:
■
■
■
■
Checking Hardware and Memory Configuration
Server Memory Minimum Requirements
Server Storage Minimum Requirements
Environment Requirements for Oracle Grid Infrastructure Software Owner
Checking Hardware and Memory Configuration
Run the following commands to check your current system information:
1.
To determine the size of the configured swap space, enter the following command:
# /usr/sbin/swap -l
2.
If necessary, see your operating system documentation for information about configuring additional swap space.
To determine the available RAM and swap space, enter the following command to obtain the system activity report:
# sar -r -i n
3.
Where, n is the number of seconds to delay for the next iterations and i is the number of iterations you want to test.
To determine the amount of free disk space on the system, enter one of the following commands:
# df -k
# df -h df -k
displays disk space in 1 kilobyte blocks. On most systems, you can use df
-h
to display output in "human-readable" format.
4-2 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Configuring Servers for Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server
4.
To determine the amount of space available in the
/tmp
directory, enter one of the following commands:
# df -k /tmp
# df -h /tmp
5.
To determine the physical RAM size, enter the following command:
# /usr/sbin/prtconf | grep "Memory size"
If the size of the physical RAM installed in the system is less than the required size, then install more memory before you continue.
Server Memory Minimum Requirements
Ensure that your system meets the following memory requirements for installing
Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server:
At least 4 GB of RAM for Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server including installations where you plan to install Oracle Database.
The following table describes the relationship between installed RAM and the configured swap space recommendation:
RAM
Between 4 GB and 16 GB
More than 16 GB
Swap Space
Equal to the size of the RAM
16 GB
Note:
On Oracle Solaris, if you use non-swappable memory, like
ISM, then deduct the memory allocated to this space from the available RAM before calculating the swap space. If you plan to install
Oracle Database on systems using DISM, then available swap space must be at least equal to the sum of the SGA sizes of all instances running on the servers.
Note:
Configure swap for your expected system loads. This installation guide provides minimum values for installation only.
Refer to your Oracle Solaris documentation for additional memory tuning guidance.
Server Storage Minimum Requirements
Ensure that your system meets the following minimum disk space requirements for installing Oracle Grid Infrastructure on a standalone server:
■
■
■
For Oracle Solaris on SPARC (64-Bit): At least 5.5 GB of disk space.
For Oracle Solaris on x86-64 (64-Bit): At least 5.5 GB of disk space.
At least 1 GB of space in the
/tmp
directory.
If there is less than 1 GB of free space in the
/tmp
directory, then complete one of the following steps:
■
Delete unnecessary files from the
/tmp
directory to meet the disk space requirement.
Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server 4-3
Oracle ACFS and Oracle ADVM
■
Set the
TMP
and
TMPDIR
environment variables to specify a temporary directory when setting the oracle
user’s environment.
See Also:
"Configuring Oracle Software Owner Environment" on page 3-11 for more information about setting
TMP
and
TMPDIR
■
Extend the file system that contains the
/tmp
directory.
Environment Requirements for Oracle Grid Infrastructure Software Owner
Complete the following tasks to set the Oracle Restart software owner user’s environment:
■
■
Review the information in
"Logging In to the System as root" on page 2-2 and
"Configuring Oracle Software Owner Environment" on page 3-11.
Ensure that you set the path to the Oracle base directory. Oracle recommends that you create the Oracle Restart home and the Oracle Database home under the same
Oracle base directory. For example:
# ORACLE_BASE=/u01/app/oracle;
# export ORACLE_BASE
■
■
■
Set the Oracle Restart software owner user default file mode creation mask ( umask
) to 022 in the shell startup file. Setting the mask to 022 ensures that the user performing the software installation creates files with 644 permissions.
Set ulimit
settings for file descriptors and processes for the Oracle Restart installation software owner.
Set the
DISPLAY
environment variable in preparation for installation.
If you plan to install Oracle Database, then you must meet additional preinstallation
requirements. See Chapter 2, "Oracle Database Preinstallation Tasks" .
Oracle ACFS and Oracle ADVM
This section contains information about Oracle Automatic Storage Management
Cluster File System (Oracle ACFS) and Oracle Automatic Storage Management
Dynamic Volume Manager (Oracle ADVM). It contains the following topics:
■
■
■
About Oracle ACFS and Oracle ADVM
Oracle ACFS and Oracle ADVM Support on Oracle Solaris
Restrictions and Guidelines for Oracle ACFS
About Oracle ACFS and Oracle ADVM
Oracle ACFS extends Oracle ASM technology to support all of your application data in both single instance and cluster configurations. Oracle ADVM provides volume management services and a standard disk device driver interface to clients. Oracle
Automatic Storage Management Cluster File System communicates with Oracle ASM through the Oracle Automatic Storage Management Dynamic Volume Manager interface.
Oracle ACFS and Oracle ADVM Support on Oracle Solaris
Oracle ACFS and Oracle ADVM are supported on Oracle Solaris 10 starting with
Update 6, and Oracle Solaris 11.
4-4 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Oracle Automatic Storage Management Storage Configuration
See Also:
■
My Oracle Support Note 1369107.1 for more information about platforms and releases that support Oracle ACFS and Oracle
ADVM:
■ https://support.oracle.com/CSP/main/article?cmd=show&type
=NOT&id=1369107.1
Patch Set Updates for Oracle Products (My Oracle Support Note
854428.1 for current release and support information: https://support.oracle.com/CSP/main/article?cmd=show&type
=NOT&id=854428.1
Restrictions and Guidelines for Oracle ACFS
Oracle Restart does not support root-based Oracle Clusterware resources. For this reason, the following restrictions apply if you run Oracle ACFS on an Oracle Restart configuration:
■
■
■
■
■
Oracle Restart does not support Oracle ACFS resources on all platforms.
Starting with Oracle Database 12c, Oracle Restart configurations do not support the Oracle ACFS registry.
You must manually load Oracle ACFS drivers after a system restart.
You must manually mount an Oracle ACFS file system, and unmount it after the
Oracle ASM instance has finished running.
Creating Oracle datafiles on an Oracle ACFS file system is not supported in Oracle
Restart configurations.
To enable Oracle ACFS on Oracle Restart see
"Enabling Oracle ACFS on Oracle Restart
Note the following general restrictions and guidelines also about Oracle ACFS:
■
Oracle ACFS and Oracle ADVM are not supported on Oracle Solaris containers.
■
■
■
Oracle ACFS can be used as an option only when Oracle ASM is configured.
You can place Oracle database binaries, datafiles, and administrative files (for example, trace files) on Oracle ACFS.
Oracle ACFS provides a general purpose file system for other files.
See Also:
■
■
Oracle Database Release Notes for Oracle Solaris for latest information about supported platforms and releases
Oracle Automatic Storage Management Administrator's Guide for more information about Oracle ACFS and Oracle ADVM
Oracle Automatic Storage Management Storage Configuration
Review the following sections for information on Oracle Automatic Storage
Management (Oracle ASM) storage configuration:
■
■
Managing Disk Groups for Older Database Versions
Oracle Automatic Storage Management Installation Considerations
Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server 4-5
Oracle Automatic Storage Management Storage Configuration
■
■
■
■
Configuring Storage for Oracle Automatic Storage Management
Manually Configuring Oracle ASM Disk Groups using Oracle ASMCA
Testing the Oracle Automatic Storage Management Installation
Upgrading Existing Oracle Automatic Storage Management Instances
Managing Disk Groups for Older Database Versions
Use Oracle ASM Configuration Assistant (Oracle ASMCA) to create and modify disk groups when you install earlier Oracle databases on Oracle Grid Infrastructure installations.
Releases prior to Oracle Database 11g Release 2 used Oracle Database Configuration
Assistant (Oracle DBCA) to perform administrative tasks on Oracle ASM. Starting with Oracle Database 11g Release 2 (11.2), Oracle ASM is installed as part of an Oracle
Grid Infrastructure installation. You can no longer use Oracle DBCA to perform administrative tasks on Oracle ASM.
See Also:
Oracle Automatic Storage Management Administrator's Guide for details about configuring disk group compatibility for databases using Oracle Database 11g or earlier software with Oracle Grid
Infrastructure 12c.
Oracle Automatic Storage Management Installation Considerations
In previous releases, Oracle Automatic Storage Management (Oracle ASM) was installed as part of the Oracle Database installation. Starting with Oracle Database 11g
Release 2 (11.2), Oracle ASM is part of an Oracle Grid Infrastructure installation, either for a cluster, or for a standalone server.
If you want to upgrade an existing Oracle ASM installation, then you must upgrade
Oracle ASM by running an Oracle Grid Infrastructure upgrade (upgrades of existing
Oracle ASM installations). If you do not have Oracle ASM installed and you want to use Oracle ASM as your storage option, then you must complete an Oracle Grid
Infrastructure for a standalone server installation before you start your Oracle
Database installation.
Oracle Automatic Storage Management Configuration Assistant (Oracle ASMCA) is installed as part of the Oracle Grid Infrastructure installation. You must run Oracle
ASMCA for installing and configuring Oracle ASM instances, disk groups, volumes, and Oracle ACFS. In addition, you can use the ASMCA command-line interface.
Oracle Database 12c introduces Oracle Flex ASM that can apply to a collection of databases, each one a single instance but running in a Flex ASM Cluster.
See Also:
■
■
"Managing Oracle Flex ASM" in Oracle Automatic Storage
Management Administrator's Guide
"Oracle ASM Configuration Assistant" in Oracle Automatic Storage
Management Administrator's Guide for information about Oracle
ASMCA
Apply the following guidelines when you install Oracle ASM:
■
You must complete the steps listed under "Configuring Storage for Oracle
Automatic Storage Management" on page 4-7 to prepare a disk partition to use for
the Oracle ASM disk groups.
4-6 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Oracle Automatic Storage Management Storage Configuration
■
■
■
Ensure that at least one disk is configured appropriately for use in an Oracle ASM disk group before beginning the installation.
When you install Oracle ASM, Oracle Automatic Storage Management
Configuration Assistant (Oracle ASMCA) creates a separate server parameter file
(
SPFILE
) and password file for the Oracle ASM instance. As soon as Oracle ASM is installed, the
ASMSNMP
schema and user are created. See Oracle Automatic Storage
Management Administrator's Guide for more information.
The Oracle ASM instance that manages the existing disk group runs in the Oracle
Grid Infrastructure home directory.
Configuring Storage for Oracle Automatic Storage Management
This section contains the following topics that describe how to configure storage for use with Oracle Automatic Storage Management:
■
■
■
Identifying Storage Requirements for Oracle Automatic Storage Management
Creating DAS or SAN Disk Partitions for Oracle Automatic Storage Management
Configuring Disk Devices for Oracle Automatic Storage Management
See Also:
"Creating Disk Groups for a New Oracle Installation" in
Oracle Automatic Storage Management Administrator's Guide for information about creating and managing disk groups
Note:
Oracle does not recommend using identifiers for database object names that must be quoted. While these quoted identifiers may be valid as names in the
SQL CREATE
statement, such as
CREATE
DISKGROUP "1data" ...
, the names may not be valid when using other tools that manage the database object.
Identifying Storage Requirements for Oracle Automatic Storage Management
To identify the storage requirements for using Oracle ASM, you must determine the number of devices and the amount of free disk space that you require. To complete this task, follow these steps:
1.
Determine whether you want to use Oracle ASM for Oracle Database files, recovery files, or both. Oracle Database files include data files, control files, redo log files, the server parameter file, and the password file.
During the database installation, you have the option to select either a file system or Oracle ASM as the storage mechanism for Oracle Database files. Similarly, you also have the option to select either a file system or Oracle ASM as the storage mechanism for your recovery files.
Note:
You do not have to use the same storage mechanism for both Oracle Database files and recovery files. You can use a file system for one file type and Oracle ASM for the other.
If you select Oracle ASM as your storage option for Oracle Database files, then depending on your choice in the Specify Recovery Options screen, you have the following recovery options:
Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server 4-7
Oracle Automatic Storage Management Storage Configuration
■
■
If you select the Oracle ASM option for your recovery files, then Oracle
Universal Installer provides you with only the option to use the same disk group for both Oracle Database files and recovery files.
If you decide not to enable recovery during the database installation, then, after the database installation, you can modify the
DB_RECOVERY_FILE_DEST parameter to enable the fast recovery area.
See Also:
■
■
"Oracle ASM Configuration Assistant Command-Line Interface" section in Oracle Automatic Storage Management Administrator's
Guide
"Creating a Fast Recovery Area Disk Group" on page 6-4
2.
3.
Choose the Oracle ASM redundancy level to use for each Oracle ASM disk group that you create.
The redundancy level that you choose for the Oracle ASM disk group determines how Oracle ASM mirrors files in the disk group and determines the number of disks and amount of disk space that you require, as follows:
■
External redundancy
■
This option does not allow Oracle ASM to mirror the contents of the disk group. Oracle recommends that you select this redundancy level either when the disk group contains devices, such as RAID devices, that provide their own data protection or when the database does not require uninterrupted access to data.
Normal redundancy
■
To optimize performance and reliability in a normal redundancy disk group,
Oracle ASM uses two-way mirroring for data files and three-way mirroring for control files, by default. In addition, you can choose the mirroring characteristics for individual files in a disk group. You can use two-way mirroring or no mirroring.
A normal redundancy disk group requires a minimum of two failure groups
(or two disk devices) if you are using two-way mirroring. The effective disk space in a normal redundancy disk group is half the sum of the disk space of all of its devices.
For most installations, Oracle recommends that you use normal redundancy disk groups.
High redundancy
The contents of the disk group are three-way mirrored by default. To create a disk group with high redundancy, you must specify at least three failure groups (a minimum of three devices).
Although high-redundancy disk groups provide a high level of data protection, you must consider the higher cost of additional storage devices before deciding to use this redundancy level.
Determine the total amount of disk space that you require for the database files and recovery files.
If an Oracle ASM instance is running on the system, then you can use an existing disk group to meet these storage requirements. If necessary, you can add disks to an existing disk group during the database installation.
4-8 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Oracle Automatic Storage Management Storage Configuration
Use the following table to determine the minimum number of disks and the minimum disk space requirements for the installation:
Redundancy
Level
External
Normal
High
1
2
3
Minimum Number of Disks Data Files
1.8 GB
3.6 GB
5.4 GB
Recovery
Files
3.6 GB
7.2 GB
10.8 GB
Both File
Types
5.4 GB
10.8 GB
16.2 GB
4.
Optionally, identify failure groups for the Oracle ASM disk group devices.
If you intend to use a normal or high redundancy disk group, then you can further protect the database against hardware failure by associating a set of disk devices in a custom failure group. By default, each device is included in its failure group.
However, if two disk devices in a normal redundancy disk group are attached to the same small computer system interface (SCSI) controller, then the disk group becomes unavailable if the controller fails. The controller in this example is a single point of failure.
For instance, to avoid failures of this type, you can use two SCSI controllers, each with two disks, and define a failure group for the disks attached to each controller.
This configuration would enable the disk group to tolerate the failure of one SCSI controller.
Note:
Define custom failure groups after installation, using the
GUI tool ASMCA, the command line tool asmcmd
, or SQL commands. If you define custom failure groups, then you must specify a minimum of two failure groups for normal redundancy disk groups and three failure groups for high redundancy disk groups.
5.
If you are sure that a suitable disk group does not exist on the system, then install or identify appropriate disk devices to add to a new disk group. Use the following guidelines when identifying appropriate disk devices:
■
■
The disk devices must be owned by the user performing the grid installation.
All the devices in an Oracle ASM disk group must be the same size and have the same performance characteristics.
■
■
Do not specify multiple partitions on a single physical disk as a disk group device. Oracle ASM expects each disk group device to be on a separate physical disk.
Although you can specify a logical volume as a device in an Oracle ASM disk group, Oracle does not recommend their use because it adds a layer of complexity that is unnecessary with Oracle ASM. Oracle recommends that if you choose to use a logical volume manager, then use the logical volume manager to represent a single logical unit number (LUN) without striping or mirroring, so that you can minimize the effect on storage performance of the additional storage layer.
See Also:
"Preparing Storage for ASM" in Oracle Automatic Storage
Management Administrator's Guide for information about configuring
Oracle ASM disk groups
Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server 4-9
Oracle Automatic Storage Management Storage Configuration
Creating DAS or SAN Disk Partitions for Oracle Automatic Storage Management
In order to use a DAS or SAN disk in Oracle ASM, the disk must have a partition table.
Oracle recommends creating exactly one partition for each disk.
Note:
You can use any physical disk for Oracle ASM, if it is partitioned.
See Also:
"Creating Files on a NAS Device for Use with Oracle
Automatic Storage Management" on page C-4.
Configuring Disk Devices for Oracle Automatic Storage Management
To configure disks for use with Automatic Storage Management:
1.
2.
If necessary, install the disks that you intend to use for the disk group and restart the system.
Enter the following commands to identify devices that are part of a logical volume manager (LVM) disk group:
Note:
The following command displays information about
VERITAS Volume Manager disks. If you use a different LVM, then refer to the appropriate documentation for information about determining which disk devices it is managing.
# vxdiskconfig
# /usr/sbin/vxdisk list
3.
If this command displays disk group information associated with a disk device, then the disk is already part of an LVM disk group. Do not use disks that are part of an LVM disk group.
To create or identify the disk slices (partitions) that you want to include in the
Automatic Storage Management disk group:
a.
To list the disks attached to the system, enter the following command:
# /usr/sbin/format
The output from this command is similar to the following:
AVAILABLE DISK SELECTIONS:
0. c0t0d0 <ST34321A cyl 8892 alt 2 hd 15 sec 63>
/pci@1f,0/pci@1,1/ide@3/dad@0,0
1. c1t5d0 <SUN9.0G cyl 4924 alt 2 hd 27 sec 133>
/pci@1f,0/pci@1/scsi@1/sd@5,0
b.
c.
This command displays information about each disk attached to the system, including the device name ( c
x
t
y
d
z
).
Enter the number corresponding to the disk that you want to use.
Use the fdisk
command to create an Oracle Solaris partition on the disk if one does not already exist.
Oracle Solaris fdisk
partitions must start at cylinder 1, not cylinder 0. If you create an fdisk
partition, then you must label the disk before continuing.
4-10 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Oracle Automatic Storage Management Storage Configuration
d.
e.
Enter the partition
command, followed by the print
command to display the partition table for the disk that you want to use.
If necessary, create a single whole-disk slice, starting at cylinder 1.
Note:
To prevent Automatic Storage Management from overwriting the partition table, you cannot use slices that start at cylinder 0 (for example, slice 2).
4.
f.
g.
h.
Make a note of the number of the slice that you want to use.
If you modified a partition table or created a new one, then enter the label command to write the partition table and label to the disk.
Enter q
to return to the format
menu.
i.
If you have finished creating slices, then enter q
to quit from the format
utility.
Otherwise, enter the disk
command to select a new disk and repeat steps b to g to create or identify the slices on that disks.
If you plan to use existing slices, then enter the following command to verify that they are not mounted as file systems:
# df -h /tmp
5.
This command displays information about the slices on disk devices that are mounted as file systems. The device name for a slice includes the disk device name followed by the slice number, for example c
x
t
y
d
z
s
n
, where s
n
is the slice number.
Enter commands similar to the following on every nodeto change the owner, group, and permissions on the file for each disk slice that you want to add to a disk group:
# chown grid:asmadmin /dev/rdsk/c
x
t
y
d
z
s6
# chmod 660 /dev/rdsk/c
x
t
y
d
z
s6
In this example, the device name specifies slice 6.
Note:
If you are using a multi-pathing disk driver with Automatic
Storage Management, then ensure that you set the permissions only on the correct logical device name for the disk.
6.
Refer to
"Stopping Existing Oracle Processes" on page 3-10.
Manually Configuring Oracle ASM Disk Groups using Oracle ASMCA
The Oracle Automatic Storage Management Configuration Assistant (Oracle ASMCA) utility creates a new Oracle Automatic Storage Management instance if there is no
Oracle ASM instance currently configured on the computer.
After installing Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server, you can also use
Oracle ASMCA to create and configure disk groups, Oracle ADVM and Oracle ACFS.
To create additional disk groups or manually configure Oracle ASM disks, you can run the Oracle ASMCA as follows:
$ cd
Grid_home
/bin
$ ./asmca
Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server 4-11
Oracle Automatic Storage Management Storage Configuration
Grid_home
is the path to the Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server home.
See Also:
Oracle Automatic Storage Management Administrator's Guide
Testing the Oracle Automatic Storage Management Installation
After installing Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server, as described in this chapter, to test the Oracle ASM installation, login using the asmcmd
command-line utility, which lets you manage Oracle ASM disk group files and directories. To do this:
1.
Open a shell window, and temporarily set the
ORACLE_SID
and
ORACLE_HOME environment variables to specify the appropriate values for the Oracle ASM instance to use.
For example, if the Oracle ASM
SID
is named
+ASM
and the Oracle home is located in the grid
subdirectory of the
ORACLE_BASE
directory, then enter the following commands to create the required settings:
■
Bourne, Bash, or Korn shell:
$ ORACLE_SID=+ASM
$ export ORACLE_SID
$ ORACLE_HOME=/u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/grid
$ export ORACLE_HOME
■
C shell:
% setenv ORACLE_SID +ASM
% setenv ORACLE_HOME /u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/grid
2.
Use ASMCMD to list the disk groups for the Oracle ASM instance:
$ORACLE_HOME/bin/asmcmd lsdg
ASMCMD connects by default as the SYS user with SYSASM privileges.
If the Oracle ASM instance is not running, start the instance with the following command:
$ORACLE_HOME/bin/asmcmd startup
See Also:
"Oracle ASM Command-Line Utility" in Oracle Automatic
Storage Management Administrator's Guide
Upgrading Existing Oracle Automatic Storage Management Instances
If you have an Oracle ASM installation from an earlier release installed on your server, or in an existing Oracle Restart installation, you can use Oracle Automatic Storage
Management Configuration Assistant (Oracle ASMCA) to upgrade the existing Oracle
ASM instance to 12c, and subsequently configure disk groups, Oracle ASM volumes and Oracle ASM file systems.
Note:
You must first shut down all databases and applications using an existing Oracle ASM instance before upgrading it.
During the installation, if you use Oracle ASM, and Oracle ASMCA detects that there is a prior Oracle ASM version installed in another Oracle ASM home, then after installing the Oracle ASM 12c binaries, you can start Oracle ASMCA to upgrade the existing Oracle ASM instance.
4-12 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Installing Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server Using a Software-Only Installation
See Also:
■
■
■
"Upgrade an Oracle ASM Instance" in Oracle Automatic Storage
Management Administrator's Guide
"Upgrading an Oracle ASM Instance with Oracle ASM
Configuration Assistant" in Oracle Automatic Storage Management
Administrator's Guide
"Downgrading an Oracle ASM Instance in an Oracle Restart
Configuration" in Oracle Automatic Storage Management
Administrator's Guide
Installing Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server Using a
Software-Only Installation
A software-only installation only copies the Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server binaries to the specified location. After the installation, manually configure Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server and Oracle ASM.
When you perform a software-only installation of Oracle Grid Infrastructure software, you must complete a few manual configuration steps to enable Oracle Restart after you install the software.
Note:
Oracle recommends that only advanced users perform the software-only installation because this installation method provides no validation of the installation, and this installation option requires manual postinstallation steps to enable the Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server software.
Performing a software-only installation involves the following steps:
1.
Installing the Software Binaries
2.
Configuring the Software Binaries
Installing the Software Binaries
1.
Run the runInstaller
command from the relevant directory on the Oracle
Database 12c installation media or download directory.
2.
3.
Complete a software-only installation of Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server.
See
"Configuring the Software Binaries" on page 4-13 for information about
configuring Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server after performing a software-only installation.
Verify that the server meets the installation requirements using the command runcluvfy.sh stage -pre hacfg
. Ensure that you complete all storage and server preinstallation requirements.
Configuring the Software Binaries
To configure and activate a software-only Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server installation for Oracle Restart, complete the following tasks:
Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server 4-13
Installing and Configuring Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server
1.
Login as the root
user and run the roothas.pl
script from Grid_home using the following syntax:
Grid_home
/perl/bin/perl -I
Grid_home
/perl/lib -I
Grid_home
/crs/install
Grid_home
/crs/install/roothas.pl
For example, if your Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server home is u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/grid
, then run the following script:
# /u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/grid/perl/bin/perl -I
/u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/grid/perl/lib -I /u01/app/oracle/product
/12.1.0/grid/crs/install
/u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/grid/crs/install/roothas.pl
2.
3.
Change the directory to Grid_home/ oui/bin
, where Grid_home is the path of the
Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server home.
Login as the Oracle Restart software owner user and enter the following command:
./runInstaller -updateNodeList ORACLE_HOME=
Grid_home
-defaultHomeName CLUSTER_
NODES= CRS=TRUE
For example:
$ ./runInstaller -updateNodeList ORACLE_
HOME=/u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/grid
-defaultHomeName CLUSTER_NODES= CRS=TRUE
4.
Use the
SRVCTL
utility along with Oracle Network Configuration Assistant and
Oracle ASMCA to add the listener, the Oracle ASM instance, and all Oracle ASM disk groups to the Oracle Restart configuration.
See Also:
■
■
■
Oracle Database Net Services Administrator's Guide to configure a listener using Oracle Network Configuration Assistant
Oracle Automatic Storage Management Administrator's Guide to create and add disk groups, and configure Oracle ASM using
Oracle ASMCA
Oracle Database Administrator's Guide to create and add an ASM instance using SRVCTL
Installing and Configuring Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone
Server
If you install Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server and then create your database, the database is automatically added to the Oracle Restart configuration and is automatically restarted when required. However, if you install Oracle Grid
Infrastructure for a standalone server on a host computer on which a database exists, you must manually add the database, the listener, the Oracle ASM instance, and other components to the Oracle Restart configuration.
Note:
Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server can accommodate multiple single-instance databases on a single host computer.
4-14 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Installing and Configuring Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server
This section includes the following topics:
■
Installing Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server with a New Database
■
Installing Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server for an Existing
Installing Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server with a New Database
Installation
Perform the following steps to install Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server and then create a database that is managed by Oracle Restart. First install Oracle
Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server, which installs Oracle Restart and Oracle
ASM, then configure Oracle ASM with at least one disk group, and then install Oracle
Database that stores database files in Oracle ASM disk groups. Click the help button on the Oracle Universal Installer page for page level assistance.
You may have to shut down existing Oracle processes before you proceed with the
Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server installation. See "Stopping Existing
Oracle Processes" on page 3-10 for more information.
To install Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server with a new database installation:
1.
Start Oracle Universal Installer as the Oracle Restart software owner user.
Complete one of the following steps depending on the location of the installation files:
■
If the installation files are on installation media, enter commands similar to the following, where directory_path is the path of the Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server directory on the installation media:
$ /
directory_path
/runInstaller
Note:
You must install Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server from the Oracle Grid Infrastructure media.
■
If the installation files are on the hard disk, change the directory to the path of the Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server ( clusterware
) directory and enter the following command:
$ ./runInstaller
■
Downloading Updates Before Installation
If you plan to run the installation in a secured data center, then you can download updates before starting the installation by starting Oracle Universal
Installer on a system that has Internet access in update download mode. To start Oracle Universal Installer to download updates, enter the following command:
$ ./runInstaller -downloadUpdates
Provide the My Oracle Support user name and password, and provide proxy settings if needed. After you download updates, transfer the update file to a directory on the server where you plan to run the installation.
Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server 4-15
Installing and Configuring Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server
See Also:
■
■
"Software Updates Option" on page 1-6
"Environment Requirements for Oracle Grid Infrastructure
Software Owner" on page 4-4 for information about setting the
Oracle Restart software owner user’s environment
Note:
Start Oracle Universal Installer from the terminal session where you logged in as the Oracle Restart software owner user and set the user’s environment.
2.
If Oracle Universal Installer is not displayed, see
about troubleshooting.
You can use the Software Updates feature to dynamically download and apply the latest updates. In the Download Software Updates screen, select one of the following options and click Next:
■
Use My Oracle Support credentials for download: Select this option to download and apply the latest software updates.
■
Click Proxy Settings to configure a proxy for Oracle Universal Installer to use to connect to the Internet. Provide the proxy server information for your site, along with a user account that has access to the local area network through which the server is connecting.
You can enter the Proxy Realm information. The proxy realm information is case-sensitive. If you do not have a proxy realm, then you do not have to provide an entry for the Proxy Username, Proxy Password, and Proxy Realm fields.
Click Test Connection to ensure that your proxy settings are correctly entered, and the installer can download the updates.
Use pre-downloaded software updates: Select this option if you have already downloaded software updates using the Oracle Universal installer command
./runInstaller -downloadUpdates
.
Note:
The pre-downloaded option only works if you have used
Oracle Universal Installer to download the updates, either during the installation, or before the installation with the
-downloadUpdates option. You cannot manually download updates, and then provide the manual download path to the installer
3.
■
Skip software updates: Select this option if you do not want to apply any updates.
The Apply Software Updates screen is displayed if you select to download the software updates, or provide the pre-downloaded software updates location.
a.
If you selected Use My Oracle Support credentials for download in the previous screen, select Download and apply all updates, and then click Next to apply the updates.
By default, the download location for software updates is placed in the home directory of the Oracle installation owner you are using to run this installation.
4-16 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Installing and Configuring Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server
4.
5.
6.
b.
If you choose to download the software updates in another location, then click
Browse
and select a different location on your server.
If you selected Use pre-downloaded software updates in the previous screen, select Apply all updates, and then click Next to apply the updates downloaded before starting the installation.
In the Select Installation Option screen, select the Install and Configure Oracle
Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server
option to install and configure Oracle
Restart and Oracle ASM. Click Next.
In the Select Product Languages screen, select one or more languages. Move the languages from the Available Languages list to the Selected Languages list. Click
Next.
The Create ASM Disk Group screen lists all the Oracle ASM disks
.
Click Change Discovery Path to select any devices to be used by Oracle ASM but are not listed in the screen. In the Change Disk Discovery Path window, enter a string to use to search for devices that Oracle ASM will use. If the disk string is set to
ORCL:*
or is left empty (""), then the installer discovers these disks. Click OK.
After you finish selecting the disks to be used by Oracle ASM, click Next.
Note:
During installation, disk paths mounted on Oracle ASM and registered with the string
ORCL:*
are listed as default database storage candidate disks.
Consider the following information about disk devices while performing this step:
■
■
The default Disk Group Name is
DATA
. You can enter a new name for the disk group, or use the default name.
The disk devices must be owned by the user performing the grid installation.
■
Check with your system administrator to determine if the disks used by
Oracle ASM are mirrored at the storage level. If so, select External for the redundancy. If the disks are not mirrored at the storage level, then select
Normal
for the redundancy.
Note:
For normal redundancy, you require twice as much disk space to hold the same amount of data. For example, if your database is 100
GB, then you require approximately 200 GB of storage.
7.
■
Every Oracle ASM disk is divided into allocation units (AU). An allocation unit is the fundamental unit of allocation within a disk group. You can select the AU Size value from 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32 or 64 MB, depending on the specific disk group compatibility level. The default value is set to 1 MB.
In the Specify ASM Password screen, enter the password required to connect to the Oracle ASM instance. The Oracle ASM instance is managed by a privileged role called
SYSASM
, which grants full access to Oracle ASM disk groups. Oracle recommends that you create a less privileged user,
ASMSNMP
, with
SYSDBA
privileges to monitor the Oracle ASM instance.
Enter passwords for the
SYS
and
ASMSNMP
user accounts. The passwords should be at least eight characters in length and include at least 1 alphabetic, 1 numeric, and
Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server 4-17
Installing and Configuring Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server
8.
1 of the following three punctuation mark characters: hyphens (
-
), underscores (
_
), or number sign (
#
). No other special characters are allowed in the password field.
Optionally, you can use the same password for all accounts. However, Oracle recommends that you specify a different password for each account. You must remember the passwords that you specify.
In the Privileged Operating System Groups screen, select the name of the operating system group you created for the
OSDBA
group, the
OSASM
group, and the
Oracle ASM operator group
OSOPER
. If you create only the dba
group, then you can use that group for all three privileged groups. If you created a separate asmadmin group, then use that value for the
OSASM
group. Click Next.
See Also:
"Oracle Automatic Storage Management Groups for Job
9.
In the Specify Installation Location screen, enter the following information, and click Next:
■
Oracle Base
: Enter the location for the Oracle base directory. Do not include spaces in the path.
■
Software Location:
Accept the default value or enter the directory path in which you want to install the software.The directory path must not contain spaces.
See Also:
■
■
"Identifying Required Software Directories" on page 2-14 for
information about Oracle base directory and Oracle home directory
"Naming Directories" on page F-2 for directory naming
conventions
10.
The Root Script Execution Configuration screen allows you to select the configuration method to either automatically or manually run the root scripts during the grid infrastructure installation. To run root scripts automatically, select
Automatically run configuration scripts
and select one of the following options:
■
■
Use "root" user credential: Provide the root
user password.
Use Sudo: Provide the program path, username, and password for the sudo program.
See Also:
"Determining Root Script Execution Plan" on page 3-15
11.
The Create Inventory screen is displayed only if this is the first time you are installing Oracle software on your system.
Change the path for the Inventory Directory, if required. Select oinstall
for the oraInventory Group Name, if required. Click Next.
12.
The Perform Prerequisite Checks screen checks if the minimum system requirements are met to perform the Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server installation. If all the system requirements are met, then you are directed to the Summary screen. If an installation fails, you can review the error.
If you click Check Again, then you can run the prerequisite check again to see if the minimum requirements are met to carry on with the database installation.
4-18 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Installing and Configuring Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server
Click Fix & Check Again, if you want the installer to fix the problem and check the system requirements again.
Note:
The Fix & Check Again option generates a script that you must run as the root
user. This generated script sets some system parameter values. Oracle recommends that you do not modify the contents of this script. See
"Using Installation Fixup Scripts" on page 2-6 for more
information.
To get a list of failed requirements, select Show Failed from the list. To get a list of all the prerequisite checks run by Oracle Universal Installer, select Show All. To get a list of the prerequisites checks that are successful, select Show Succeeded.
Note:
Oracle recommends that you use caution when selecting the
Ignore All option. If you select this option, then Oracle Universal
Installer may not confirm that your system can install Oracle Database successfully.
See Also:
■
■
"Configuring Servers for Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a
Standalone Server" on page 4-2
Chapter 2, "Oracle Database Preinstallation Tasks"
13.
Review the contents of the Summary screen, and click Install.
You can click Save Response File to save all the installation steps into a response file. This file can be used for a silent installation.
14.
The Install Product screen displays the progress of the Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server installation.
If you selected an option to automatically run the root scripts in the Root Script
Execution Configuration screen, then Oracle Universal Installer automatically runs the root scripts. Click Next.
Else, if you did not select the option to automatically run the configuration scripts, then Oracle Universal Installer prompts you to run the root.sh
script and, if required, the orainstRoot.sh
script as the root
user to complete the installation.
During this process, the Execute Configuration Scripts window appears. Do not click OK until you run the scripts mentioned in this screen.
Note:
The orainstRoot.sh
script must be run if this is the first time you are installing Oracle software on your system. However, if you selected an option to automatically run the root scripts, then Oracle
Universal Installer automatically runs the oraInstRoot.sh
script.
15.
The Finish screen displays the installation status. Click Close to end the installation and exit Oracle Universal Installer.
If you encounter any errors, see the configuration log for information. The path to the configuration log is displayed on the Configuration Assistants window.
Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server 4-19
Installing and Configuring Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server
16.
Oracle ASMCA is installed as part of the Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server installation. To create additional disk groups, run the Oracle
ASMCA utility. For example, you can create another disk group named
RECOVERY to store the fast recovery area.
See Also:
■
■
"Manually Configuring Oracle ASM Disk Groups using Oracle
"Creating a Fast Recovery Area Disk Group" on page 6-4
Note:
To verify that the Oracle High Availability Service is installed properly, run
./crsctl check has
command from Grid_home
/bin directory.
Grid_home
is the path to the Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server home. ohasd
is a daemon installed with Oracle Grid
Infrastructure that starts software services, such as Oracle ASM.
17.
Install Oracle Database. See "Installing the Oracle Database Software" on page 5-9.
Note:
■
■
If a new database is installed after a grid infrastructure installation, then the listener runs from the Oracle Grid
Infrastructure for a standalone server home. Because Oracle ASM is installed as part of Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server, the default listener is created and runs from the Oracle
Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server home. If you perform a database installation, then the database must use the same listener created during the Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server installation.
If you are using Oracle Restart, then the default listener and any additional listeners must run from the Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server home.
See
"Troubleshooting and Deconfiguring Oracle Restart" on page I-4 to
deconfigure Oracle Restart without removing installed binaries.
Installing Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server for an Existing Database
Follow the high-level instructions in this section to install Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server and configure it for an existing Oracle database. Oracle Restart can only manage existing release 12.1 resources and hence you can install Oracle Grid
Infrastructure for a standalone server only for an existing release 12.1 database.
However, Oracle database releases before 12.1 can coexist on the same server without being managed by Oracle Restart.
To install Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server for an existing database:
■
On the same host computer as the database, use Oracle Universal Installer to install Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server, and select Install and
Configure Oracle Grid Infrastructure
for a Standalone Server as the installation option.
4-20 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Modifying Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server Binaries After Installation
■
The Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server components are installed in a separate Oracle home.
See
"Installing Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server with a New
Database Installation" on page 15 for detailed instructions.
Go to the Grid home’s bin
directory.
Use the srvctl add database command with the
-c SINGLE
flag to add the database in an Oracle Restart configuration. Also use the srvctl add
command to add the listener, the Oracle ASM instance, all Oracle ASM disk groups, and any database services to the Oracle Restart configuration.
See Also:
Oracle Database Administrator's Guide
Modifying Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server Binaries
After Installation
After the Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server installation, you must first stop the Oracle Restart stack to modify the software installed in your Grid home. For example, to apply a one-off patch or modify any of the DLLs used by Oracle Restart or
Oracle ASM, you must follow these steps to stop and restart the Oracle Restart stack.
Caution:
Before relinking executables, you must shut down all executables that run in the Oracle home directory that you are relinking. In addition, shut down applications linked with Oracle shared libraries.
Prepare the Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server home for modification using the following procedure:
1.
Log in as the Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server software owner user and change the directory to the path Grid_home
/bin
, where Grid_home is the path to the Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server home:
$ cd
Grid_home
/bin
2.
Shut down the Oracle Restart stack using the following command:
$ crsctl stop has -f
3.
4.
Perform the updates to the software installed in the Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server home.
Enter the following command to restart the Oracle Restart stack:
$ crsctl start has
Relink Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server using the following procedure:
1.
Log in as root
# cd
Grid_home
/crs/install
# perl roothas.pl -unlock
2.
Log in as the Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server owner:
$ export ORACLE_HOME=
Grid_home
$
Grid_home
/bin/relink
Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server 4-21
Modifying Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server Binaries After Installation
3.
Log in as root
again:
# cd
Grid_home
/rdbms/install/
# ./rootadd_rdbms.sh
# cd
Grid_home
/crs/install
# perl roothas.pl -patch
You must relink the Oracle Restart and Oracle ASM binaries every time you apply an operating system patch or after an operating system upgrade.
See Also:
"Deinstalling Previous Release Grid Home" on page 8-4
See Also:
"Starting and Stopping Components Managed by Oracle
Restart" in Oracle Database Administrator's Guide
Enabling Oracle ACFS on Oracle Restart Configurations
To use Oracle ACFS on Oracle Restart configurations, you must first enable root access for Oracle ACFS using the following command:
Log in as root
# cd
Grid_home
/crs/install
# perl roothas.pl -lockacfs
4-22 Oracle Database Installation Guide
5
Installing Oracle Database
The Oracle Database software is available on installation media, or you can download it from the Oracle Technology Network website, or the Oracle Software Delivery
Cloud portal. In most cases, you use the graphical user interface (GUI) provided by
Oracle Universal Installer to install the software. However, you can also use Oracle
Universal Installer to complete silent mode installations, without using the GUI.
■
■
Preinstallation Considerations
Reviewing Component-Specific Installation Guidelines
■
■
■
Accessing the Installation Software
Installing the Oracle Database Software
Installing Oracle Database Examples
See Also:
for information about silent mode installations
Preinstallation Considerations
Review the information in
Chapter 1, "Overview of Oracle Database Installation" and
complete the tasks listed in Chapter 2, "Oracle Database Preinstallation Tasks" .
Performing Multiple Oracle Database Installations in Response File or Silent Mode
If you must perform multiple installations of Oracle Database, you may want to use silent mode or response file mode. In response file mode, at each node, you run Oracle
Universal Installer from the command line using a response file. The response file is a text file that contains the settings you typically enter in the Oracle Universal Installer
GUI dialog boxes.
See Also:
for information about silent mode installations
Reviewing Component-Specific Installation Guidelines
Review the following guidelines before starting Oracle Universal Installer:
■
■
Oracle Universal Installer
Using Oracle Universal Installer from an earlier Oracle release to install components from this release is no longer allowed.
Oracle Automatic Storage Management
Installing Oracle Database 5-1
Reviewing Component-Specific Installation Guidelines
In previous releases, Oracle Automatic Storage Management (Oracle ASM) was installed as part of the Oracle Database installation. Starting with Oracle Database
11g Release 2 (11.2), Oracle ASM is part of an Oracle Grid Infrastructure installation, either for a cluster, or for a standalone server.
To upgrade an existing Oracle ASM installation, upgrade Oracle ASM by running an Oracle Grid Infrastructure upgrade. If you do not have Oracle ASM installed and you want to use Oracle ASM as your storage option, then you must complete an Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server installation before you start your Oracle Database installation.
See Also:
Chapter 4, "Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone
for information about Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server
■
Installations on a cluster
If Oracle Clusterware or Oracle RAC is installed on the system, then Oracle
Universal Installer displays the Grid Installation Options screen. You must select
Single instance database installation, unless you want to install Oracle RAC. The other options in this screen are Oracle Real Application Clusters database installation and Oracle RAC One Node database installation.
See Also:
Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX
This section covers the following topics:
■
Selecting the Database Character Set
■
Using an Existing Oracle Automatic Storage Management Disk Group
Selecting the Database Character Set
Oracle Database uses the database character set for:
■
■
Data stored in SQL character datatypes (CHAR, VARCHAR2, CLOB, and LONG).
Identifiers such as table names, column names, and PL/SQL variables.
■
Stored SQL and PL/SQL source code, including text literals embedded in this code.
After a database is created, changing its character set is usually very expensive in terms of time and resources. Such operations may require converting all character data by exporting the whole database and importing it back. Therefore, it is important that you carefully select the database character set at installation time.
Oracle recommends Unicode AL32UTF8 as the database character set. Unicode is the universal character set that supports most of the currently spoken languages of the world. It also supports many historical scripts (alphabets). Unicode is the native encoding of many technologies, including Java, XML, XHTML, ECMAScript, and
LDAP. Unicode is ideally suited for databases supporting the Internet and the global economy.
Because AL32UTF8 is a multibyte character set, database operations on character data may be slightly slower when compared to single-byte database character sets, such as
WE8MSWIN1252. Storage space requirements for text in most languages that use characters outside of the ASCII repertoire are higher in AL32UTF8 compared to legacy character sets supporting the language. The increase in storage space concerns only
5-2 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Reviewing Component-Specific Installation Guidelines character data and only data that is not in English. The universality and flexibility of
Unicode usually outweighs these additional costs.
Consider legacy character sets when compatibility, storage requirements, or performance of text processing is critical and the database supports only a single group of languages. The database character set to be selected in this case is the character set of most clients connecting to this database.
The database character set of a multitenant container database (CDB) determines which databases can be plugged in later. Ensure that the character set you choose for the CDB is compatible with the database character sets of the databases to be plugged into this CDB.
See Also:
"Choosing a Database Character Set for a CDB" in Oracle
Database Globalization Support Guide
The default character set suggested or used by Oracle Universal Installer and Database
Configuration Assistant in this release is based on the language configuration of the operating system.
For most languages, the default character set is one of the Microsoft Windows character sets, for example WE8MSWIN1252, even though the database is not installed on Windows. This results from the assumption that most clients connecting to the database run under the Microsoft Windows operating system. Because the database should be able to store all characters coming from the clients and Microsoft Windows character sets have a richer character repertoire than the corresponding ISO 8859 character sets, the Microsoft Windows character sets are usually the better choice. For example, the EE8MSWIN1250 character set supports the Euro currency symbol and various smart quote characters, while the corresponding EE8ISO8859P2 character set does not support them. Oracle Database converts the data between the database character set and the client character sets, which are declared by the NLS_LANG settings.
The list of database character sets that is presented to you for selection by Oracle
Universal Installer contains only the recommended character sets. Even though Oracle
Database supports many more character sets, they are either deprecated or they are binary subsets of another recommended character set. For example, WE8DEC is a deprecated character set and US7ASCII and WE8ISO8859P1 are both binary subsets of
WE8MSWIN1252.
If, for compatibility reasons, you must create a database in one of the character sets that was not recommended, select the Advanced database configuration option. Oracle
Database Configuration Assistant (Oracle DBCA) in the interactive mode gives you the opportunity to select any of the database character sets supported on SPARC.
See Also:
"Choosing a Character Set" in Oracle Database Globalization
Support Guide
Using an Existing Oracle Automatic Storage Management Disk Group
This section is optional and describes how to identify disk groups and determine the free disk space that they contain. You can store either database or recovery files in an existing Oracle ASM disk group that you created during the Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server installation.
Note:
The Oracle ASM instance that manages the existing disk group runs in the Oracle Grid Infrastructure home directory.
Installing Oracle Database 5-3
Reviewing Component-Specific Installation Guidelines
To determine if an existing Oracle ASM disk group exists or to determine if there is sufficient disk space in a disk group, you can use the Oracle ASM command line tool
( asmcmd
), Oracle Enterprise Manager Cloud Control or Oracle Enterprise Manager
Database Express. Alternatively, you can use the following procedure:
1.
View the contents of the oratab
file to determine if an Oracle ASM instance is configured on the system:
# more /var/opt/oracle/oratab
If an Oracle ASM instance is configured on the system, then the oratab
file contains a line similar to the following:
+ASM:
oracle_home_path
:N
2.
In this example,
+ASM
is the system identifier (
SID
) of the Oracle ASM instance and
oracle_home_path
is the Oracle home directory where Oracle ASM is installed. By convention, the
SID
for an Oracle ASM instance should be
+ASM
.
Open a shell prompt and temporarily set the
ORACLE_SID
and
ORACLE_HOME environment variables to specify the appropriate values for the Oracle ASM instance to use.
For example, if the Oracle ASM
SID
is named
+ASM
and is located in the grid subdirectory of the
ORACLE_BASE
directory, then enter the following commands to create the required settings:
■
Bourne, Bash, or Korn shell:
$ ORACLE_SID=+ASM
$ export ORACLE_SID
$ ORACLE_HOME=/u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/grid/
$ export ORACLE_HOME
■
C shell:
% setenv ORACLE_SID +ASM
% setenv ORACLE_HOME /u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/grid
3.
Connect to the Oracle Automatic Storage Management instance and start the instance if necessary:
# $ORACLE_HOME/bin/asmcmd
ASMCMD> startup
4.
Enter one of the following commands to view the existing disk groups, their redundancy level, and the amount of free disk space in each one:
ASMCMD> lsdg; or
$ORACLE_HOME/bin/asmcmd -p lsdg
5.
6.
From the output, identify a disk group with the appropriate redundancy level, and note the free space that it contains.
If necessary, install or identify the additional disk devices required to meet the storage requirements listed in the previous section.
5-4 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Accessing the Installation Software
Note:
If you are adding devices to an existing disk group, then
Oracle recommends that you use devices that have the same size and performance characteristics as the existing devices in that disk group.
See Also:
"Oracle Automatic Storage Management Storage
Accessing the Installation Software
The Oracle Database software is available on installation media, or you can download it from the Oracle Technology Network website, or the Oracle Software Delivery
Cloud portal. To install the software from the hard disk, you must either download it and unpack it, or copy it from the installation media, if you have it.
You can access and install Oracle Database by using one of the following methods:
■
To copy the software to a hard disk, see "Copying the Software to the Hard Disk" on page 5-7
■
To download the software from Oracle Technology Network, see "Downloading
Downloading Oracle Software
You can download the trial version of the installation files from the Oracle Technology
Network (OTN) or the Oracle Software Delivery Cloud portal and extract them on your hard disk. Ensure that you review and understand the terms of the license. Most downloads include the development license. This section contains the following topics:
■
■
■
Downloading the Installation Archive Files from OTN
Downloading the Software from Oracle Software Delivery Cloud Portal
Extracting the Installation Files
Downloading the Installation Archive Files from OTN
To download the installation archive files from Oracle Technology Network:
1.
Use any browser to access the software download page from Oracle Technology
Network: http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/indexes/downloads/index.html
2.
3.
4.
5.
Go to the download page for the product to install.
On the download page, identify the required disk space by adding the file sizes for each required file.
The file sizes are listed next to the file names.
Select a file system with enough free space to store and expand the archive files.
In most cases, the available disk space must be at least twice the size of all of the archive files.
On the file system that you selected in Step 4, create a parent directory for each
product, for example
OraDB12c
, to hold the installation directories.
Installing Oracle Database 5-5
Accessing the Installation Software
6.
7.
Download all of the installation archive files to the directory that you created in
Verify that the files you downloaded are the same size as the corresponding files on Oracle Technology Network. Also verify the checksums are the same as noted on Oracle Technology Network using a command similar to the following: cksum
filename
.zip
8.
9.
Extract the files in each directory that you just created.
After you have extracted the required installation files, see "Installing the Oracle
Database Software" on page 5-9.
Downloading the Software from Oracle Software Delivery Cloud Portal
You can download the software from Oracle Software Delivery Cloud as Media Packs.
A Media Pack is an electronic version of the software that is also available to Oracle customers on CD-ROM or DVD. To download the Media Pack:
1.
Use any browser to access the Oracle Software Delivery Cloud portal: https://edelivery.oracle.com/
4.
5.
2.
3.
6.
Complete the Export Validation process by entering information (name, company, email address, and country) in the online form.
In the Media Pack Search page, specify the Product Pack and Platform to identify the Media Pack you want to download. If you do not know the name of the
Product Pack, you can search for it using the License List.
Optionally, select the relevant product to download from the Results list.
In the search results page, click Readme to download and review the Readme file for download instructions and product information.
After you review the Readme, choose the appropriate Media Pack from the search results to download the individual zip files. Follow the Download Notes instructions in this page. After you download and extract the contents of the required zip files, proceed with the installation of the software.
Note:
Print the page with the list of downloadable files. It contains a list of part numbers and their corresponding descriptions that you may refer during the installation process.
7.
After you download the files, click View Digest to verify that the MD5 or SHA-1 checksum matches with what is listed in the media download page.
See Also:
■
My Oracle Support note 549617.1 for information on how to verify the integrity of a software download at:
■ https://support.oracle.com/CSP/main/article?cmd=show&type
=NOT&id=549617.1
Frequently Asked Questions section on the Oracle Software Delivery
Cloud portal for more information about Media Packs
5-6 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Accessing the Installation Software
Extracting the Installation Files
To extract the installation archive files, perform the following steps:
1.
2.
If necessary, change to the directory that contains the downloaded installation archive files.
Oracle RDBMS software is available as two archive files. Ensure that you extract both the archive files to the same directory.
If the downloaded file has the
.zip
extension, use the following command to extract the content: unzip
file_name.
zip
If the downloaded file has the cpio.gz
extension, use the following command:
$ gunzip
filename
.cpio.gz
This command creates files with names similar to the following:
filename
.cpio
To extract the installation files, enter a command similar to the following:
$ cpio -idcmv <
filename
.cpio
Note:
See the download page for information about the correct options to use with the cpio
command.
Some browsers uncompress files while downloading them, but they leave the
.gz
file extension.
For each file, this command creates a subdirectory named
Disk
n
, where n is the disk number identified in the file name.
When you have extracted all of the required installation files, see "Installing the Oracle
Database Software" on page 5-9.
Copying the Software to the Hard Disk
Before installing Oracle Database, you might want to copy the software to the hard disk to enable the installation process to run faster. Before copying the installation media content to the hard disk, you must mount the disk. The following sections describe how to mount the disk and copy its content to the hard disk.
Mounting Disks
On most Oracle Solaris systems, the disk mounts automatically when you insert it into the disk drive. If the disk does not mount automatically, then follow these steps to mount it:
1.
Switch user to root
:
$ sudo sh password:
2.
If necessary, enter the following command to eject the currently mounted disc, then remove it from the drive:
# eject
Installing Oracle Database 5-7
Accessing the Installation Software
3.
4.
Insert the appropriate disc into the disc drive.
To verify that the disc mounted automatically, enter the following command:
# ls /dvd/dvd0
5.
If this command fails to display the contents of the disc, enter a command similar to the following to mount it:
# /usr/sbin/mount -r -F hsfs /dev/dsk/c
x
t
y
d
z
s2 /dvd
6.
In this example,
/dvd
is the disc mount point directory and
/dev/dsk/c
x
t
y
d
z
s2
is the device name for the disc device, for example
/dev/dsk/c0t2d0s2
.
If Oracle Universal Installer is displaying the Disk Location dialog box, enter the disc mount point directory path, for example:
■
Disc mounted automatically:
/dvd/dvd0
■
Disc mounted manually:
/dvd
To continue, go to one of the following sections:
■
To copy software to a hard disk, see
"Copying the Oracle Database Software to a
■
To install the software from the installation media, see "Installing the Oracle
Database Software" on page 5-9.
Copying the Oracle Database Software to a Hard Disk
Note:
If the system does not have an installation media, you can copy the software from the disk to a file system on another system, then either mount that file system using NFS or use FTP to copy the files to the system where you want to install the software.
To copy the contents of the installation media to a hard disk:
1.
Create a directory on the hard disk, outside of the Oracle base directory, to hold the Oracle software:
$ mkdir OraDb12
c
2.
Change the directory to the directory you created in Step 1:
$ cd OraDb12
c
3.
4.
Mount the disk, if it is not mounted.
Some platforms automatically mount the disk when you insert it into the drive. If
Copy the contents of the mounted disk to the corresponding new subdirectory as follows:
$ cp -R /
directory
_
path
OraDb12c
5-8 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Installing the Oracle Database Software
5.
In this example,
/
directory_path
is the disk mount point directory.
If necessary, mount the next disk and repeat Step 4.
Installing the Oracle Database Software
In most cases, you use the graphical user interface (GUI) provided by Oracle Universal
Installer to install Oracle Database. The instructions in the following sections explain how to download updates before you start the database installation, and how to run the Oracle Universal Installer GUI to perform most database installations.
This section includes the following topics:
■
Downloading Updates Before Installation
■
Running Oracle Universal Installer
Downloading Updates Before Installation
If you plan to run the installation in a secured data center, then you can download updates before starting the installation by starting Oracle Universal Installer on a system that has Internet access in update download mode. To start Oracle Universal
Installer to download the updates, enter the following command:
$ ./runInstaller -downloadUpdates
Provide the My Oracle Support user name and password, and provide proxy settings, if needed, in the Provide My Oracle Support credentials screen. Then, enter the
Download location
and click Download in the Download software updates screen. If updates are available, then they are downloaded in the location provided. The Finish
Updates screen shows the successful download of the updates. Click Close.
After you download the updates, transfer the update file to a directory on the server where you plan to run the installation.
See Also:
"Software Updates Option" on page 1-6
Running Oracle Universal Installer
For any type of installation process, start Oracle Universal Installer and install the software, as follows:
1.
2.
3.
Logon as the Oracle software owner user (typically, oracle
) to the computer on which you want to install Oracle components.
If you are installing the software from installation media, mount the disk if it is not mounted.
Some platforms automatically mount the disk when you insert the installation media into the drive.
To start Oracle Universal Installer, complete one of the following steps depending on the location of the installation files:
Installing Oracle Database 5-9
Installing the Oracle Database Software
Note:
Start Oracle Universal Installer from the terminal session where you logged in as the oracle
user and set the user’s environment.
See Also:
"Configuring Oracle Software Owner Environment" on page 3-11
■
If the installation files are on installation media, enter commands similar to the following, where directory_path is the path of the database
directory on the installation media:
$ /
directory_path
/runInstaller
■
If the installation files are on the hard disk, change the directory to the database
directory and enter the following command:
$ ./runInstaller
4.
If Oracle Universal Installer is not displayed, see
about troubleshooting.
Use the following guidelines to complete the installation:
■
Do not install Oracle Database 12c software into an existing Oracle home.
■
Follow the instructions displayed on the Oracle Universal Installer screens. If you need additional information, click Help.
See Also:
"Reviewing Accounts and Passwords" on page 7-4 for
information about password guidelines
■
■
■
Do not modify the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) except by using a patch provided by Oracle Support Services. Oracle Universal Installer automatically installs the Oracle-supplied version of the JRE. This version is required to run
Oracle Universal Installer and several Oracle assistants.
If errors are displayed while installing the software, see Appendix I
for information about troubleshooting.
If you chose an installation type that runs Oracle Database Configuration
Assistant (Oracle DBCA) in interactive mode, then you must provide detailed information about configuring the database and network.
If you need help when using the Oracle Database Configuration Assistant in interactive mode, click Help on any screen.
Note:
If you chose a default installation, Oracle Database
Configuration Assistant does not run interactively.
See Also:
"Creating and Managing a Database with DBCA" in Oracle
Database 2 Day DBA
5.
When the configuration assistant tasks are complete click finish, click Exit, then click Yes to exit from Oracle Universal Installer.
5-10 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Installing the Oracle Database Software
6.
During the database installation, when Oracle Universal Installer prompts you to run a script with root
privileges, enter a command similar to the following in a terminal where you are logged in as the root
user, then click OK:
# /
script_path/script_name
7.
For more information see the description in the Install Product screen in the table that follows.
See
for information about tasks that you must complete after you install
Oracle Database.
The following table lists the various screens displayed during an Enterprise Edition installation for Oracle Database 12c:
Screen
Configure Security Updates
Action
Enter your email address, preferably your My Oracle Support email address or user name in the Email field.
Select the I wish to receive security updates via My Oracle
Support
check box to receive security updates.
Enter your My Oracle Support password in the My Oracle
Support Password
field.
Click Next.
See Also:
"Database Security Notification Options" on page 1-7
Installing Oracle Database 5-11
Installing the Oracle Database Software
Screen
Download Software Updates
Apply Software Updates
Action
You can use the Software Updates feature to dynamically download and apply the latest updates. Select one of the following options, and click Next:
■
Use My Oracle Support credentials for download: Select this option to download and apply the latest software updates.
Click Proxy Settings to configure a proxy for Oracle
Universal Installer to use to connect to the Internet.
Provide the proxy server information for your site and a user account that has access to the local area network through which the server is connecting.
■
You can enter the Proxy Realm information. The proxy realm information is case-sensitive. If you do not have a proxy realm, then you do not have to provide an entry for the Proxy Username, Proxy Password, and Proxy
Realm fields.
Click Test Connection to ensure that your proxy settings are correctly entered, and the installer can download the updates.
Use pre-downloaded software updates: Select this option if you have already downloaded the software updates using the Oracle Universal installer command
./runInstaller -downloadUpdates
.
Specify the path to the location where you have already downloaded the software updates.
■
Note:
The pre-downloaded option only works if you have used Oracle Universal Installer to download the updates, either during the installation, or before the installation with the
-downloadUpdates
option. You cannot manually download updates, and then provide the manual download path to the installer.
See Also
: Downloading Updates Before Installation
Skip software updates: Select this option if you do not want to apply any updates.
This screen is displayed if you select to download the software updates, or provide the pre-downloaded software updates location.
■
■
If you selected Use My Oracle Support credentials for download in the previous screen, select Download and
apply all updates
, and then click Next to apply the updates.
By default, the download location for software updates is placed in the home directory of the Oracle installation owner you are using to run this installation. If you choose to download the software updates in another location, then click Browse and select a different location on your server.
If you selected Use pre-downloaded software updates in the previous screen, select Apply all updates, and then click Next to apply the updates downloaded before starting the installation.
5-12 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Installing the Oracle Database Software
Screen
Select Installation Option
System Class
Grid Installation Options
Select Install Type
Select Product Languages
Action
Select one of the following installation options, and click
Next:
■
■
■
Create and configure a database: This option creates a new database with sample schemas.
Install database software only: This option only installs the database binaries. To configure the database, you must run Oracle Database Configuration Assistant after the software installation.
Upgrade an existing database: This option installs the software binaries in a new Oracle home. After the installation, you can upgrade the existing database.
Select the type of system for installing the database, and click
Next.
■
■
Desktop Class: Select this option if you are installing on a laptop or desktop class system. This option includes a starter database and enables a minimal configuration.
This option is designed for those who want to get the database running quickly.
See Also
: "Setting the ORACLE_HOSTNAME
Environment Variable" on page E-1
Server Class: Select this option if you are installing on a server class system, such as what you would use when deploying Oracle Database in a production data center.
This option provides more advanced configuration options. Advanced configuration options available using this option include Oracle RAC, Oracle ASM, backup and recovery configuration, integration with Oracle
Enterprise Manager Cloud Control, and more fine-grained memory tuning, among many others.
Select the type of database installation you want to perform, and click Next.
■
■
■
Single instance database installation: This option installs the database and the listener.
Oracle Real Application Clusters database installation:
This option installs Oracle Real Application Clusters.
Oracle RAC One Node database installation: This option installs the Oracle RAC One Node database.
Select one of the following, and click Next:
■
■
Typical Install: This installation method is selected by default. It lets you quickly install Oracle Database using minimal input. It installs the software and optionally creates a general-purpose database using the information that you specify on this screen.
Advanced Install: This installation method enables you to perform more complex installations, such as creating individual passwords for different accounts, creating specific types of starter databases (for example, for transaction processing or data warehouse systems), using different language groups, specifying email notifications, and so on.
This option enables you to select the language in which you want to run the product.
Select the product language from the Available Languages list, and move it to the Selected Languages list. Click Next.
Installing Oracle Database 5-13
Installing the Oracle Database Software
Screen
Select Database Edition
Specify Installation Location
Create Inventory
Select Configuration Type
Action
Select Enterprise Edition, Standard Edition, or Standard
Edition One. Click Next.
See Also:
"Enabling and Disabling Database Options" on page 6-5 for information about enabling and disabling
components that are installed with Oracle Database.
are installed with Oracle Database.
The Oracle base path appears by default. You can change this path based on your requirement. Specify Oracle Base,
Software Location
, and click Next.
The Oracle base directory is a top-level directory for Oracle software installations owned by an Oracle installation owner account. The default Oracle base path is
mountpoint/app/user
, where user is the user account running the installation. You can change the path based on your requirements.
In the Software Location field, accept the default value or enter the Oracle home directory path in which you want to install the Oracle software.
The directory path must not contain spaces. Click Next.
Note
: This screen is available only with Advanced
Installation.
Ensure that the Oracle home path for the database home and the Oracle base path use only ASCII characters. At the time of this release, the use of non-ASCII characters for an Oracle database home or Oracle base is not supported.
See Also:
"Naming Directories" on page F-2 and
Required Software Directories" on page 2-14
This screen is displayed if this is the first time you are installing Oracle software on your system.
You are prompted by Oracle Universal Installer to specify the
Inventory Directory
path for the central inventory the first time you install any Oracle software on your computer.
Select the oraInventory Group Name of the operating system group that will own the Oracle Inventory directory (the
Oracle Inventory group).
Click Next.
Note:
By default, the Oracle Inventory directory is not installed under the Oracle Base directory. This is because all
Oracle software installations share a common Oracle
Inventory, so there is only one Oracle Inventory for all users, whereas there is a separate Oracle Base directory for each user.
Select one of the following, and click Next:
■
General Purpose / Transaction Processing: This is a starter database designed for general usage or transaction-heavy applications.
■
Data Warehousing: A starter database optimized to run
Data Warehousing applications.
See the online help provided by either Oracle Universal
Installer or Oracle Database Configuration Assistant for a description of these preconfigured database types.
5-14 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Installing the Oracle Database Software
Screen
Specify Database Identifiers
Action
Provide the following information, and click Next:
Database Naming
Provide the Global Database Name using the following syntax:
db_unique_name
.
db_domain
■
db_unique_name
is the name of the database. It can contain a maximum of 30 characters if the first 8 characters are unique and begin with an alphabetic character. The characters can include alphanumeric, underscore (_), dollar sign ($), and pound sign (#), no other special characters are permitted in a database name.
■
db_domain
is the computer environment used for the database. It can contain no more than 128 characters
(alphanumeric, underscore (_), and pound sign (#)), inclusive of all periods.
Note:
Ensure that the combination of database name (first 8 unique characters of the unique name for the database), delimiter, and the database domain name does not exceed 128 characters.
For example: sales.example.com
■
■
db_unique_name
is sales
db_domain
is example.com
When you enter the Global Database Name, Oracle Universal
Installer automatically populates the SID prefix with the database name. You can change this name in Advanced
Installation. Oracle Universal Installer limits the SID to 12 alphanumeric characters and the SID cannot contain an underscore (_), dollar sign ( $), or pound sign (#).
See "Setting the ORACLE_HOSTNAME Environment
"Identifying Databases" on page 7-9
Select the Create as Container database option to create the database as a multitenant container database (CDB) that can support one pluggable database (PDB). If you want Oracle
Universal Installer to create a PDB when it creates the CDB, specify the PDB name in the Pluggable Database Name field.
The PDB name must be unique and must follow the database naming conventions. See
"Identifying Databases" on page 7-9
To create additional PDBs and to manage PDBs, use Oracle
Database Configuration Assistant.
See Also:
Oracle Database 2 Day DBA
Installing Oracle Database 5-15
Installing the Oracle Database Software
Screen Action
Specify Configuration Options Provide the following configuration information, and click
Next:
Specify Database Storage
Options
Memory:
Select the Enable Automatic Memory Management option to allow the database to automatically distribute memory between SGA and PGA. If you do not select this option, then the SGA and PGA must be sized manually.
See Also:
"Consider Memory Allocation and Automatic
Memory Management" on page 1-5
Character Sets:
This option enables you to store the character data in the database in one of the following methods:
■
Use the default: This option uses the operating system language settings.
■
■
Use Unicode: This option enables you to store multiple language groups
Choose from the following list of character sets: This option enables the Select Database Character Set drop down list.
See Also:
■
"Selecting the Database Character Set" on page 5-2
■
Oracle Database Globalization Support Guide for information about choosing a character set
Sample Schemas:
The Create database with sample schemas option is not selected by default. You can select this option, to create a starter database with sample schemas. If you create the database as a CDB with one PDB, then the sample schema is created as a PDB.
Note
: By default, Oracle database is configured to include enhanced security settings.
Select one of the following options, and click Next.
■
File System: Specify the database file location.
■
Oracle Automatic Storage Management.
See Also
: "Using an Existing Oracle Automatic Storage
Management Disk Group" on page 5-3
5-16 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Installing the Oracle Database Software
Screen Action
Specify Management Options This screen gives you the option to manage your database using Oracle Enterprise Manager Cloud Control. Select
Register with Enterprise Manager (EM) Cloud Control
and specify the following for Oracle Enterprise Manager Cloud
Control configuration, and click Next:
■
■
OMS Host: The system name where the Management repository is running.
OMS Port: The Oracle Enterprise Manager port number to receive requests from the Management service.
■
■
EM Admin Username: The user name to log in to Oracle
Enterprise Manager.
EM Admin Password: The password to log in to Oracle
Enterprise Manager.
■
Specify password of ASMSNMP user: The password for the ASMSNMP user configured in Oracle ASM, required only if you choose Oracle ASM as your database storage option.
Note:
Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Express is always installed and configured by default irrespective of whether you register Oracle Enterprise Manager Cloud Control.
Specify Recovery Options
Select ASM Disk Group
Select Enable Recovery to enable recovery using one of the following options:
■
Select File System to use a file system directory for the fast recovery area, and then specify the fast recovery area path in the Recovery Area location field.
■
Select Oracle Automatic Storage Management to use an
Automatic Storage Management disk group for the fast recovery area.
Click Next.
See Also
: "Oracle Automatic Storage Management
Installation Considerations" on page 4-6 and
Backup and Recovery Options" on page 1-14.
This screen is displayed only if you select Oracle Automatic
Storage Management as your storage option in the Specify
Storage Option screen.
Disk groups are created during the Oracle Grid Infrastructure installation. Disk groups are configured with the
SYSASM privilege using asmcmd
or
SQL create diskgroup
commands.
An ASM disk group consists of multiple disk partitions.
The table in this screen displays existing disk groups created during the Oracle Grid Infrastructure installation. Select the disk group to use for database file storage.
Specify Schema Passwords Enter and confirm passwords for the privileged database accounts: SYS, SYSTEM, and DBSNMP.
If you chose to create the database as a CDB, then Oracle
Universal Installer also asks for the PDBADMIN password.
Click Next.
Note:
Optionally, you can use the same password for all accounts. However, Oracle recommends that you specify a different password for each account. You must remember the passwords that you specify.
See Also:
"Unlocking and Changing Passwords" on page 7-8
for information about password guidelines
Installing Oracle Database 5-17
Installing the Oracle Database Software
Screen
Privileged Operating System
Groups
Perform Prerequisite Checks
Summary
Install Product
Action
The operating system groups are selected by default. You can also manually select the
OSDBA
and
OSOPER
groups.
Select the
OSBACKUPDBA
,
OSDGDBA
, and
OSKMDBA
groups.
Click Next.
See Also
: "Creating Required Operating System Groups and
This option verifies that the minimum system requirements to perform the database installation are met.
If you click Check Again, then you can run the prerequisite check again to see if the minimum requirements are met to carry on with the database installation.
Click Fix & Check Again, if you want the installer to fix the problem and verify the system requirements again.
Note
: The Fix & Check Again option generates a script that you must run as the root
user. This generated script sets some system parameters to Oracle-recommended values.
Oracle recommends that you do not modify the contents of this script.
See Also:
"Using Installation Fixup Scripts" on page 2-6 for
more information.
To get a list of failed requirements, select ShowFailed from the list. To get a list of all the prerequirement checks run by
Oracle Universal Installer, select Show All. To get a list of the prerequirement checks that are successful, select Show
Succeeded.
Note
: Oracle recommends that you use caution when selecting the Ignore All option. If you select this option, then
Oracle Universal Installer may not confirm that your system can install Oracle Database successfully.
See Also
: Chapter 2, "Oracle Database Preinstallation Tasks"
Review the information displayed on this screen, and click
Install.
Note:
You can save all the installation steps into a response file by clicking Save Response File. Later, this file can be used for a silent installation.
This screen displays the progress of a database installation.
During this process, the Execute Configuration Scripts window appears. Do not click OK until you run the root.sh
and, if required, the orainstRoot.sh configuration scripts mentioned in this screen as the root
user. Click Next.
This screen then displays the status information for the configuration assistants that configure the software and create a database.
A message is displayed at the end of the Database
Configuration Assistant process. Review the database information, specially the Oracle Enterprise Manager
Database Express URL, and click OK.
Note:
If this is the first time you are installing Oracle software on your system, then Oracle Universal Installer prompts you to run the orainstRoot.sh
script.
See Also:
Oracle Database 2 Day DBA for information about
Oracle Database Configuration Assistant
5-18 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Installing Oracle Database Examples
Screen
Finish
Action
This screen is shown automatically when all the configuration tools are successful.
Click Close.
Caution:
After installation is complete, do not manually remove or run cron
jobs that remove
/tmp/.oracle or
/var/tmp/.oracle
directories or their files while Oracle software is running. If you remove these files, then the Oracle software can intermittently stop responding. Oracle Restart installations fail with the following error:
CRS-0184: Cannot communicate with the CRS daemon.
Installing Oracle Database Examples
If you plan to use the following products or features, then download and install the products from the Oracle Database Examples media:
■
■
■
■
Oracle JDBC Development Drivers
Oracle Database Examples
Oracle Text Knowledge Base
Various Oracle product demonstrations
For information about installing software and various Oracle product demonstrations from the Oracle Database Examples media, see Oracle Database Examples Installation
Guide.
Installing Oracle Database 5-19
Installing Oracle Database Examples
5-20 Oracle Database Installation Guide
6
Oracle Database Postinstallation Tasks
This chapter describes tasks that you must perform after you have installed the database software. It includes information about the following topics:
■
■
Required Postinstallation Tasks
Recommended Postinstallation Tasks
■
Required Product-Specific Postinstallation Tasks
You must perform the tasks listed in
"Required Postinstallation Tasks" on page 6-1.
Oracle recommends that you perform the tasks listed in "Recommended
Postinstallation Tasks" on page 6-2 after all installations.
If you install and intend to use any of the products listed in
Postinstallation Tasks" on page 6-6, then you must perform the tasks listed in the
product-specific sections.
Note:
This chapter describes basic configuration only. See Oracle
Database Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based
Operating Systems, Oracle Database Administrator's Guide, and product-specific administration and tuning guides for more detailed configuration and tuning information.
See Also:
"Post-installation Database Configuration" section in
Oracle Configuration Manager Installation and Administration Guide
Required Postinstallation Tasks
Perform the following task after completing Oracle Database installation.
Downloading and Installing Patches
Check the My Oracle Support website for required patch updates for your installation.
To download required patches:
1.
Use a web browser to view the My Oracle Support website: https://support.oracle.com/
2.
Log in to My Oracle Support.
Oracle Database Postinstallation Tasks 6-1
Recommended Postinstallation Tasks
Note:
If you are not a My Oracle Support registered user, click
Register here
and follow the registration instructions.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
On the main My Oracle Support page, click the Patches & Updates tab.
In the Patch Search group, select Product or Family (Advanced).
In the Product field, select Oracle Database.
In the Release field select one or more release numbers. For example, Oracle
12.1.0.1.0.
Click Search.
Any available patch updates are displayed in the Patch Search page.
9.
Select the patch number and click ReadMe. The README page is displayed and contains information about the patch set and how to apply the patches to your installation.
10.
Return to the Patch Search page, click Download, and save the file on your system.
11.
Use the unzip utility provided with Oracle Database 12c to uncompress the Oracle patch updates that you downloaded from My Oracle Support. The unzip utility is located in the
$ORACLE_HOME/bin
directory.
Recommended Postinstallation Tasks
Oracle recommends that you perform the tasks described in the following section after completing an installation:
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
Creating a Backup of the root.sh Script
Creating and Configuring Additional Operating System Accounts
Setting the NLS_LANG Environment Variable
Generating the Client Static Library
Guidelines for Setting Semaphore Parameters
Creating a Fast Recovery Area Disk Group
Enabling and Disabling Database Options
Running RACcheck Configuration Audit Tool
Creating a Backup of the root.sh Script
Oracle recommends that you back up the root.sh
script after you complete an installation. If you install other products in the same Oracle home directory, then
Oracle Universal Installer updates the contents of the existing root.sh
script during the installation. If you require information contained in the original root.sh
script, then you can recover it from the backed up root.sh
file.
Creating and Configuring Additional Operating System Accounts
If required, create additional operating system accounts. Users must be members of the OSDBA or OSOPER groups to connect to the database with administrator privileges.
6-2 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Recommended Postinstallation Tasks
Configuring the Accounts of Oracle Users
Update the startup files of the oracle
user and the operating system accounts of
Oracle users, specifying the appropriate environment variables in the environment file.
For the Bourne, Bash, or Korn shell, add the environment variables to the
.profile
file, or the
.bash_profile
file for the Bash shell on Oracle Linux and Red Hat
Enterprise Linux.
For the C shell, add the environment variables to the
.login
file.
Note:
You can use the oraenv
or coraenv
script to ensure that
Oracle user accounts are updated.
Setting the NLS_LANG Environment Variable
NLS_LANG
is an environment variable that specifies the locale behavior for Oracle software. This variable sets the language and territory used by the client application and the database server. It also declares the character set of the client, which is the character set of data entered or displayed by an Oracle client program, such as
SQL*Plus.
See Also:
Appendix H, "Configuring Oracle Database
Globalization Support" for more information about the
NLS_LANG environment variable
Generating the Client Static Library
The client static library ( libclntst12.a
) is not generated during installation. To link the applications to the client static library, you must first generate it as follows:
1.
2.
Switch the user to oracle
.
Set the
ORACLE_HOME
environment variable to specify the Oracle home directory used by the Oracle Database installation, for example:
■
Bourne, Bash, or Korn shell:
$ ORACLE_HOME=/u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/dbhome_1
$ export ORACLE_HOME
■
C shell:
% setenv ORACLE_HOME /u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/dbhome_1
3.
Enter the following command:
$ $ORACLE_HOME/bin/genclntst
Guidelines for Setting Semaphore Parameters
Use the following guidelines only if the default semaphore parameter values are too low to accommodate all Oracle processes:
Note:
Oracle recommends that you see the operating system documentation for more information about setting semaphore parameters.
Oracle Database Postinstallation Tasks 6-3
Recommended Postinstallation Tasks
1.
Calculate the minimum total semaphore requirements using the following formula: sum (process parameters of all database instances on the system) + overhead for oracle background processes + system and other application requirements
2.
3.
4.
Set semmns
(total semaphores systemwide) to this total.
Set semmsl
(semaphores per set) to 250.
Set semmni
(total semaphores sets) to semmns
/ semmsl
rounded up to the nearest multiple of 1024.
Creating a Fast Recovery Area Disk Group
During installation, by default you can create one disk group. If you plan to add an
Oracle Database for a standalone server, then you should create the fast recovery area for database files.
About the Fast Recovery Area and the Fast Recovery Area Disk Group
The fast recovery area is a unified storage location for all Oracle Database files related to recovery. Database administrators can define the
DB_RECOVERY_FILE_DEST parameter to the path for the fast recovery area to enable on disk backups and rapid recovery of data. Enabling rapid backups for recent data can reduce requests to system administrators to retrieve backup tapes for recovery operations.
When you enable fast recovery in the init.ora
file, Oracle Database writes all RMAN backups, archive logs, control file automatic backups, and database copies to the fast recovery area. RMAN automatically manages files in the fast recovery area by deleting obsolete backups and archiving files no longer required for recovery.
Oracle recommends that you create a fast recovery area disk group. Oracle
Clusterware files and Oracle Database files can be placed on the same disk group, and you can also place fast recovery files in the same disk group. However, Oracle recommends that you create a separate fast recovery disk group to reduce storage device contention.
The fast recovery area is enabled by setting the
DB_RECOVERY_FILE_DEST
parameter.
The size of the fast recovery area is set with
DB_RECOVERY_FILE_DEST_SIZE
. As a general rule, the larger the fast recovery area, the more useful it becomes. For ease of use, Oracle recommends that you create a fast recovery area disk group on storage devices that can contain at least three days of recovery information. Ideally, the fast recovery area is large enough to hold a copy of all of your data files and control files, the online redo logs, and the archived redo log files needed to recover your database using the data file backups kept under your retention policy.
Multiple databases can use the same fast recovery area. For example, assume you have created a fast recovery area disk group on disks with 150 GB of storage, shared by 3 different databases. You can set the size of the fast recovery for each database depending on the importance of each database. For example, if database1
is your least important database, database2
is of greater importance and database3
is of greatest importance, then you can set different
DB_RECOVERY_FILE_DEST_SIZE
settings for each database to meet your retention target for each database: 30 GB for database1
, 50 GB for database2
, and 70 GB for database3
.
6-4 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Recommended Postinstallation Tasks
Creating the Fast Recovery Area Disk Group
To create a fast recovery file disk group:
1.
Go to the Grid home bin directory, and start ASM Configuration Assistant
(ASMCA), for example:
$ cd /u01/grid/bin
$ ./asmca
2.
3.
4.
5.
ASMCA opens at the Disk Groups tab. Click Create to create a new disk group.
The Create Disk Groups window opens.
In the Disk Group Name field, enter a descriptive name for the fast recovery area group. For example:
FRA
.
In the Redundancy section, select the level of redundancy you want to use.
In the Select Member Disks field, select eligible disks to be added to the fast recovery area, and click OK.
The Diskgroup Creation window opens to inform you when disk group creation is complete. Click OK.
Click Exit.
See Also:
■
■
"Setting the Fast Recovery Area Location and Initial Size" section in Oracle Database Backup and Recovery User's Guide
Oracle Automatic Storage Management Administrator's Guide
Enabling and Disabling Database Options
When you install Oracle Database, some options are enabled and others are disabled.
To enable or disable a particular database feature for an Oracle home, shut down the database and use the chopt
tool. See
.
The chopt
tool is a command-line utility that is located in the ORACLE_HOME/ bin directory. The syntax for chopt
is: chopt [ enable | disable]
db_option
The possible values for db_option are described in the following table:
Value
dm olap partitioning rat
Description
Oracle Data Mining RDBMS Files
Oracle OLAP
Oracle Partitioning
Oracle Real Application Testing
Example 6–1 Complete Example of Running the Chopt Tool
To enable the Oracle Data Mining option in your Oracle binary files, use the following command: cd
$ORACLE_HOME
/bin srvctl stop database -d
myDb
chopt enable dm srvctl start database -d
myDb
Oracle Database Postinstallation Tasks 6-5
Required Product-Specific Postinstallation Tasks
Running RACcheck Configuration Audit Tool
Oracle recommends that you run the Oracle Real Application Clusters (Oracle RAC)
Configuration Audit Tool (RACcheck) to check your Oracle Database installation.
RACcheck is an Oracle RAC auditing tool that checks various important configuration settings within Oracle Real Application Clusters, Oracle Clusterware, Oracle
Automatic Storage Management, Oracle Database single instance, Oracle Restart and the Oracle Grid Infrastructure environment.
Oracle recommends that you download and run the latest version of RACcheck from
My Oracle Support. For information about downloading, configuring and running
RACcheck utility, refer to My Oracle Support note 1268927.1: https://support.oracle.com/CSP/main/article?cmd=show&type=NOT&id=1268927.1
Required Product-Specific Postinstallation Tasks
The following sections describe product-specific postinstallation tasks that you must perform if you install and intend to use the products mentioned:
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
Configuring Oracle Net Services
Configuring Oracle Label Security
Configuring Oracle Database Vault
Configuring Oracle Messaging Gateway
Configuring Oracle Precompilers
Configuring Secure Sockets Layer
Installing Oracle Text Supplied Knowledge Bases
Configuring or Reinstalling Oracle XML DB
■
■
Configuring New or Upgraded Databases
Many Oracle products and options must be configured before you use them for the first time. Before using individual Oracle products or options, see the appropriate guide in the product documentation library.
Note:
Perform postinstallation tasks only for products that you intend to use.
Configuring Oracle Net Services
If you have an earlier release of Oracle software installed on this system, you might want to copy information from the Oracle Net tnsnames.ora
and listener.ora
configuration files from the earlier release to the corresponding files for the new release.
The following sections describe about how to configure the Oracle Net Services:
■
Modifying the listener.ora File
■
Modifying the tnsnames.ora File
6-6 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Required Product-Specific Postinstallation Tasks
Note:
The default location for the tnsnames.ora
and listener.ora
files is the
$ORACLE_HOME/network/admin/
directory.
However you can relocate these files and set the
TNS_ADMIN environment variable to the directory containing them.
Modifying the listener.ora File
If you are upgrading from a previous release of Oracle Database, Oracle recommends that you use the current release of Oracle Net listener instead of the listener from the previous release.
If you have referenced the previous Oracle home directory names in the static listener information, then these directory names must be modified before the listener.ora
file can be used in the 12.1 environment.
To use the listener from the current release, copy the static service information from the listener.ora
file from the previous release to the version of that file used by the new release.
For any database instances earlier than release 8.0.3, add static service information to the listener.ora
file. Oracle Database releases later than release 8.0.3 do not require static service information.
See Also:
Oracle Database Net Services Administrator's Guide for information about static service registration
Modifying the tnsnames.ora File
Unless you are using a central tnsnames.ora
file, copy Oracle Net Services names and connect descriptors from the earlier release tnsnames.ora
file to the version of that file used by the new release.
If necessary, you can also add connection information for additional database instances to the new file.
See Also:
Oracle Database Net Services Administrator's Guide
Configuring Oracle Label Security
You must configure Oracle Label Security in a database to use it. See "Oracle Label
Security Using Oracle Internet Directory" in Oracle Label Security Administrator's Guide for more information.
Configuring Oracle Database Vault
Oracle Database includes Database Vault by default, but you must register it before you can use it. Ensure that you create the Database Vault Owner and, optionally, the
Database Vault Account Manager administrative accounts before you can use them.
See the "Registering Oracle Database Vault with an Oracle Database" section in Oracle
Database Vault Administrator's Guide to register Oracle Database Vault.
Configuring Oracle Messaging Gateway
Oracle Messaging Gateway, an Oracle Database Advanced Queuing feature, requires additional configuration after you install Oracle Database if you plan to use Oracle
Database Advanced Queuing.
Oracle Database Postinstallation Tasks 6-7
Required Product-Specific Postinstallation Tasks
See Also:
Oracle Database Advanced Queuing User's Guide to configure Oracle Messaging Gateway and for additional instructions about configuring the listener.ora
, tnsnames.ora
, and mgw.ora
files
Configuring Oracle Precompilers
This section describes postinstallation tasks for Oracle precompilers:
■
■
Note:
All precompiler configuration files are located in the
$ORACLE_HOME/precomp/admin
directory.
Configuring Pro*C/C++
Verify that the
PATH
environment variable setting includes the directory that contains the C compiler executable.
shows the default directories and the appropriate command to verify the path setting of the compiler.
Table 6–1 C/C++ Compiler Directory
Path Command
/usr/bin
/opt/SunProd/studio11/bin
$ which gcc
$ which cc
Configuring Pro*FORTRAN
Verify that the PATH environment variable setting includes the directory that contains the FORTRAN compiler executable.
shows the default directories and the appropriate command to verify the path setting of the compiler.
Table 6–2 FORTRAN Compiler Directory
Path Command
/usr/bin $ which f95
Configuring Secure Sockets Layer
Oracle recommends that you configure and use a Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) to ensure that passwords and other sensitive data are not transmitted in clear text in HTTP requests.
See Also:
Oracle Database Security Guide for information about
Secure Socket Layer
Installing Oracle Text Supplied Knowledge Bases
An Oracle Text knowledge base is a hierarchical tree of concepts used for theme indexing, ABOUT queries, and deriving themes for document services. If you plan to use any of these Oracle Text features, then you can install two supplied knowledge bases (English and French).
6-8 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Required Product-Specific Postinstallation Tasks
See Also:
■
■
Oracle Database Examples Installation Guide
Oracle Text Reference for information about creating and extending knowledge bases, such as extending the supplied knowledge bases to accommodate your requirements, or creating your own knowledge bases in languages other than English and French
Configuring or Reinstalling Oracle XML DB
Oracle XML DB is a component of the Oracle Database installation. However, you must manually configure the FTP and HTTP ports for Oracle XML DB.
See Also:
The "Using FTP on the Standard Port Instead of the Oracle
XML DB Default Port" and "Using HTTP(S) on a Standard Port
Instead of an Oracle XML DB Default Port" sections in Oracle XML DB
Developer's Guide for configuring the Oracle XML DB ports
Also, see Oracle XML DB Developer's Guide for more information about the following tasks:
■
■
■
Reinstalling Oracle XML DB
Configuring or customizing the Oracle XML DB tablespace
Configuring FTP, HTTP/WebDAV port numbers
Configuring New or Upgraded Databases
Run the utlrp.sql
script after creating or upgrading a database. This script recompiles all PL/SQL modules that might be in an invalid state, including packages, procedures, and types. You must run the utlrp.sql
script immediately following the installation and not at a later date.
See Also:
Oracle Database Upgrade Guide
To run the utlrp.sql
script, follow these steps:
1.
Switch the user to oracle
.
2.
Use the oraenv
or coraenv
script to set the environment for the database where you want to run the utlrp.sql
script:
■
Bourne, Bash, or Korn shell:
$ . /usr/local/bin/oraenv
■
C shell:
% source /usr/local/bin/coraenv
3.
When prompted, provide the
SID
for the database.
Start SQL*Plus, as follows:
$ sqlplus / AS SYSDBA
4.
Start the database in restricted mode and run the utlrp.sql
script:
SQL> STARTUP RESTRICT
SQL> @?/rdbms/admin/utlrp.sql
Oracle Database Postinstallation Tasks 6-9
Required Product-Specific Postinstallation Tasks
Configuring Direct NFS Client
Direct NFS Client is an alternative to using kernel-managed NFS. Refer to the following sections to configure Direct NFS Client:
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
About Direct NFS Client Configuration
About the oranfstab File and Direct NFS Client
Mounting NFS Storage Devices with Direct NFS Client
Checking NFS Buffer Size Parameters
Setting TCP Network Protocol Buffer for Direct NFS Client
Specifying Network Paths with the oranfstab File
About Direct NFS Client Configuration
With Oracle Database, instead of using the operating system kernel NFS client, you can configure Oracle Database to access NFS servers directly using an Oracle internal
Direct NFS Client. The Direct NFS Client supports NFSv3, NFSv4 and NFSv4.1 protocols (excluding the Parallel NFS extension) to access the NFS server.
Direct NFS Client supports up to four network paths to the NFS server. The Direct NFS
Client performs load balancing across all specified paths. If a specified path fails, then
Direct NFS Client reissues I/O commands over any remaining paths.
Some NFS file servers require NFS clients to connect using reserved ports. If your filer is running with reserved port checking, then you must disable it for Direct NFS Client to operate. To disable reserved port checking, see your NFS file server documentation.
For NFS servers that restrict port range, you can use the insecure
option to enable clients other than root
to connect to the NFS server. Alternatively, you can disable
Direct NFS Client as described in
"Disabling Direct NFS Client" on page 6-13.
See Also:
Use NFS servers supported for Oracle Database. See the
My Oracle Support website for support information: https://support.oracle.com
About the oranfstab File and Direct NFS Client
Direct NFS Client uses either the configuration file
$ORACLE_HOME/dbs/oranfstab
or the operating system mount tab file
/etc/mtab
to find out what mount points are available. If oranfstab
is not present, then by default Direct NFS Client servers mount entries found in
/etc/mnttab
. No other configuration is required. You can use oranfstab
to specify additional Oracle Database specific options to Direct NFS Client.
For example, you can use oranfstab
to specify additional paths for a mount point.
You can add a new oranfstab
file specifically for Oracle Database, either in the path
/etc
or
$ORACLE_HOME/dbs
. When oranfstab
is placed in
$ORACLE_HOME/dbs
, its entries are specific to a single database. However, when oranfstab
is placed in
/etc
, then it is global to all Oracle databases, and can contain mount points for all Oracle databases.
Caution:
Direct NFS Client cannot serve an NFS server with write size values ( wtmax
) less than 32768.
6-10 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Required Product-Specific Postinstallation Tasks
Mounting NFS Storage Devices with Direct NFS Client
Direct NFS Client determines mount point settings to NFS storage devices based on the configurations in
/etc/mnttab
. Direct NFS Client searches for the mount entries in the following order:
1.
$ORACLE_HOME/dbs/oranfstab
2.
/etc/oranfstab
3.
/etc/mnttab
Direct NFS Client uses the first matched entry as the mount point.
Oracle Database requires that mount points be mounted by the kernel NFS system even when served through Direct NFS Client.
If Oracle Database cannot open an NFS server using Direct NFS Client, then Oracle
Database uses the platform operating system kernel NFS client. In this case, the kernel
NFS mount options must be set up as defined in "Checking NFS Buffer Size
Parameters" on page 6-11. Additionally, an informational message is logged in the
Oracle alert and trace files indicating that Direct NFS Client could not be established.
The Oracle database files available on the NFS server that are served by the Direct NFS
Client are also accessible through the operating system kernel NFS client. The usual considerations for maintaining integrity of Oracle database files apply in this situation.
See Also:
Oracle Automatic Storage Management Administrator's Guide for guidelines to follow regarding managing Oracle database data files created with Direct NFS Client or kernel NFS
Checking NFS Buffer Size Parameters
If you use NFS, then you must set the values for the NFS buffer size parameters rsize and wsize
to at least 16384. Oracle recommends that you use the value 32768.
Direct NFS Client issues writes at wtmax
granularity to the NFS server.
For example, to use rsize
and wsize
buffer settings with the value 32768, update the
/etc/vfstab
file on each node with an entry similar to the following: nfs_server:/vol/DATA/oradata /home/oracle/netapp nfs\ rw,bg,hard,nointr,rsize=32768,wsize=32768,tcp,actimeo=0,vers=3,timeo=600
See Also:
My Oracle Support Note 359515.1 for updated NAS mount option information: https://support.oracle.com/CSP/main/article?cmd=show&type=NO
T&id=359515.1
Setting TCP Network Protocol Buffer for Direct NFS Client
To make the TCP changes permanent, add the following lines to the
/etc/rc.net
file:
/usr/sbin/no -o sb_max=524288
By default, the network buffer size is set to 1 MB for TCP, and 2 MB for UDP. The TCP buffer size can set a limit on file transfers, which can negatively affect performance for
Direct NFS Client users.
To check the current TCP buffer size, enter the following command:
# ndd –get /dev/tcp tcp_max_buf
Oracle Database Postinstallation Tasks 6-11
Required Product-Specific Postinstallation Tasks
Oracle recommends that you set the value based on the link speed of your servers. For example:
# ndd -set /dev/tcp tcp_max_buf 10485760
Specifying Network Paths with the oranfstab File
Direct NFS Client can use up to four network paths defined in the oranfstab
file for an NFS server. The Direct NFS Client performs load balancing across all specified paths. If a specified path fails, then Direct NFS Client reissues I/O commands over any remaining paths.
Use the following SQL*Plus views for managing Direct NFS Client in a single instance environment:
■
■
v$dnfs_servers
: Shows a table of servers accessed using Direct NFS Client.
v$dnfs_files
: Shows a table of files currently open using Direct NFS Client.
■
■
v$dnfs_channels
: Shows a table of open network paths (or channels) to servers for which Direct NFS Client is providing files.
v$dnfs_stats
: Shows a table of performance statistics for Direct NFS Client.
Enabling Direct NFS Client
Complete the following procedure to enable Direct NFS Client:
1.
Create an oranfstab
file with the following attributes for each NFS server to be accessed using Direct NFS Client:
■
Server
: The NFS server name.
■
■
■
■
Path
: Up to four network paths to the NFS server, specified either by IP address, or by name, as displayed using the ifconfig
command on the filer.
Local
: Up to four local paths on the database host, specified by IP address or by name, as displayed using the ifconfig
command run on the database host.
Export
: The exported path from the NFS server.
Mount
: The corresponding local mount point for the exported volume.
■
■
■
Dontroute
: Specifies that outgoing messages should not be routed by the operating system, but sent using the IP address to which they are bound. Note that this POSIX option sometimes does not work on Linux systems with multiple paths in the same subnet.
mnt_timeout
: Specifies (in seconds) the time the Direct NFS Client should wait for a successful mount before timing out. This parameter is optional and the default timeout is 10 minutes (600).
nfs_version
: Specifies the NFS protocol version that the Direct NFS Client uses. Possible values are
NFSv3
,
NFSv4
and
NFSv4.1
. The default version is
NFSv3
. If you want to specify
NFSv4.x
, then you must set the nfs_version parameter accordingly in the oranfstab
file.
See Also:
"Limiting Asynchronous I/O in NFS Server
Environments" in Oracle Database Performance Tuning Guide
Example 6–2 oranfstab file with two NFS server entries
server: MyDataServer1 local: 192.0.2.0
6-12 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Required Product-Specific Postinstallation Tasks path: 192.0.2.1
local: 192.0.100.0
path: 192.0.100.1
nfs_version: nfsv3 dontroute export: /vol/oradata1 mount: /mnt/oradata1 server: MyDataServer2 local: LocalPath1 path: NfsPath1 local: LocalPath2 path: NfsPath2 local: LocalPath3 path: NfsPath3 local: LocalPath4 path: NfsPath4 dontroute export: /vol/oradata2 mount: /mnt/oradata2 export: /vol/oradata3 mount: /mnt/oradata3 export: /vol/oradata4 mount: /mnt/oradata4 export: /vol/oradata5 mount: /mnt/oradata5
2.
By default, Direct NFS Client is installed in a disabled state. To enable Direct NFS
Client, complete the following steps:
a.
b.
Change the directory to
$ORACLE_HOME/rdbms/lib
.
Enter the following command: make -f ins_rdbms.mk dnfs_on
Disabling Direct NFS Client
Complete the following steps to disable Direct NFS Client:
1.
Log in as the Oracle software installation owner, and disable Direct NFS Client using the following commands: cd $ORACLE_HOME/rdbms/lib make -f ins_rdbms.mk dnfs_off
2.
Remove the oranfstab
file.
Note:
If you remove an NFS path that an Oracle Database is using, then you must restart the database for the change to take effect.
Oracle Database Postinstallation Tasks 6-13
Required Product-Specific Postinstallation Tasks
6-14 Oracle Database Installation Guide
7
Getting Started with Oracle Database
This chapter provides information about the default preconfigured database, including information about Oracle Database accounts, passwords, and file locations. It includes information about the following topics:
■
■
Checking the Installed Oracle Database Contents and Directory Location
Logging In to Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Express
■
■
■
■
Managing Oracle Automatic Storage Management
Accessing Oracle Database with SQL*Plus
Accessing Oracle Database with SQL Developer
Reviewing Accounts and Passwords
■
■
■
■
Unlocking and Resetting User Passwords
Locating the Server Parameter File
Reviewing Tablespaces and Data Files, Redo Log Files, and Control Files
Checking the Installed Oracle Database Contents and Directory Location
You can use Oracle Universal Installer to check the contents and directory location of an Oracle Database installation using the following steps:
1.
To start Oracle Universal Installer, run the following command:
$ $ORACLE_HOME/oui/bin/runInstaller
5.
6.
3.
4.
2.
Click Installed Products to display the Inventory dialog box on the Welcome screen.
Select the Oracle Database product from the list to check the installed contents.
Click Details to find additional information about an installed product.
Click Close to close the Inventory dialog box.
Click Cancel to close Oracle Universal Installer, and then click Yes to confirm.
Logging In to Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Express
To start Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Express, use the EM Express URL provided by Oracle Database Configuration Assistant (Oracle DBCA) during the database installation and creation. For information about logging in to Oracle
Getting Started with Oracle Database 7-1
Managing Oracle Automatic Storage Management
Enterprise Manager Database Express see "Starting EM Express" in Oracle Database 2
Day DBA and "Accessing the Database Home Page" in Oracle Database 2 Day DBA
If Oracle DBCA did not provide the EM Express URL during the database installation and creation, or if you need to change the EM Express port later on, then see
"Configuring the HTTP Port for EM Express" in Oracle Database 2 Day DBA.
Managing Oracle Automatic Storage Management
This section provides information about managing an Oracle Automatic Storage
Management (Oracle ASM) installation. It covers the following topics:
■
■
Starting and Stopping Oracle Automatic Storage Management
Oracle Automatic Storage Management Utilities
Starting and Stopping Oracle Automatic Storage Management
To start Oracle ASM, and stop Oracle ASM, see "Starting Up an Oracle ASM Instance" and "Shutting Down an Oracle ASM Instance" in Oracle Automatic Storage Management
Administrator's Guide.
Oracle Automatic Storage Management Utilities
To manage Oracle ASM, you can use the following tools:
■
■
■
■
■
asmcmd
: This command-line tool enables you to manage Oracle ASM disk group files and directories.
ASMCA
: Oracle Automatic Storage Management Configuration Assistant (Oracle
ASMCA) is an interactive utility that enables you to create an Oracle ASM instance or upgrade existing Oracle ASM instances.
It also enables you to create and configure disk groups, Oracle ASM volumes and
Oracle Automatic Storage Management Cluster File System (Oracle ACFS).
Oracle Enterprise Manager Cloud Control
: If you have Oracle Enterprise
Manager installed, you can use Cloud Control to manage Oracle ASM functions, such as migrating an existing database to Oracle ASM, checking the status of the
Oracle ASM instance, checking the performance of the Oracle ASM disk groups, and creating or dropping Oracle ASM disk groups.
Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Express 12c
: This utility enables you to perform basic administrative tasks such as user, performance, memory, and space management.
SQL*Plus
: You can run commands that are specific to Oracle ASM from either of these tools. To connect to an Oracle ASM instance, use the same methods that you use to connect to an Oracle database instance.
See Also:
■
■
Oracle Database Utilities for more information about asmcmd
Oracle Automatic Storage Management Administrator's Guide for more information about managing your storage with Oracle ASM
7-2 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Accessing Oracle Database with SQL Developer
Accessing Oracle Database with SQL*Plus
To run the SQL and PL/SQL statements to access Oracle Database, you can use
SQL*Plus. This tool enables you to perform the same database management operations, and also to query, insert, update, or delete data directly in the database.
Note:
■
■
Before you start SQL*Plus, ensure that all the environment variables, specially
ORACLE_HOME
and
ORACLE_SID
, are set. See,
"Configuring Oracle Software Owner Environment" on page 3-11
for more information about setting environment variables.
In addition, it is advisable to set the
PATH
environment variable to include the
$ORACLE_HOME/bin
directory.
Use the following statement to start SQL*Plus and log in as the
SYS
user, connecting as
SYSDBA
:
$ $ORACLE_HOME/bin/sqlplus
SQL> CONNECT SYS as SYSDBA
Enter password:
SYS_password
For example, to log on as
SYSTEM
enter:
$ $ORACLE_HOME/bin/sqlplus
SQL> CONNECT SYSTEM
Enter password:
password
If you are logging on as
SYS
, you must connect as
SYSDBA
:
$ $ORACLE_HOME/bin/sqlplus
SQL> CONNECT SYS as SYSDBA
Enter password:
SYS_password
See Also:
■
■
■
Oracle Database Administrator's Guide for more information about accessing Oracle Database using SQL*Plus
SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference for more information on connecting to the default database
SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference for more information on the
CONNECT
command syntax
Accessing Oracle Database with SQL Developer
To run the SQL and PL/SQL statements to access Oracle Database, you can use SQL
Developer. All SQL and PL/SQL statements are supported because they are passed directly from the SQL Worksheet to the Oracle Database.
Set Up the JDK Path for SQL Developer
Set the following environmental variables to ensure that the correct JDK is picked up:
■
$ORACLE_HOME
■
$JAVA_HOME=$ORACLE_HOME/jdk
Getting Started with Oracle Database 7-3
Reviewing Accounts and Passwords
■
$PATH=$JAVA_HOME/bin/:$PATH
To start SQL Developer on which the Java SDK release JDK 1.6.0_11 is installed, use the following commands:
■
■
Change to
$ORACLE_HOME/sqldeveloper
.
Run
$ ./sqldeveloper.sh
.
■
Right-click Connections. In the dialog box, enter a connection name, username, password, and for the host string, the name of the database to which you want to connect, and click Connect.
After you are connected, you can view, create, modify, and delete the database objects using the Connection Navigator or issue any SQL or PL/SQL statement using a SQL
Worksheet. From the Tools menu, select SQL Worksheet.
SQL*Plus statements have to be interpreted by the SQL Worksheet before being passed to the database. The SQL Worksheet currently supports many SQL*Plus statements.
SQL*Plus statements which are not supported by the SQL Worksheet are ignored and are not sent to Oracle Database.
See Also:
"SQL*Plus Statements Supported and Not Supported in
SQL Worksheet" in Oracle SQL Developer User's Guide
Reviewing Accounts and Passwords
All databases created by the Database Configuration Assistant (DBCA) include the
SYS
,
SYSTEM
, and
DBSNMP
database accounts. In addition, Oracle Database provides several other administrative accounts. Before using these accounts, you must unlock
them and reset their passwords. Table 7–1 describes these accounts and lists their user
names.
See Also:
"Unlocking and Resetting User Passwords" on page 7-7
Note:
Use Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Express 12c to view the complete list of database accounts.
User Name
ANONYMOUS
APEX_040200
APPQOSSYS
AUDSYS
Table 7–1 Database Accounts
APEX_PUBLIC_USER
Description See Also
Enables HTTP access to Oracle XML DB.
Oracle XML DB Developer's
Guide
The account that owns the Oracle
Application Express schema and metadata.
Oracle Application Express
Application Builder User's
Guide
The minimally privileged account used for Oracle Application Express configuration with Oracle Application
Express Listener or Oracle HTTP Server and mod_plsql
.
Used for storing and managing all data and metadata required by Oracle Quality of Service Management.
Oracle Application Express
Application Builder User's
Guide
None
The account where the unified audit data trail resides.
Oracle Database Security Guide
7-4 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Reviewing Accounts and Passwords
User Name
BI
CTXSYS
DBSNMP
DIP
DVSYS
DVF
EXFSYS
FLOWS_FILES
HR
IX
LBACSYS
MDDATA
MDSYS
Table 7–1 (Cont.) Database Accounts
Description See Also
The account that owns the Business
Intelligence schema included in the
Oracle Sample Schemas. It is available only if you loaded the sample schemas.
The Oracle Text account.
The account used by the Management
Agent component of Oracle Enterprise
Manager to monitor and manage the database.
Oracle Database Sample
Schemas
Oracle Text Reference
Oracle Enterprise Manager
Cloud Control Administrator's
Guide
The account used by the Directory
Integration Platform (DIP) to synchronize the changes in Oracle Internet Directory with the applications in the database.
None
There are two roles associated with this account. The Database Vault owner role manages the Database Vault roles and configurations. The Database Vault
Account Manager is used to manage database user accounts.
Note
: Part of Oracle Database Vault user interface text is stored in database tables in the DVSYS schema. By default, only the English language is loaded into these tables. You can use the
DVSYS.DBMS_
MACADM.ADD_NLS_DATA
procedure to add other languages to Oracle Database Vault.
See the "Adding Languages to Oracle
Database Vault" section in the Oracle
Database Vault Administrator's Guide
Oracle Database Vault
Administrator's Guide
The account owned by Database Vault that contains public functions to retrieve the Database Vault Factor values.
Oracle Database Vault
Administrator's Guide
The account owns the Expression Filter schema.
None
The account owns the Oracle Application
Express uploaded files.
Oracle Application Express
Application Builder User's
Guide
The account that owns the Human
Resources schema included in the Oracle
Sample Schemas. It is available only if you loaded the sample schemas.
The account that owns the Information
Transport schema included in the Oracle
Sample Schemas. It is available only if you loaded the sample schemas.
The Oracle Label Security administrator account.
The schema used by Oracle Spatial and
Graph for storing geocoder and router data.
Oracle Database Sample
Schemas
Oracle Database Sample
Schemas
Oracle Label Security
Administrator's Guide
Oracle Spatial and Graph
Developer's Guide
The Oracle Spatial and Graph, and Oracle
Multimedia Locator administrator account.
Oracle Spatial and Graph
Developer's Guide
Getting Started with Oracle Database 7-5
Reviewing Accounts and Passwords
Table 7–1 (Cont.) Database Accounts
User Name Description See Also
OE
ORDPLUGINS
ORDSYS
ORDDATA
OUTLN
ORACLE_OCM
PM
SCOTT
SH
The account that owns the Order Entry schema included in the Oracle Sample
Schemas. It is available only if you loaded the sample schemas.
Oracle Database Sample
Schemas
Oracle Multimedia Reference
The Oracle Multimedia user. Plug-ins supplied by Oracle and third-party plug-ins are installed in this schema.
The Oracle Multimedia administrator account.
Oracle Multimedia Reference
This account contains the Oracle
Multimedia DICOM data model.
Oracle Multimedia DICOM
Developer's Guide
The account that supports plan stability.
Plan stability enables you to maintain the same execution plans for the same SQL statements. OUTLN acts as a role to centrally manage metadata associated with stored outlines.
Oracle Database Concepts
This account contains the instrumentation for configuration collection used by the
Oracle Configuration Manager.
Oracle Configuration Manager
Installation and Administration
Guide
The account that owns the Product Media schema included in the Oracle Sample
Schemas. It is available only if you loaded the sample schemas.
Oracle Database Sample
Schemas
An account used by Oracle sample programs and examples.
Oracle Database
Administrator's Guide
The account that owns the Sales History schema included in the Oracle Sample
Schemas. It is available only if you loaded the sample schemas during an Enterprise
Edition installation.
Oracle Database
Administrator's Guide
SI_INFORMTN_SCHEMA The account that stores the information views for the SQL/MM Still Image
Standard.
SPATIAL_CSW_ADMIN_
USR
The Catalog Services for the Web (CSW) account. It is used by the Oracle Spatial and Graph CSW cache manager to load all record type metadata, and record instances from the database into the main memory for the record types that are cached.
Oracle Multimedia Reference
Oracle Spatial and Graph
Developer's Guide
SPATIAL_WFS_ADMIN_
USR
SYS
The Web Feature Service (WFS) account.
It is used by the Oracle Spatial and Graph
WFS cache manager to load all feature-type metadata, and feature instances from the database into main memory for the feature types that are cached.
Oracle Spatial and Graph
Developer's Guide
The account used to perform database administration tasks.
Oracle Database
Administrator's Guide
SYSTEM Another account used to perform database administration tasks.
Oracle Database
Administrator's Guide
7-6 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Unlocking and Resetting User Passwords
User Name
SYSBACKUP
SYSKM
SYSDG
WMSYS
XDB
Table 7–1 (Cont.) Database Accounts
Description See Also
The account used to perform backup and recovery tasks.
Oracle Database Installation
Guide
(this guide)
The account used to perform encryption key management.
The account used to administer and monitor Oracle Data Guard.
The account used to store the metadata information for Oracle Workspace
Manager.
Oracle Database Installation
Guide
(this guide)
Oracle Database Installation
Guide
(this guide)
Oracle Database Workspace
Manager Developer's Guide
The account used for storing Oracle XML
DB data and metadata.
Oracle XML DB Developer's
Guide
Unlocking and Resetting User Passwords
Passwords for all Oracle system administration accounts except
SYS
,
SYSTEM
, and
DBSMP
are revoked after installation. Before you use a locked account, you must unlock it and reset its password. If you created a preconfigured database during the installation, but you did not unlock a required account, you must unlock it, using one of the following methods:
■
■
■
Using Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Express to Unlock Accounts and Reset
Using SQL*Plus to Unlock Accounts and Reset Passwords
Unlocking and Changing Passwords
Note:
If you are creating a database using Database Configuration
Assistant, you can unlock accounts after the database is created by clicking Password Management before you exit from Database
Configuration Assistant.
Using Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Express to Unlock Accounts and Reset
Passwords
To unlock and reset user account passwords using Oracle Enterprise Manager
Database Express 12c see Oracle Database 2 Day DBA.
See Also:
Click Help in the Oracle Enterprise Manager Database
Express 12c window for more information
Using SQL*Plus to Unlock Accounts and Reset Passwords
To unlock and reset user account passwords using SQL*Plus:
1.
Start SQL*Plus and log in as the
SYS user, connecting as
SYSDBA
:
$ $ORACLE_HOME/bin/sqlplus
SQL> CONNECT SYS as SYSDBA
Enter password:
SYS_password
Getting Started with Oracle Database 7-7
Unlocking and Resetting User Passwords
2.
Enter a command similar to the following, where account is the user account to unlock and password is the new password:
SQL> ALTER USER
account
IDENTIFIED BY
password
ACCOUNT UNLOCK;
Note:
If you unlock an account but do not reset the password, then the password remains expired. The first time someone connects as that user, they must change the user’s password.
See Also:
■
■
■
Oracle Database Security Guide to learn how to add new users and change passwords
Oracle Database SQL Language Reference for the
ALTER USER statement syntax used for unlocking user accounts
Oracle Database Administrator's Guide for information about the users
SYS
and
SYSTEM
Unlocking and Changing Passwords
Passwords for all Oracle system administration accounts except
SYS
,
SYSTEM
, and
DBSNMP
are revoked after installation. Before you use a locked account, you must unlock it and reset its password. If you created a starter database during the installation, Oracle Database Configuration Assistant displays a screen with your database information and the Password Management button. Use the Password
Management button to unlock only the user names you use.
Apply the following guidelines when specifying passwords:
■
Passwords must be between 8 and 30 characters long.
■
■
Passwords must not start with a numeral.
Passwords must not be the same as the user name.
■
■
■
■
Passwords must not be Oracle reserved words.
The
SYS
account password must not be change_on_install
.
The
SYSTEM
account password must not be manager
.
The
DBSNMP
account password must not be dbsnmp
.
■
■
■
■
If you use the same password for all the accounts, then that password must not be change_on_install
, manager
, or dbsnmp
.
Passwords must have at least one alphabetic, one numeric, and one special character.
Passwords must not be simple or obvious words, such as welcome
, account
, database
, and user
.
Passwords must not have any consecutive repeating characters.
See Also:
"Reviewing Accounts and Passwords" on page 7-4 for
more information
7-8 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Locating the Server Parameter File
Identifying Databases
The Oracle Database software identifies a database by its global database name. A global database name consists of the database name and database domain. Usually, the database domain equals the network domain, but it need not be. The global database name uniquely distinguishes a database from any other database in the same network.
You specify the global database name when you create a database during the installation, or using the Database Configuration Assistant.
The database name input field is used to set the
DB_NAME
,
DB_UNIQUE_NAME
, and
DB_
DOMAIN
Oracle initialization parameter values.
For example: sales_world.example.com
In this example:
■
■ sales_world
is the name of the database. The database name (
DB_UNIQUE_NAME
) portion is a string of no more than 30 characters that can contain alphanumeric characters, underscore (_), dollar sign ($), and pound sign (#) but must begin with an alphabetic character. No other special characters are permitted in a database name. sales_wo
is the
DB_NAME
. The
DB_NAME
initialization parameter specifies a database identifier of up to eight characters.
■ example.com
is the database domain in which the database is located. In this example, the database domain equals the network domain. Together, the database name and the database domain make the global database name unique. The domain portion is a string of no more than 128 characters that can contain alphanumeric characters, underscore (_), and pound sign (#). The
DB_DOMAIN initialization parameter specifies the database domain name.
However, the
DB_NAME
parameter need not necessarily be the first eight characters of
DB_UNIQUE_NAME
.
The
DB_UNIQUE_NAME
parameter and the
DB_DOMAIN
name parameter combine to create the global database name value assigned to the
SERVICE_NAMES
parameter in the initialization parameter file.
The system identifier (
SID
) identifies a specific database instance. The
SID
uniquely distinguishes the instance from any other instance on the same computer. Each database instance requires a unique
SID
and database name. In most cases, the
SID equals the database name portion of the global database name.
See Also:
"
DB_UNIQUE_NAME
" and "
DB_NAME
" in Oracle Database
Reference
Locating the Server Parameter File
By default, the preconfigured database uses a server parameter file named spfile
sid
.ora
, which is stored in the
$ORACLE_HOME/dbs
directory. However, if you choose Oracle ASM for the database, Database Configuration Assistant typically uses the same storage mechanism for the server parameter file.
If the server parameter file is not located in the
$ORACLE_HOME/dbs
directory, the database uses the
SPFILE
parameter in an initialization parameter file to locate it. The default initialization parameter file is
$ORACLE_HOME/dbs/init
sid
.ora
.
Getting Started with Oracle Database 7-9
Reviewing Tablespaces and Data Files, Redo Log Files, and Control Files
To use Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Express 12c to to view the location of the server parameter file and list the initialization parameters, see the "Viewing and
Modifying Initialization Parameters" section in Oracle Database 2 Day DBA.
See Also:
Click Help in the Oracle Enterprise Manager Database
Express 12c window for more information
Reviewing Tablespaces and Data Files, Redo Log Files, and Control Files
The following sections contain information about tablespaces and data files, redo log files, and control files:
■
■
■
Identifying Tablespaces and Data Files
Identifying Tablespaces and Data Files
An Oracle database is divided into smaller logical areas of space known as tablespaces.
Each tablespace corresponds to one or more physical data files. Data files contain the contents of logical database structures such as tables and indexes. You can associate each data file with only one tablespace and database.
Note:
The
SYSAUX
and
SYSTEM
tablespaces must be present in all
Oracle Database 12c databases.
describes the tablespaces provided by the default preconfigured database.
Table 7–2 Tablespaces and Data Files
Tablespace
EXAMPLE
SYSAUX
SYSTEM
TEMP
UNDOTBS
USERS
Data File
EXAMPLE01.DBF
SYSAUX01.DBF
SYSTEM01.DBF
TEMP01.DBF
UNDOTBS01.DBF
USERS01.DBF
Description
Stores the sample schemas, if you included them.
Acts as an auxiliary tablespace to the
SYSTEM
tablespace.
Some products and options that previously used the
SYSTEM
tablespace now use the
SYSAUX
tablespace to reduce the load on the
SYSTEM
tablespace.
Stores the data dictionary, including definitions of tables, views, and stored procedures needed by Oracle Database.
Information in this area is maintained automatically.
Stores temporary tables and indexes created during the processing of your SQL statement. If you run a SQL statement that involves a lot of sorting, such as the constructs
GROUP BY
,
ORDER BY
, or
DISTINCT
, then you may have to expand this tablespace.
contains one or more undo segments that maintain transaction history that is used to roll back, or undo, changes to the database.
All starter databases are configured to run in automatic undo management mode.
Stores database objects created by database users.
7-10 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Reviewing Tablespaces and Data Files, Redo Log Files, and Control Files
See Also:
Oracle Database Concepts and the Oracle Database
Administrator's Guide for more information
To use Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Express 12c to view the list of data files used by the database and their associated tablespaces see the "Viewing Tablespace and
Data File Information" section in Oracle Database 2 Day DBA.
Locating Redo Log Files
The preconfigured database uses three redo log files. Redo log files record all changes made to data in the database buffer cache. If an instance fails, then Oracle Database uses the redo log files to recover the modified data in memory.
Oracle Database uses redo log files in a cyclical fashion. For example, if three files constitute the online redo log, Oracle Database fills the first file, then the second file, and then the third file. In the next cycle, it reuses and fills the first file, the second file, and so on.
See Also:
Oracle Database Backup and Recovery User's Guide for more information about redo log files
To view or modify the redo log files for the preconfigured database using Oracle
Enterprise Manager Database Express 12c see the "Viewing Online Redo Log File
Information" and "Viewing Archived Redo Log File Information" sections in Oracle
Database 2 Day DBA.
Locating Control Files
The preconfigured database uses two control files. Oracle recommends that you keep at least two control files for each database and set the
CONTROL_FILES
initialization parameter to specify the location of each file.
A control file is an administrative file. Oracle Database 12c requires a control file to start and run the database. The control file defines the physical structure of the database. For example, it defines the database name and the names and locations of the database data files and redo log files.
To use Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Express 12c to view information about the control files for the preconfigured database see the "Viewing Control File Information" section in Oracle Database 2 Day DBA.
See Also:
Oracle Database Administrator's Guide for more information about setting the
CONTROL_FILES
initialization parameter value
For more information about using Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Express 12c to perform various tasks related to tablespaces and data files, redo log files, and control files, click Help in the Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Express window.
Getting Started with Oracle Database 7-11
Reviewing Tablespaces and Data Files, Redo Log Files, and Control Files
7-12 Oracle Database Installation Guide
8
Removing Oracle Database Software
This chapter describes how to completely remove Oracle software and configuration files related to the specified Oracle home. It includes information about removing
Oracle software using the deinstallation tool.
The deinstallation tool removes standalone Oracle Database installations, Oracle
Clusterware and Oracle Automatic Storage Management (Oracle ASM) from your server, and also Oracle Real Application Clusters (Oracle RAC) and Oracle Database client installations.
Oracle recommends that you use the deinstallation tool to remove the entire Oracle home associated with the Oracle Database, Oracle Clusterware, Oracle ASM, Oracle
RAC, or Oracle Database client installation. Oracle does not support the removal of individual products or components.
The following sections describe the deinstallation tools, and provide information about additional options to use the tool:
■
■
■
■
Example of Running the Deinstall Command
Deinstallation Response File Example for Oracle Database
Deinstallation Response File Example for Oracle Grid Infrastructure
Caution:
If you have a standalone database on a node in a cluster and you have multiple databases with the same global database name
(GDN), then you cannot use the deinstall tool to remove one database only.
About the Deinstallation Tool
Starting with Oracle Database 12c, the deinstallation tool is integrated with the database installation media. You can run the deinstallation tool using the runInstaller
command with the
-deinstall
and
-home options from the base directory of the Oracle Database, Oracle Database Client or Oracle Grid Infrastructure installation media.
The deinstallation tool is also available as a separate command ( deinstall
) in Oracle home directories after installation. It is located in the
$ORACLE_HOME/deinstall directory.
The deinstallation tool uses the information you provide, plus information gathered from the software home to create a response file. You can alternatively supply a
Removing Oracle Database Software 8-1
About the Deinstallation Tool response file generated previously by the deinstall
command using the
–checkonly option, or by editing the response file template.
The deinstallation tool stops Oracle software, and removes Oracle software and configuration files on the operating system for a specific Oracle home. If you run the deinstallation tool to remove an Oracle Grid Infrastructure installation, then the deinstaller prompts you to run the roothas.pl
script, as the root
user, to deconfigure
Oracle Restart.
If the software in the Oracle home is not running (for example, after an unsuccessful installation), then the deinstallation tool cannot determine the configuration, and you must provide all the configuration details either interactively or in a response file.
Caution:
When you run the deinstallation tool, if the central inventory (oraInventory) contains no other registered homes besides the home that you are deconfiguring and removing, then the deinstall command removes the following files and directory contents in the
Oracle base directory of the Oracle Database installation owner:
■ admin
■
■ cfgtoollogs checkpoints
■ diag oradata
■
■ fast_recovery_area
Oracle strongly recommends that you configure your installations using an Optimal Flexible Architecture (OFA) configuration, and that you reserve Oracle base and Oracle home paths for exclusive use of
Oracle software. If you have any user data in these locations in the
Oracle base that is owned by the user account that owns the Oracle software, then the deinstallation tool deletes this data.
In addition, for Oracle Grid Infrastructure installations:
■
Oracle Automatic Storage Management Cluster File System
(Oracle ACFS) must be dismounted and Oracle Automatic Storage
Management Dynamic Volume Manager (Oracle ADVM) must be disabled.
■
If Grid Naming Service (GNS) is in use, then the entry for the subdomain must be deleted from DNS by your DNS administrator.
Oracle recommends that you run the deinstallation tool as the Oracle software installation owner. The default method for running the deinstallation tool is from the deinstall directory in the Oracle home as the installation owner:
$ $ORACLE_HOME/deinstall/deinstall
The deinstall
command uses the following syntax, where variable content is indicated in italics:
./deinstall [-silent] [-checkonly] [-paramfile
complete path of input response file
] [-params name1=
value
name2=
value
. . .] [-o
complete path of directory for saving files
] [-help]
8-2 Oracle Database Installation Guide
About the Deinstallation Tool
To run the deinstallation tool from the database installation media, use the runInstaller
command with the
-deinstall
option, followed by the
-home
option to specify the path of the Oracle home you want to remove using the following syntax, where variable content is indicated in italics:
./runInstaller -deinstall -home
complete path of Oracle home
[-silent]
[-checkonly] [-paramfile
complete path of input response file
] [-params name1=
value
name2=
value
. . .] [-o
complete path of directory for saving files
] [-help]
Provide information about your servers as prompted or accept the defaults.
The deinstallation tool stops Oracle software, and removes Oracle software and configuration files on the operating system.
In addition, you can run the deinstallation tool with a response file, or select the following options to run the tool:
■
-home
Use this flag to indicate the home path of the Oracle home to check or deinstall.
To deinstall Oracle software using the deinstall
command, located in the Oracle home you plan to deinstall, provide a response file located outside the Oracle home, and do not use the
-home
flag.
If you run the deinstallation tool from the
$ORACLE_HOME/deinstall
path, then the
-home
flag is not required because the tool identifies the location of the home where it is run. If you use runInstaller -deinstall
from the installation media, then
-home
is mandatory.
■
■
■
-silent
Use this flag to run the deinstallation tool in noninteractive mode. This option requires one of the following:
–
A working system that it can access to determine the installation and configuration information. The
-silent
flag does not work with failed installations.
–
A response file that contains the configuration values for the Oracle home that is being deinstalled or deconfigured.
You can generate a response file to use or modify by running the tool with the
-checkonly
flag. The tool then discovers information from the Oracle home to deinstall and deconfigure. It generates the response file that you can then use with the
-silent
option.
You can also modify the template file deinstall.rsp.tmpl
, located in the
$ORACLE_HOME/deinstall/response
directory.
-checkonly
Use this flag to check the status of the Oracle software home configuration.
Running the deinstallation tool with the
-checkonly
flag does not remove the
Oracle configuration. The
-checkonly
flag generates a response file that you can use with the deinstallation tool and
-silent
option.
-paramfile
complete path of input response file
Use this flag to run the deinstallation tool with a response file in a location other than the default. When you use this flag, provide the complete path where the response file is located.
Removing Oracle Database Software 8-3
Example of Running the Deinstallation Tool
■
■
■
The default location of the response file depends on the location of the deinstallation tool:
–
From the installation media or stage location:
/response
–
After installation from the installed Oracle home:
$ORACLE_
HOME/deinstall/response
-params
[ name1
=value name2
=value name3
=value . . .]
Use this flag with a response file to override one or more values to change in a response file you have created.
-o
complete path of directory for saving response files
Use this flag to provide a path other than the default location where the response file ( deinstall.rsp.tmpl
) is saved.
The default location of the response file depends on the location of the deinstallation tool:
–
From the installation media or stage location:
/response
–
After installation from the installed Oracle home:
$ORACLE_
HOME/deinstall/response
-help
Use the help option (
-help
) to get additional information about the command option flags.
Deinstalling Previous Release Grid Home
For upgrades from previous releases, if you want to deinstall the previous release Grid home, then as the root
user, you must manually change the permissions of the previous release Grid home, and then run the deinstall command.
For example:
# chown -R grid:oinstall /u01/app/grid/11.2.0
# chmod -R 775 /u01/app/grid/11.2.0
In this example,
/u01/app/grid/11.2.0
is the previous release Grid home.
Example of Running the Deinstallation Tool
If you run the deinstallation tool using the runInstaller
command with the
-deinstall
option from the installation media, then help is displayed unless you enter a
-home
flag and provide a path to the home directory of the Oracle software to remove from your system.
Use the optional flag
-paramfile
to provide a path to a response file.
In the following example, the runInstaller
command is in the path /directory_path, where directory_path is the path to the database
directory on the installation media, and
/u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/dbhome_1/
is the path to the Oracle home remove:
$ cd /
directory_path
/
$ ./runInstaller -deinstall -home /u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/dbhome_1/
The following example uses a response file in the software owner location
/home/usr/oracle
:
8-4 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Deinstallation Response File Example for Oracle Database
$ cd /
directory_path
/
$ ./runInstaller -deinstall -paramfile /home/usr/oracle/my_db_paramfile.tmpl
Example of Running the Deinstall Command
If you run the deinstallation tool using the deinstall
command from the
$ORACLE_
HOME/deinstall
directory, then the deinstallation starts without prompting you for an
ORACLE_HOME
.
Use the optional flag
-paramfile
to provide a path to a response file.
In the following example, the deinstall
command is in the path
/u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/dbhome_1/deinstall
, and it uses a response file in the software owner location
/home/usr/oracle
:
$ cd /u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/dbhome_1/deinstall
$ ./deinstall -paramfile /home/usr/oracle/my_db_paramfile.tmpl
For the Oracle Grid Infrastructure home, use the deinstallation script in the Oracle
Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server home, which in this example is
/u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/grid
:
$ cd /u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/grid/deinstall
$ ./deinstall -paramfile /home/usr/oracle/my_grid_paramfile.tmpl
Deinstallation Response File Example for Oracle Database
You can run the deinstallation tool with the
-paramfile
option to use the values you specify in the response file. The following is an example of a response file, in which the
Oracle Database binary owner is oracle
, the Oracle Database home (Oracle home) is in the path
/u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/dbhome_1/
, the Oracle base (where other Oracle software is installed) is
/u01/app/oracle/
, the central Oracle Inventory home (oraInventory) is
/u01/app/oraInventory
, the virtual IP address (VIP) is
192.0.2.1
, the local node (the node where you run the deinstallation session from) is myserver
, and the OSDBA group is dba
:
# Copyright (c) 2005, 2009 Oracle Corporation. All rights reserved.
ORACLE_HOME=/u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/dbhome_1
ORACLE_BASE.orcl=/u01/app/oracle
FAST_RECOVERY_LOC.orcl=/u01/app/oracle/fast_recovery_area/ORCL
STORAGE_TYPE.orcl=FS
DB_TYPE.orcl=SI_DB
NETCA_LOCAL_LISTENERS=LISTENER
LOGDIR=/u01/app/oraInventory/logs/
NODE_LIST.orcl=myserver
ObaseCleanupPtrLoc=/tmp/deinstall2012-06-12_09-14-11AM/orabase_cleanup.lst
ARCHIVE_LOG_DESTINATION_LOC.orcl=
ORACLE_BASE=/u01/app/oracle
DUMP_DESTINATION_LOC.orcl=/u01/app/oracle/admin/orcl
LOCAL_SID.orcl=orcl
INVENTORY_LOCATION=/u01/app/oraInventory
RAW_MAPPING_FILE.orcl=
SID_LIST.orcl=orcl
DB_UNIQUE_NAME_LIST=orcl
DATAFILE_LOC.orcl=/u01/app/oracle/oradata/orcl,/u01/app/oracle/fast_recovery_ area/orcl
HOME_TYPE=SIDB
CRS_HOME=false
Removing Oracle Database Software 8-5
Deinstallation Response File Example for Oracle Grid Infrastructure
CREATION_MODE.orcl=y
CONFIGFILE_LOC.orcl=
ORACLE_BINARY_OK=true
DIAG_DEST.orcl=/u01/app/oracle/diag/rdbms/orcl
LOCAL_NODE=myserver local=false
SPFILE_LOC.orcl=/u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/dbhome_1/dbs/spfileorcl.ora
inst_group=dba inventory_loc=/u01/app/oraInventory
MinimumSupportedVersion=11.2.0.1.0
silent=false
DBCA_LOG.orcl=/u01/app/oracle/cfgtoollogs/dbca/orcl
ORACLE_HOME=/u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/dbhome_1
CCR_CONFIG_STATUS=CCR_DEL_HOME
EMCA_LOG.orcl=/u01/app/oracle/cfgtoollogs/emca/orcl
ORACLE_HOME_VERSION_VALID=true
Deinstallation Response File Example for Oracle Grid Infrastructure
You can run the deinstallation tool with the
-paramfile
option to use the values you specify in the response file.
The following is an example of a response file, in which the Oracle Grid Infrastructure binary owner is oracle
, the Oracle Grid Infrastructure home is in the path
/u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/grid
, the Oracle base (where other Oracle software is installed) is
/u01/app/oracle/
, the central Oracle Inventory home (oraInventory) is
/u01/app/oraInventory
, the local node (the node where you run the deinstallation session from) is myserver
, and the OSDBA group is dba
:
# Copyright (c) 2005, 2009 Oracle Corporation. All rights reserved.
ORACLE_HOME=/u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/grid
LOCAL_NODE=myserver
HOME_TYPE=SIHA
ASM_REDUNDANCY=EXTERNAL
ORACLE_BASE=/u01/app/oracle/
ObaseCleanupPtrLoc=/tmp/deinstall_bootstrap/orabase_cleanup.lst
SCAN_PORT=0 silent=false
ASM_UPGRADE=false
ORA_CRS_HOME=/u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/grid
MinimumSupportedVersion=11.2.0.1.0
GPNPCONFIGDIR=$ORACLE_HOME
LOGDIR=/u01/app/oraInventory/logs/
ORACLE_HOME_VERSION_VALID=true
ASM_DISCOVERY_STRING=/scratch/raw/raw*
GPNPGCONFIGDIR=$ORACLE_HOME
ORACLE_OWNER=oracle
ISROLLING=true
ASM_DISKSTRING=/scratch/raw/raw*
CRS_STORAGE_OPTION=0
ORACLE_BINARY_OK=true
MGMT_DB=false
NETCA_LISTENERS_REGISTERED_WITH_HAS=LISTENER inst_group=svrtech
ASM_AU_SIZE=1
HUB_SIZE=0
ASM_ORACLE_BASE=/u01/app/oracle
ORA_DBA_GROUP=dba
JREDIR=/u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/grid/jdk/jre/
USER_IGNORED_PREREQ=false
8-6 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Deinstallation Response File Example for Oracle Grid Infrastructure inventory_loc=/u01/app/oraInventory
ASM_DISK_GROUPS="+DATA"
ORA_ASM_GROUP=dba
LANGUAGE_ID=AMERICAN_AMERICA.AL32UTF8
CSS_LEASEDURATION=400
ASM_HOME=/u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/grid
ASM_DIAGNOSTIC_DEST=/u01/app/oracle/product/OB
TZ=PST8PDT
REUSEDG=false
SILENT=false local=false
INVENTORY_LOCATION=/u01/app/oraInventory
GNS_CONF=false
BIG_CLUSTER=false
ASM_
DISKS=/scratch/raw/raw1,/scratch/raw/raw2,/scratch/raw/raw3,/scratch/raw/raw4,/scr atch/raw/raw5,/scratch/raw/raw6,/scratch/raw/raw7,/scratch/raw/raw8
ORACLE_HOME=/u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/grid
CRS_HOME=true
ASM_IN_HOME=true
CRFHOME="/u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/grid"
ASM_DROP_DISKGROUPS=true
ASM_LOCAL_SID=+ASM
JLIBDIR=/u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/grid/jlib
VNDR_CLUSTER=false
ASM_DISK_GROUP=DATA
Removing Oracle Database Software 8-7
Deinstallation Response File Example for Oracle Grid Infrastructure
8-8 Oracle Database Installation Guide
A
A
Installing and Configuring Oracle Database
Using Response Files
This appendix describes how to install and configure Oracle products using response files. It includes information about the following topics:
■
■
■
■
■
■
Running Oracle Universal Installer Using a Response File
Running Net Configuration Assistant Using a Response File
Running Database Configuration Assistant Using a Response File
Postinstallation Configuration Using a Response File
How Response Files Work
You can automate the installation and configuration of Oracle software, either fully or partially, by specifying a response file when you start Oracle Universal Installer. Oracle
Universal Installer uses the values contained in the response file to provide answers to some or all of Oracle Universal Installer prompts. It includes information about the following topics:
■
■
■
Reasons for Using Silent Mode or Response File Mode
Creating a Database Using Oracle Automatic Storage Management as the Storage
General Procedure for Using Response Files
Typically, Oracle Universal Installer runs in interactive mode, which means that it prompts you to provide information in graphical user interface (GUI) screens. When you use response files to provide this information, you run Oracle Universal Installer at a command prompt using either of the following modes:
■
Silent mode
If you include responses for all of the prompts in the response file and specify the
-silent
option when starting Oracle Universal Installer, then Oracle Universal
Installer runs in silent mode. During a silent mode installation, Oracle Universal
Installer does not display any screens. Instead, it displays progress information in the terminal that you used to start it.
■
Response file mode
Installing and Configuring Oracle Database Using Response Files A-1
How Response Files Work
If you include responses for some or all of the prompts in the response file and omit the
-silent
option, then Oracle Universal Installer runs in response file mode. During a response file mode installation, Oracle Universal Installer displays all the screens, screens for which you specify information in the response file and also screens for which you did not specify the required information in the response file. The advantage is that you can validate the values in the screens for which you have provided the information in the response file and continue with the installation.
You define the settings for a silent or response file installation by entering values for the variables listed in the response file. For instance, to specify the Oracle home location, you would supply the appropriate value for the
ORACLE_HOME
variable, as follows:
ORACLE_HOME=/u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/dbhome_1
Another way of specifying the variable settings of the response file is to pass them as command line arguments when you run Oracle Universal Installer. For example:
-silent
directory_path
Where, directory_path is the path to the database
directory on the installation media or on the hard drive.
See Also:
■
■
Oracle Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and
UNIX for more information about response file formats
My Oracle Support website for more information about response files: https://support.oracle.com/
Reasons for Using Silent Mode or Response File Mode
The following table describes several reasons why you might want to run Oracle
Universal Installer in silent mode or response file mode.
Mode
Silent
Response File
Uses
Use silent mode to:
■
■
Complete an unattended installation, which you might schedule using operating system utilities such as cron
Complete several similar installations on multiple systems without user interaction
■
Install the software on a system that does not have X Window System software installed on it
Oracle Universal Installer displays progress information in the terminal that you used to start it, but it does not display any of Oracle Universal Installer screens.
Use response file mode to complete similar Oracle software installations on multiple systems, providing default answers to some, but not all of Oracle
Universal Installer prompts.
In response file mode, all the installer screens are displayed, but defaults for the fields in these screens are provided by the response file. You must provide information for the fields in screens where you have not provided values in the response file.
A-2 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Preparing a Response File
Creating a Database Using Oracle Automatic Storage Management as the Storage
Option for Database Files
Before you create a database that uses Oracle Automatic Storage Management (Oracle
ASM), you must run the root.sh
script. For this reason, you cannot create a database using Oracle ASM as the storage option for database files during a silent-mode installation. Instead, you can complete a software-only installation using silent mode, and then run Oracle Net Configuration Assistant and Database Configuration
Assistant in silent mode after you complete the software-only installation and run the root.sh
script.
Note:
This limitation applies only to databases that use Oracle ASM as the storage option for database files. You can create a database that uses the file system option during a silent mode installation.
General Procedure for Using Response Files
The following are the general steps to install and configure Oracle products using
Oracle Universal Installer in silent or response file mode:
Note:
You must complete all required preinstallation tasks on a system before running Oracle Universal Installer in silent or response file mode.
1.
2.
Prepare a response file.
Run Oracle Universal Installer in silent or response file mode.
3.
4.
Run the root scripts as prompted by Oracle Universal Installer.
If you completed a software-only installation, then run Net Configuration
Assistant and Database Configuration Assistant in silent or response file mode, if required.
These steps are described in the following sections.
Preparing a Response File
This section describes the following methods to prepare a response file for use during silent mode or response file mode installations:
■
■
Editing a Response File Template
Editing a Response File Template
This method is most useful for the Enterprise Edition or Standard Edition installation types.
Oracle provides response file templates for each product and installation type, and for each configuration tool. These files are located in the
ORACLE_HOME/assistants/ directory, and the database/response directory on the installation media.
Note:
If you copied the software to a hard disk, the response files are located in the stage_area
/database/response
directory.
Installing and Configuring Oracle Database Using Response Files A-3
Preparing a Response File
Table A–1 lists the response files provided with Oracle Database.
Table A–1 Response Files
Response File
db_install.rsp
grid_install.rsp
dbca.rsp
netca.rsp
Description
Silent installation of Oracle Database 12c
Silent installation of Oracle Grid Infrastructure
Silent installation of Database Configuration Assistant
Silent installation of Oracle Net Configuration Assistant
To copy and modify a response file:
1.
Copy the response file from the response file directory to a directory on your system:
$ cp /
directory_path
/response/
response_file
.rsp
local_directory
2.
In this example, directory_path is the path to the database
directory on the installation media. If you copy the software to a hard drive, then edit the file in the response
directory.
Open the response file in a text editor:
$ vi /
local_dir
/
response_file
.rsp
See Also:
Oracle Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for
Windows and UNIX for information about creating response files
3.
Follow the instructions in the file to edit it.
Note:
The installer or configuration assistants fail if you do not
correctly configure the response file. See the "Silent-Mode Response
File Error Handling" section on page I-6 for more information about
troubleshooting a failed response file mode installation.
4.
Change the permissions on the file to 700:
$ chmod 700 /
local_dir
/
response_file
.rsp
Note:
A fully specified response file for an Oracle Database installation contains the passwords for database administrative accounts and for a user who is a member of the OSDBA group
(required for automated backups). Ensure that only the Oracle software owner user can view or modify response files or consider deleting them after the installation succeeds.
Saving a Response File
You can use Oracle Universal Installer in interactive mode to save a response file, which you can edit and then use to complete silent mode or response file mode installations.
Starting with Oracle Database 11g Release 2 (11.2), you can save all the installation steps into a response file during installation. You can click the Save Response File
A-4 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Running Oracle Universal Installer Using a Response File button on the Summary page to do this. Later, this file can be used for a silent installation.
When you save the response file, you can either complete the installation, or you can exit from Oracle Universal Installer on the Summary page, before it starts to copy the software to the system.
If you save a response file during a silent installation, then Oracle Universal Installer saves the variable values that were specified in the original source response file into the new response file.
Note:
Oracle Universal Installer does not save passwords in the response file.
To save a response file:
1.
Complete the preinstallation tasks listed in
When you run Oracle Universal Installer to save a response file, it checks the system to verify that it meets the requirements to install the software. For this reason, Oracle recommends that you complete all of the required preinstallation tasks and save the response file while completing an installation.
2.
3.
Ensure that the Oracle software owner user has permissions to create or write to the Oracle home path that you specify when you run Oracle Universal Installer.
On each Oracle Universal Installer screen, provide the required information.
See Also:
"Running Oracle Universal Installer" on page 5-9 for
information about the installation process
4.
5.
When Oracle Universal Installer displays the Summary screen, perform the following:
a.
b.
Click Save Response File and provide a file name and location for the response file. Then, click Save to save the values to the file.
Click Finish to continue with the installation.
Click Cancel if you do not want to continue with the installation. The installation stops, but the saved response file is retained.
Before you use the saved response file on another system, edit the file and make any required changes.
Use the instructions in the file as a guide when editing it.
Running Oracle Universal Installer Using a Response File
Now, you are ready to run Oracle Universal Installer at the command line, specifying the response file you created, to perform the installation. The Oracle Universal
Installer executable, runInstaller
, provides several options. For help information about the full set of these options, run the runInstaller
command with the
-help option, for example:
$ directory_path
/runInstaller -help
The help information appears in a window after some time.
To run Oracle Universal Installer using a response file:
Installing and Configuring Oracle Database Using Response Files A-5
Running Oracle Universal Installer Using a Response File
1.
2.
3.
Complete the preinstallation tasks listed in
Log in as the Oracle software owner user (typically, oracle
).
If you are completing a response file mode installation, set the
DISPLAY environment variable.
Note:
You do not have to set the
DISPLAY
environment variable if you are completing a silent mode installation.
4.
To start Oracle Universal Installer in silent or response file mode, enter a command similar to the following:
$ /directory_path/runInstaller [-silent] [-noconfig] \
-responseFile responsefilename
Note:
Do not specify a relative path to the response file. If you specify a relative path, then Oracle Universal Installer fails.
5.
In this example:
■
directory_path
is the path of the database
directory on the DVD or on the hard drive.
■
-silent
runs Oracle Universal Installer in silent mode.
"Silent-Mode Response File Error Handling" on page I-6
■
■
-noconfig
suppresses running the configuration assistants during installation, and a software-only installation is performed instead.
responsefilename
is the full path and file name of the installation response file that you configured.
Oracle Universal Installer prompts you to run the root.sh
script. Log in as the root
user and run the root.sh
script:
$ su root password:
# /
oracle_home_path
/root.sh
6.
If this is the first time you are installing Oracle software on your system, then
Oracle Universal Installer prompts you to run the orainstRoot.sh
script.
Log in as the root
user and run the orainstRoot.sh
script:
$ su root password:
# /u01/app/oraInventory/orainstRoot.sh
A-6 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Running Net Configuration Assistant Using a Response File
Note:
■
■
You do not have to manually create the oraInst.loc
file. Running the orainstRoot.sh
script is sufficient as it specifies the location of the Oracle Inventory directory.
During an Oracle Grid Infrastructure installation, Oracle
Universal Installer provides options to automatically run the root scripts. You also have the option to manually run the root scripts.
See
"Determining Root Script Execution Plan" on page 3-15 for
more information.
Running Net Configuration Assistant Using a Response File
You can run Net Configuration Assistant in silent mode to configure and start an
Oracle Net listener on the system, configure naming methods, and configure Oracle
Net service names. To run Net Configuration Assistant in silent mode, you must copy and edit a response file template. Oracle provides a response file template named netca.resp
in the in the
ORACLE_HOME/assistants/netca
directory, and the response directory in the database/response
directory on the DVD.
Note:
If you copied the software to a hard disk, then the response file template is located in the stage_area/ database/response directory.
To run Net Configuration Assistant using a response file:
1.
Copy the netca.rsp
response file template from the response file directory to a directory on your system:
$ cp /
directory_path
/response/netca.rsp
local_directory
2.
In this example, directory_path is the path of the database
directory on the DVD.
If you copy the software to a hard drive, you can edit the file in the response directory if you prefer.
Open the response file in a text editor:
$ vi /
local_dir
/netca.rsp
3.
Follow the instructions in the file to edit it.
Note:
Net Configuration Assistant fails if you do not correctly configure the response file.
4.
5.
Log in as the Oracle software owner user, and set the
ORACLE_HOME
environment variable to specify the correct Oracle home directory.
Enter a command similar to the following to run Net Configuration Assistant in silent mode:
$ $ORACLE_HOME/bin/netca -silent -responsefile /
local_dir
/netca.rsp
In this command:
■
The
-silent
option runs Net Configuration Assistant in silent mode.
Installing and Configuring Oracle Database Using Response Files A-7
Running Database Configuration Assistant Using a Response File
■
local_dir
is the full path of the directory where you copied the netca.rsp
response file template.
Running Database Configuration Assistant Using a Response File
You can run Database Configuration Assistant in response file mode to configure and start an Oracle database on the system. To run Database Configuration Assistant in response file mode, you must copy and edit a response file template. Oracle provides a response file template named dbca.rsp
in the
ORACLE_HOME/assistants/dbca directory, and also in the database/response
directory on the DVD.
Note:
If you copied the software to a hard disk, then the response file template is located in the stage_area
/database/response directory.
To run Database Configuration Assistant in response file mode, you must use the
-responseFile
flag in combination with either the
-silent
or
-progressOnly
flag.
You must also use a graphical display and set the
DISPLAY
environment variable.
See Also:
■
■
"Creating a Database with Noninteractive/Silent DBCA" in Oracle
Database Administrator's Guide
"Oracle ASM Configuration Assistant Command-Line Interface" section in Oracle Automatic Storage Management Administrator's
Guide for information about running Oracle ASMCA in noninteractive mode
This section contains the following topics:
■
Silent Mode of Database Configuration Assistant
■
■
Progress Only Mode of Database Configuration Assistant
Running Database Configuration Assistant in Response File Mode
Silent Mode of Database Configuration Assistant
Use the
-silent
flag in combination with the
-responseFile
flag to set the mode to silent. In the silent mode, Database Configuration Assistant uses values that you specify, in the response file or as command-line options, to create a database. No window or user interface is displayed in the silent mode.
Progress Only Mode of Database Configuration Assistant
Use the
-progressOnly
flag in combination with the
-responseFile
flag, to set the mode to progress only. As it configures and starts the database, Database
Configuration Assistant displays a window that contains status messages and a progress bar. This window is similar to the window that is displayed when you choose to create a preconfigured database during an Enterprise Edition or Standard Edition installation.
In this mode, Database Configuration Assistant uses values that you specify, in the response file or as command line options, to create a database.
A-8 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Postinstallation Configuration Using a Response File
Running Database Configuration Assistant in Response File Mode
To run Database Configuration Assistant in response file mode, that is, silent mode or progress only mode:
Note:
Instead of editing the response file template, you can create a database by specifying all required information as command-line options when you run Database Configuration Assistant. For information about the list of options supported, enter the following command:
$ $ORACLE_HOME/bin/dbca -help
1.
Copy the dbca.rsp
response file template from the response file directory to a directory on your system:
$ cp /
directory_path
/response/dbca.rsp
local_directory
2.
In this example, directory_path is the path of the database
directory on the DVD.
If you copy the software to a hard drive, you can edit the file in the response directory if you prefer.
Open the response file in a text editor:
$ vi /
local_dir
/dbca.rsp
3.
Edit the file, following the instructions in the file.
Note:
Database Configuration Assistant fails if you do not correctly configure the response file.
4.
5.
6.
Log in as the Oracle software owner user, and set the
ORACLE_HOME
environment variable to specify the correct Oracle home directory.
If you intend running Database Configuration Assistant in response file mode, set the
DISPLAY
environment variable.
Enter a command similar to the following to run Database Configuration Assistant in response file or silent mode with a response file:
$ORACLE_HOME/bin/dbca {-progressOnly | -silent} -responseFile \
/
local_dir
/dbca.rsp
In this example:
■
The
-silent
option runs Database Configuration Assistant in silent mode.
■
■
The
-progressOnly
option runs Database Configuration Assistant in response file mode.
local_dir
is the full path of the directory where you copied the dbca.rsp
response file template.
Postinstallation Configuration Using a Response File
Use the following sections to create and run a response file configuration after installing the Oracle software.
Installing and Configuring Oracle Database Using Response Files A-9
Postinstallation Configuration Using a Response File
About the Postinstallation Configuration File
When you run a silent or response file installation, you provide information about your servers in a response file that you would otherwise provide manually during a graphical user interface installation. However, the response file does not contain passwords for user accounts that configuration assistants require after the software installation is complete. The configuration assistants are started with a script called configToolAllCommands
. You can run this script in response file mode by using a password response file. The script uses the passwords to run the configuration tools in succession to complete the configuration.
If you keep the password file to use for clone installations, then Oracle recommends that you store it in a secure location. In addition, if you must stop an installation to fix an error, you can run the configuration assistants using configToolAllCommands
and a password response file.
The configToolAllCommands
password response file consists of the following syntax options:
■
internal_component_name is the name of the component that the configuration assistant configures
■
■
variable_name is the name of the configuration file variable
value is the desired value to use for the configuration
The command syntax is as follows:
internal_component_name|variable_name=value
For example: oracle.assistants.asm|S_ASMPASSWORD=welcome
Oracle recommends that you maintain security with a password response file:
■
Set the permissions on the response file to 600.
■
The response file owner must be the installation owner user, with the group set to the central inventory (oraInventory) group.
Running Postinstallation Configuration Using a Response File
To run configuration assistants with the configToolAllCommands
script:
1.
Create a response file using the syntax filename.properties. For example:
$ touch cfgrsp.properties
2.
Open the file with a text editor, and cut and paste the password template, modifying it as needed.
Example A–1 Password response file for Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server
Oracle Grid Infrastructure requires passwords for Automatic Storage Management
Configuration Assistant (Oracle ASMCA) and for Intelligent Platform Management
Interface Configuration Assistant (IPMICA) if you have a BMC card and you want to enable this feature. Provide the following response file: oracle.assistants.asm|S_ASMPASSWORD=
password
oracle.assistants.asm|S_ASMMONITORPASSWORD=
password
A-10 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Postinstallation Configuration Using a Response File
Example A–2 Password response file for Oracle Database
Oracle Database configuration requires the
SYS
,
SYSTEM
, and
DBSNMP
passwords for use with Database Configuration Assistant (DBCA). The
S_ASMSNMPPASSWORD
password is necessary only if the database is using Oracle ASM for storage. Similarly, the
S_
PDBADMINPASSWORD
password is necessary only if you create a multitenant container database (CDB) with one or more pluggable databases (PDBs). Also, if you selected to configure Oracle Enterprise Manager, then you must provide the password for the
Oracle software installation owner for the
S_EMADMINPASSWORD
password, similar to the following example: oracle.assistants.server|S_SYSPASSWORD=
password
oracle.assistants.server|S_SYSTEMPASSWORD=
password
oracle.assistants.server|S_DBSNMPPASSWORD=
password
oracle.assistants.server|S_PDBADMINPASSWORD=
password
oracle.assistants.server|S_EMADMINPASSWORD=
password
oracle.assistants.server|S_ASMSNMPPASSWORD=
password
If you do not want to enable Oracle Enterprise Manager or Oracle ASM, then leave those password fields blank
3.
Change permissions to secure the file. For example:
$ ls -al cfgrsp.properties
-rw------- 1 oracle oinstall 0 Apr 30 17:30 cfgrsp.properties
4.
Change the directory to
$ORACLE_HOME/cfgtoollogs
Run the configuration script using the following syntax: configToolAllCommands RESPONSE_FILE=/path/name.properties
for example:
$ ./configToolAllCommands RESPONSE_FILE=/home/oracle/cfgrsp.properties
Installing and Configuring Oracle Database Using Response Files A-11
Postinstallation Configuration Using a Response File
A-12 Oracle Database Installation Guide
B
B
Cloning an Oracle Home
Cloning an Oracle home involves creating a copy of the Oracle home and then configuring it for a new environment. If you are performing multiple Oracle Database installations, then you may want to use this method to create each Oracle home, because copying files from an existing Oracle Database installation takes less time than creating a new version of them. This method is also useful if the Oracle home that you are cloning has had patches applied to it. When you clone the Oracle home, the new
Oracle home has the patch updates.
This appendix includes information about the following topics:
■
■
Configuring Oracle Configuration Manager in a Cloned Oracle Home
Cloning an Oracle Home
Perform the following to clone an Oracle home:
1.
Verify that the installation of Oracle Database to clone is successful.
You can do this by reviewing the installActions
date_time
.log
file for the installation session, which is typically located in the
/
orainventory_ location
/logs
directory.
If you install patches, then check their status using the following:
$ cd $ORACLE_HOME/OPatch
Include
$ORACLE_HOME/OPatch
in
$PATH
$ opatch lsinventory
2.
3.
Stop all processes related to the Oracle home. See "Stopping Existing Oracle
Processes" on page 3-10 for more information about stopping the processes for an
Oracle home.
Create a ZIP or TAR file with the Oracle home (but not the Oracle base) directory.
For example, if the source Oracle installation is in the
/u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/dbhome_1
, then you zip the dbhome_1
directory by using the following command:
# zip -r dbhome_1.zip /u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/dbhome_1
You can also use the TAR command, for example:
# tar -cvf dbhome_1.tar /u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/dbhome_1
Cloning an Oracle Home B-1
Cloning an Oracle Home
4.
5.
Do not include the admin
, fast_recovery_area
, and oradata
directories that are under the Oracle base directory. These directories are created in the target installation later, when you create a new database there.
Copy the ZIP or TAR file to the root directory of the target computer. If you use
File Transfer Protocol (FTP), then transfer the ZIP or TAR file in binary mode only.
Extract the ZIP or TAR file content using the following command:
# unzip -d / dbhome_1.zip
# tar -xvf dbhome_1.tar
6.
7.
8.
Repeat steps 4 and 5 for each computer where you want to clone the Oracle home,
unless the Oracle home is on a shared storage device.
On the target computer, change the directory to the unzipped Oracle home directory, and remove all the .ora (*.ora) files present in the unzipped
$ORACLE_
HOME/network/admin
directory.
From the
$ORACLE_HOME/clone/bin
directory, run the clone.pl
file for the unzipped Oracle home. Use the following syntax:
$ORACLE_HOME/perl/bin/perl $ORACLE_HOME/clone/bin/clone.pl ORACLE_BASE="
target_ oracle_base
" ORACLE_HOME="
target_oracle_home
"
OSDBA_GROUP=
OSDBA_privileged_group
OSOPER_GROUP=
OSOPER_privileged_group
-defaultHomeName
For example:
$ORACLE_HOME/perl/bin/perl $ORACLE_HOME/clone/bin/clone.pl ORACLE_
BASE="/u01/app/oracle/" ORACLE_HOME="/u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/dbhome_1"
OSDBA_GROUP=dba OSOPER_GROUP=oper -defaultHomeName
9.
Oracle Universal Installer starts, and then records the cloning actions in the cloneActions
timestamp
.log
file. This log file is typically located in
/
orainventory_location
/logs
directory.
To configure the connection information for the new database, run Net
Configuration Assistant:
$ cd $ORACLE_HOME/bin
$ ./netca
10.
To create a new database for the newly cloned Oracle home, run Database
Configuration Assistant:
$ cd $ORACLE_HOME/bin
$ ./dbca
See Also:
■
■
Oracle Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and
UNIX for detailed information about using Oracle Universal
Installer to clone an Oracle Database home
Oracle Database Administrator's Guide for information about cloning Oracle databases and cloning an Oracle Database home
B-2 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Configuring Oracle Configuration Manager in a Cloned Oracle Home
Configuring Oracle Configuration Manager in a Cloned Oracle Home
Perform the following to configure Oracle Configuration Manager for a cloned Oracle home:
1.
Run the following command from
$ORACLE_HOME/ccr/state
:
$ rm -rf *.ll*
2.
Run the following command from
$ORACLE_HOME/ccr/inventory
:
$ cp core.jar pending
3.
Run the following commands from
$ORACLE_HOME/ccr/bin
:
$ ./emSnapshotEnv
$ ./deployPackages
4.
Run the following command from
$ORACLE_HOME/ccr/bin
and provide the proper credentials:
$ ./configCCR
If Oracle Configuration Manager was manually configured using setupCCR
, then perform the following in the cloned Oracle home:
1.
2.
Delete all the subdirectories of the
$ORACLE_HOME/ccr/hosts
directory to remove previously configured hosts.
Run the following command from
$ORACLE_HOME/ccr/bin
:
$ ./configCCR -a
If you installed Oracle Configuration Manager in the original Oracle home but have not configured it, then run the following command in the cloned Oracle home:
$ setupCCR
Cloning an Oracle Home B-3
Configuring Oracle Configuration Manager in a Cloned Oracle Home
B-4 Oracle Database Installation Guide
C
C
Using NAS Devices
This appendix provides guidelines for using a network attached storage (NAS) device for Oracle software and database files. It includes information about the following:
■
■
General Configuration Guidelines for NAS Devices
■
■
■
Creating Files on a NAS Device for Use with Oracle Automatic Storage
See Also:
■
■
"Configuring Direct NFS Client" on page 6-10
Oracle Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for information about using NAS devices on Oracle Real Application Clusters
General Configuration Guidelines for NAS Devices
See the documentation provided with the NAS device for specific information about how to configure it. In addition, use the following guidelines to ensure the performance of the Oracle software:
■
Before using the NAS device for the installation, verify that it is certified.
Note:
For certification information refer to note 359515.1 on the
My Oracle Support website: https://support.oracle.com/
■
■
The performance of Oracle software and databases stored on NAS devices depends on the performance of the network connection between the Oracle server and the NAS device.
For this reason, Oracle recommends that you connect the server to the NAS device using a private dedicated network connection, which should be Gigabit Ethernet or better.
For single-instance database installations, Oracle recommends that you create a separate Oracle home directory for each installation. Run the software in this
Oracle home directory only from the system that you used to install it.
Using NAS Devices C-1
NFS Feature Description
NFS Feature Description
The following are the features of Network File Storage (NFS):
■
■
■
■
■
The Oracle kernel handles the best possible configuration to perform optimal I/O using available resources to enable better configuration management.
An NFS available across different platforms.
Oracle uses the Oracle Disk Manager (ODM) to control NFS. ODM NFS helps standardize all the configuration parameters that can be tuned.
ODM NFS has a stable NFS client that does not affect kernel performance. It optimizes the I/O path when making NFS operations.This ensures higher stability.
NFS provides better diagnostics in case of errors.
See Also:
Oracle Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for information on ODM
Choosing Mount Points
This section provides guidelines on how to choose the mount points for the file systems to use for the Oracle software and database files. The guidelines contained in the following sections follow the Optimal Flexible Architecture recommendations:
■
■
Choosing Mount Points for Oracle Software Files
Choosing Mount Points for Oracle Database and Recovery Files
Choosing Mount Points for Oracle Software Files
Oracle software files are stored in three different directories:
■
■
Oracle base directory
Oracle inventory directory
■
Oracle home directory
The Oracle base directory is a top-level directory for Oracle software installations and is identified by the
ORACLE_BASE
environment variable. For example, for a first installation, the Oracle base, Oracle Inventory, and Oracle home directories might have paths similar to the following:
Directory
Oracle base (
$ORACLE_BASE
)
Oracle Inventory
Oracle home
Path
/u01/app/oracle
ORACLE_BASE/../oraInventory
(or)
/u01/app/oraInventory
$ORACLE_BASE/product/12.1.0/dbhome_1
For subsequent installations, you can use either the same Oracle base directory or a different one, but every subsequent installation uses the original Oracle Inventory directory. For example, if you use the
/u02/app/oracle
directory as the Oracle base directory for a new installation, then the Oracle Inventory directory continues to be
/u01/app/oraInventory
.
To enable you to effectively maintain the Oracle software on a particular system,
Oracle recommends that you keep the Oracle Inventory directory only on a local file system, if possible. If you must place the Oracle Inventory directory on a NAS device,
C-2 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Choosing Mount Points create a specific directory for each system, to prevent multiple systems from writing to the same inventory directory.
See Also:
"Identifying Required Software Directories" on page 2-14
Directory-Specific Guidelines
You can use any of the following directories as mount points for NFS used to store
Oracle software:
Note:
In the following examples, the paths shown are the defaults if the
ORACLE_BASE
environment variable is set before you start
Oracle Universal Installer.
■
■
■
Oracle base directory or its parents (
/u01/app/oracle
for example)
If you use the Oracle base directory or one of its parents as a mount point, then the default location for all Oracle software and database files is on that file system.
During the installation, consider changing the default location of the following directories:
–
The Oracle Inventory directory (oracle_base
/../oraInventory
)
Specify a local file system or a host-specific directory on the NFS, for example:
u01
/
app
/oraInventory
–
The Oracle database file directory (oracle_base
/oradata
)
You might want to use a different file system for database files, for example, to enable you to specify different mount options or to distribute I/O.
–
The Oracle database recovery file directory (oracle_base
/fast_recovery_ area
)
Oracle recommends that you use different file systems for database and recovery files.
If you use this mount point, then all Oracle installations that use this Oracle base directory use the NFS.
The product directory (oracle_base
/product
)
By default, only software files are located on the NFS. You can also use this mount point to install software from different releases, for example:
/u01/app/oracle/product/9.2.0
/u01/app/oracle/product/10.2.0/dbhome_1
/u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/dbhome_1
The release directory (oracle_base
/product/12.1.0
)
By default, only software files are located on the NFS. You can also use this mount point to install different products from the same release, for example:
/u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/dbhome_1
/u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/client_1
■
The Oracle home directory (oracle_base
/product/12.1.0/dbhome_1
)
Using NAS Devices C-3
Creating Files on a NAS Device for Use with Oracle Automatic Storage Management
By default, only software files are located on the NFS file system. This is the most restrictive mount point. You can use it only to install a single release of one product:
/u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/dbhome_1
See Also:
"Optimal Flexible Architecture File Mapping" on page F-7
Choosing Mount Points for Oracle Database and Recovery Files
To store Oracle database or recovery files on a NAS device, you can use different paths depending on whether you want to store files from only one database or from multiple databases:
■
Use the NFS for files from multiple databases
To store the database files or recovery files from multiple databases on the same
NFS, use paths or mount points similar to the following:
File Type
Database files
Recovery files
Path or Mount Point
/u02/oradata
/u03/fast_recovery_area
■
When Oracle Universal Installer prompts you for the data file and the recovery file directories, specify these paths. Database Configuration Assistant and Oracle
Enterprise Manager create subdirectories in these directories using the value you specify for the database name (DB_NAME) as the directory name, for example:
/u02/oradata/
db_name1
/u03/fast_recovery_area/
db_name1
Use the NFS for files from only one database
To store the database files or recovery files for only one database in the NFS, you can create mount points similar to the following, where orcl
is the name of the database:
/u02/oradata/orcl
/u03/fast_recovery_area/orcl
Specify the directory
/u02/oradata
when Oracle Universal Installer prompts you for the data file directory and specify the directory
/u03/fast_recovery_area when Oracle Universal Installer prompts you for the recovery file location. The orcl
directory is used automatically either by Database Configuration Assistant or by Oracle Enterprise Manager.
Creating Files on a NAS Device for Use with Oracle Automatic Storage
Management
If you have a certified NAS device, then you can create zero-padded files in an NFS mounted directory and use those files as disk devices in an Oracle Automatic Storage
Management (Oracle ASM) disk group. To create these files, follow these steps:
Note:
To use files as disk devices in an Oracle ASM disk group, the files must be on an NFS mounted file system. You cannot use files on local file systems.
C-4 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Creating Files on a NAS Device for Use with Oracle Automatic Storage Management
1.
2.
If necessary, create an exported directory for the disk group files on the NAS device.
See the NAS device documentation for more information about completing this step.
Switch the user to root
:
$ su - root password:
3.
Create a mount point directory on the local system:
# mkdir -p /mnt/oracleasm
4.
To ensure that NFS is mounted when the system restarts, add an entry for the file system in the
/etc/fstab
mount file.
For more information about editing the mount file for the operating system, see the man pages. For more information about recommended mount options, see
"NFS Mount Options" section on page C-6.
See Also:
My Oracle Support Note 359515.1 for updated NAS mount option information: https://support.oracle.com/CSP/main/article?cmd=show&type=NO
T&id=359515.1
5.
Enter a command similar to the following to mount the NFS on the local system:
# mount /mnt/oracleasm
6.
7.
Choose a name for the disk group to create, for example, sales1
.
Create a directory for the files on the NFS file system, using the disk group name as the directory name:
# mkdir /mnt/oracleasm/sales1
8.
Use commands similar to the following to create the required number of zero-padded files in this directory:
# dd if=/dev/zero of=/mnt/oracleasm/nfsdg/disk1 bs=1024k count=1000
This example creates 1 GB files on the NFS. You must create one, two, or three files respectively to create an external, normal, or high redundancy disk group.
Note:
Creating multiple zero-padded files on the same NAS device does not guard against NAS failure. Instead, create one file for each
NAS device and mirror them using the Oracle ASM technology.
9.
Enter commands similar to the following to change the owner, group, and permissions on the directory and files that you created:
# chown -R grid:asmadmin /mnt/oracleasm
# chmod -R 660 /mnt/oracleasm
In this example, the installation owner is grid
and the OSASM group is asmadmin
.
Using NAS Devices C-5
NFS Mount Options
10.
During database installation and creation, edit the Oracle ASM disk discovery string to specify a regular expression that matches the file names you created. For example:
/mnt/oracleasm/sales1/*
Note:
During installation, disks labelled as
ASMLIB
disks are listed as candidate disks when using the default discovery string. However, if the disk has a header status of
MEMBER
, then it is not a candidate disk.
NFS Mount Options
You must mount NFS volumes used for storing database files with special mount options on the host where the database server is running. When mounting an NFS file system, Oracle recommends that you use the same mount point options that the NAS vendor used when certifying the device. See the device documentation or contact the vendor for information about recommended mount-point options.
C-6 Oracle Database Installation Guide
D
D
How to Complete Preinstallation Tasks
Manually
This appendix provides instructions for how to complete configuration tasks manually that Cluster Verification Utility (CVU) and Oracle Universal Installer normally complete during installation. Use this appendix as a guide if you cannot use the fixup script.
This appendix contains the following information:
■
Configuring Kernel Parameters on Oracle Solaris
■
■
Configuring Shell Limits for Oracle Solaris
Setting UDP and TCP Kernel Parameters Manually
Configuring Kernel Parameters on Oracle Solaris
This section contains the following topics:
■
■
■
■
Minimum Parameter Settings for Installation
Requirements for Shared Memory Resources
Checking Shared Memory Resource Controls
Displaying and Changing Kernel Parameter Values
Moved this section from Chapter-2.
Note:
The kernel parameter values in this section are minimum values only. For production database systems, Oracle recommends that you tune these values to optimize the performance of the system. Refer to your operating system documentation for more information about kernel resource management.
Minimum Parameter Settings for Installation
During installation, you can generate and run the Fixup script to check and set the kernel parameter values required for successful installation of the database. This script updates required kernel packages if necessary to minimum values.
If you cannot use the fixup script, then review the following table to set the values manually. Verify that the kernel parameters shown in the following table are set to values greater than or equal to the minimum value shown.
How to Complete Preinstallation Tasks Manually D-1
Configuring Kernel Parameters on Oracle Solaris
Note:
On Oracle Solaris 10, you are not required to make changes to the
/etc/system
file to implement the System V IPC. Oracle
Solaris 10 uses the resource control facility for its implementation.
Resource Control
project.max-sem-ids process.max-sem-nsems project.max-shm-memory project.max-shm-ids tcp_smallest_anon_port tcp_largest_anon_port udp_smallest_anon_port udp_largest_anon_port
Minimum Value
100
9000
65500
9000
65500
100
256
This value varies according to the RAM size. See
Requirements for Shared Memory
minimum values.
See Also:
Setting UDP and TCP Kernel Parameters Manually
Note:
■
■
■ project.max-shm-memory resource control
= the cumulative sum of all shared memory allocated on each Oracle database instance started under the corresponding project.
The project.max-shm-memory
resource control value assumes that no other application is using the shared memory segment from this project other than the Oracle instances. If applications, other than the Oracle instances are using the shared memory segment, then you must add that shared memory usage to the project.max-shm-memory
resource control value.
Ensure that memory_target
(or max_sga_size
) does not exceed process.max-address-space
and project.max-shm-memory
. For more information, see My Oracle Support Note 1370537.1 at: https://support.oracle.com/
Requirements for Shared Memory Resources
The resource control project.max-shm-memory
enables you to set the maximum shared memory for a project.
Table D–1 shows the installation minimum settings for
project.max-shm-memory
:
Table D–1 Requirement for Resource Control project.max-shm-memory
RAM project.max-shm-memory setting
4 GB 2 GB
D-2 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Configuring Kernel Parameters on Oracle Solaris
Table D–1 (Cont.) Requirement for Resource Control project.max-shm-memory
RAM
4 GB to 8 GB
Greater than 8 GB
project.max-shm-memory setting
Half the size of the physical memory
8 GB
Checking Shared Memory Resource Controls
Use the prctl
command to make runtime interrogations of and modifications to the resource controls associated with an active process, task, or project on the system.
To view the current value of project.max-shm-memory
set for a project and system-wide, enter the following command:
# prctl -n project.max-shm-memory -i project
default
Where default is the project ID obtained by running the id -p
command.
For example, to change the setting for project.max-shm-memory
to 6 GB for the project default without a system reboot, enter the following command: prctl -n project.max-shm-memory -v 6gb -r -i project
default
See Also:
Administering Oracle Solaris 11 at: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E23824_01/index.html
Displaying and Changing Kernel Parameter Values
Use the following procedure to display the current value specified for resource controls, and to change them if necessary:
1.
To display the current values of the resource control, enter the following commands:
$ id -p // to verify the project id uid=100(oracle) gid=100(dba) projid=1 (group.dba)
$ prctl -n project.max-shm-memory -i project group.dba
$ prctl -n project.max-sem-ids -i project group.dba
2.
If you must change any of the current values, then:
a.
To modify the value of max-shm-memory
to 6 GB:
# prctl -n project.max-shm-memory -v 6gb -r -i project group.dba
b.
To modify the value of max-sem-ids
to 256:
# prctl -n project.max-sem-ids -v 256 -r -i project group.dba
Note:
When you use the prctl
command (Resource Control) to change system parameters, you do not have to restart the system for these parameter changes to take effect. However, the changed parameters do not persist after a system restart.
Use the following procedure to modify the resource control project settings, so that they persist after a system restart:
1.
By default, Oracle instances are run as the oracle
user of the dba
group. A project with the name group.dba is created to serve as the default project for the oracle user. Run the command id
to verify the default project for the oracle
user:
How to Complete Preinstallation Tasks Manually D-3
Configuring Shell Limits for Oracle Solaris
# su - oracle
$ id -p uid=100(oracle) gid=100(dba) projid=100(group.dba)
$ exit
2.
To set the maximum shared memory size to 2 GB, run the projmod
command:
# projmod -sK "project.max-shm-memory=(privileged,2G,deny)" group.dba
3.
Alternatively, add the resource control value project.max-shm-memory=(privileged,2147483648,deny)
to the last field of the project entries for the Oracle project.
After these steps are complete, check the values for the
/etc/project
file using the following command:
# cat /etc/project
The output should be similar to the following: system:0:::: user.root:1:::: noproject:2:::: default:3:::: group.staff:10:::: group.dba:100:Oracle default project ::: project.max-shmmemory=(privileged,2147483648,deny)
4.
To verify that the resource control is active, check process ownership, and run the commands id
and prctl
:
# su - oracle
$ id -p uid=100(oracle) gid=100(dba) projid=100(group.dba)
$ prctl -n project.max-shm-memory -i process $$ process: 5754: -bash
NAME PRIVILEGE VALUE FLAG ACTION RECIPIENT project.max-shm-memory privileged 2.00GB - deny
Note:
The value for the maximum shared memory depends on the
SGA requierments and should be set to a value greater than the SGA size.
For more information, see the Oracle Solaris Tunable Parameters
Reference Manual.
See Also:
■
■
"Guidelines for Setting Semaphore Parameters"
"Using Installation Fixup Scripts"
Configuring Shell Limits for Oracle Solaris
Oracle recommends that you set shell limits and system configuration parameters as described in this section.
D-4 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Setting UDP and TCP Kernel Parameters Manually
Note:
The shell limit values in this section are minimum values only.
For production database systems, Oracle recommends that you tune these values to optimize the performance of the system. See your operating system documentation for more information about configuring shell limits.
The ulimit
settings determine process memory related resource limits. Verify that the shell limits displayed in the following table are set to the values shown:
Shell Limit
STACK
NOFILES
MAXUPRC
or
MAXPROC
Description
Size of the stack segment of the process
Open file descriptors
Maximum user processes
Soft Limit (KB)
at most 10240 at least 1024 at least 2047
Hard Limit (KB)
at most 32768 at least 65536 at least 16384
To display the current value specified for these shell limits enter the following commands: ulimit -s ulimit -n
Setting UDP and TCP Kernel Parameters Manually
If you do not use a Fixup script or CVU to set ephemeral ports, then use NDD to ensure that the kernel TCP/IP ephemeral port range is broad enough to provide enough ephemeral ports for the anticipated server workload. Ensure that the lower range is set to at least 9000 or higher, to avoid Well Known ports, and to avoid ports in the Registered Ports range commonly used by Oracle and other server ports. Set the port range high enough to avoid reserved ports for any applications you may intend to use. If the lower value of the range you have is greater than 9000, and the range is large enough for your anticipated workload, then you can ignore OUI warnings regarding the ephemeral port range.
Use the following command to check your current range for ephemeral ports:
# /usr/sbin/ndd /dev/tcp tcp_smallest_anon_port tcp_largest_anon_port
32768
65535
In the preceding example, tcp_smallest_anon_port
is set to the default range
(32768-65535).
If necessary for your anticipated workload or number of servers, update the UDP and
TCP ephemeral port range to a broader range. For example:
# /usr/sbin/ndd -set /dev/tcp tcp_smallest_anon_port 9000
# /usr/sbin/ndd -set /dev/tcp tcp_largest_anon_port 65500
# /usr/sbin/ndd -set /dev/udp udp_smallest_anon_port 9000
# /usr/sbin/ndd -set /dev/udp udp_largest_anon_port 65500
How to Complete Preinstallation Tasks Manually D-5
Setting UDP and TCP Kernel Parameters Manually
Oracle recommends that you make these settings permanent. Refer to your system administration documentation for information about how to automate this ephemeral port range alteration on system restarts.
See Also:
"Setting TCP Network Protocol Buffer for Direct NFS
Client" on page 6-11 if you use Direct NFS Client
D-6 Oracle Database Installation Guide
E
E
Configuring Networks for Oracle Database
Typically, the computer on which you want to install Oracle Database is connected to the network. The computer has local storage to store the Oracle Database installation.
It also contains a display monitor and DVD drive. This appendix describes how to install Oracle Database on computers that do not meet the typical scenario. It describes the following cases:
■
■
■
Installing on Multihomed Computers
Installing on Computers with Multiple Aliases
Installing on Non-Networked Computers
See Also:
The Certify pages on My Oracle Support for the latest information about supported network protocols and hardware for
Oracle Database: https://support.oracle.com/
Installing on Multihomed Computers
You can install Oracle Database on a multihomed computer. A multihomed computer is associated with multiple IP addresses. This is typically achieved by having multiple network cards on the computer. Each IP address is associated with a host name. In addition, you can set up aliases for the host name. By default, Oracle Universal
Installer uses the
ORACLE_HOSTNAME
environment variable setting to find the host name.
If
ORACLE_HOSTNAME
is not set and you are installing on a computer that has multiple network cards, then Oracle Universal Installer determines the host name from the
/etc/hosts
file.
Clients must be able to access the computer either by using this host name or by using aliases for this host name. To verify, ping the host name from the client computers using the short name (host name only) and the full name (host name and domain name).
Note:
Both tests must be successful.
Setting the ORACLE_HOSTNAME Environment Variable
Use the following procedure to set the
ORACLE_HOSTNAME
environment variable. For example, if the fully qualified host name is somehost.example.com
, then enter one of the following commands:
In Bourne, Bash, or Korn shell:
$ ORACLE_HOSTNAME=somehost.example.com
Configuring Networks for Oracle Database E-1
Installing on Computers with Multiple Aliases
$ export ORACLE_HOSTNAME
In C shell:
% setenv ORACLE_HOSTNAME somehost.example.com
Installing on Computers with Multiple Aliases
A computer with multiple aliases is registered with the naming service under a single
IP but with multiple aliases. The naming service resolves any of those aliases to the same computer. Before installing Oracle Database on such a computer, set the
ORACLE_
HOSTNAME
environment variable to the computer whose host name you want to use.
Installing on Non-Networked Computers
You can install Oracle Database on a non-networked computer. If the computer, such as a laptop, is configured for DHCP and you plan to connect the computer to the network after the Oracle Database installation, then use the ping
command on the computer on which you want to install the database to check if the computer can connect to itself. Perform this step by first using only the host name and then using the fully qualified name, which should be in the
/etc/hosts
file.
Note:
When you run the ping
command on the computer itself, the ping
command should return the IP address of the computer.
If the ping
command fails, then contact your network administrator.
Connecting the Computer to the Network after Installation
If you connect the computer to a network after installation, then the Oracle Database instance on the computer can work with other instances on the network. The computer can use a static IP or DHCP, depending on the network to which you are connected.
E-2 Oracle Database Installation Guide
F
F
Optimal Flexible Architecture
This appendix describes the Optimal Flexible Architecture (OFA) standard. This standard is a set of configuration guidelines created to ensure well organized Oracle installations that are easier to maintain. It includes information about the following topics:
■
■
Overview of the Optimal Flexible Architecture Standard
Implementing Optimal Flexible Architecture
Overview of the Optimal Flexible Architecture Standard
The Optimal Flexible Architecture standard helps you to organize database software and configure databases to allow multiple databases, of different versions, owned by different users to coexist. Optimal Flexible Architecture assists in identification of
ORACLE_BASE
with its Automatic Diagnostic Repository (ADR) diagnostic data to properly collect incidents.
All Oracle components on the installation media are compliant with Optimal Flexible
Architecture. Oracle Universal Installer places Oracle Database components in directory locations, assigning the default permissions that follow Optimal Flexible
Architecture guidelines.
Oracle recommends that you use Optimal Flexible Architecture, especially if the database is huge, or if you plan to have multiple databases.
Advantages of Multiple Oracle Homes and OFA
When you install Oracle database, you are installing a large application that your computer can support. Using multiple Oracle homes and Optimal Flexible
Architecture provides many advantages when administering large databases. The following advantages are important:
■
■
■
■
■
Structured organization of directories and files, and consistent naming for database files simplify database administration.
Distribution of I/O across multiple disks prevents performance bottlenecks caused by multiple read or write commands issued simultaneously to a single drive.
Distribution of applications across multiple disks safeguards against database failures.
Login home directories are not at risk when database administrators add, move, or delete Oracle home directories.
Multiple databases, of different versions, owned by different users can coexist concurrently.
Optimal Flexible Architecture F-1
Implementing Optimal Flexible Architecture
■
Software upgrades can be tested in an Oracle home in a separate directory from the Oracle home where your production database is located.
Implementing Optimal Flexible Architecture
This section describes the naming strategy recommended by the Optimal Flexible
Architecture standard. It contains the following sections:
■
■
■
■
■
■
Separating Segments with Different Requirements
Exploiting the Optimal Flexible Architecture Structure for Oracle Files
Optimal Flexible Architecture File Mapping
File Systems
The following sections describe the conventions for mount points:
■
■
Number of File Systems
To fully implement the Optimal Flexible Architecture recommendations for a database stored on file systems that are not striped or mirrored, you require at least three file systems located on separate physical devices.
Naming Conventions
Name all file system mount points using the syntax
/
pm
, where p is a string constant and m is a unique fixed-length key (typically a two-digit number) used to distinguish each mount point. For example:
/u01
and
/u02
, or
/disk01
and
/disk02
.
Naming Directories
The following sections describe the naming conventions for directories that are compliant with the Optimal Flexible Architecture standard:
■
■
■
■
■
Oracle Base Directory Naming Convention
Naming Mount Points for Very Large Databases (VLDBs)
Oracle Home Directory Naming Convention
Note:
Ensure that the paths you select for Oracle software, such as the Oracle home path and the Oracle base path, use only ASCII characters. Because installation owner names are used by default for some paths, this ASCII character restriction applies to user names, file names, and directory names.
F-2 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Implementing Optimal Flexible Architecture
Oracle Base Directory Naming Convention
The Oracle Base directory is the top level directory that you can use to install the various Oracle software products. You can use the same Oracle base directory for multiple installations. If different operating system users install Oracle software on the same system, then each user must create a separate Oracle base directory.
Name Oracle base directories using the syntax /pm/s/u. Table F–1
describes the variables used in this syntax.
Table F–1 Syntax for Naming Oracle Base Directories
Variable
pm s u
Description
A mount point name
A standard directory name
The name of the owner of the directory (the user running Oracle Universal
Installer)
For example,
/u01/app/oracle
is an Oracle base directory created by the oracle
user and
/u01/app/applmgr
is an Oracle base directory created by the applmgr
user.
Placing Oracle base directories at the same level in the UNIX file system is advantageous because it enables you to refer to the collection of Oracle base directories on different mount points using a single pattern matching string,
/*/app/*
.
Naming Mount Points for Very Large Databases (VLDBs)
If each disk drive contains database files from one application and there are enough drives for each database to prevent I/O bottlenecks, use the syntax /h/q/d for naming mount points.
describes the variables used in this syntax.
Table F–2 Syntax for Naming Mount Points for Very Large Databases
Variable Description
h q d
Oracle base directory
A string denoting that Oracle data is stored in this directory, for example, oradata
The value of the initialization parameter
DB_NAME
(typically the same as the instance
SID
for single-instance databases)
For example, to allocate two drives exclusively for the test
database, name the mount points
/u01/app/oracle/oradata/test
and
/u02/app/oracle/oradata/test
.
Referring to Path Names
Refer to explicit path names only in files designed specifically to store them, such as the password file,
/etc/passwd
, and the Oracle oratab
file. Refer to group memberships only in the
/etc/group
file.
Oracle Home Directory Naming Convention
To help fulfill the Optimal Flexible Architecture requirement of simultaneously running multiple versions of Oracle software, install the software in a directory matching the pattern
/
pm
/
s
/
u
/product/
v
/
type
_[
n
]
.
describes the variables used in this syntax.
Optimal Flexible Architecture F-3
Implementing Optimal Flexible Architecture
Table F–3 Syntax for Naming Oracle Home Directories
Variable Description
pm s u v type n
A mount point name
A standard directory name
The name of the owner of the directory
The version of the software
The type of installation, for example Database ( dbhome_1
), Client ( client
), or
Oracle Grid Infrastructure ( grid
)
An optional counter, which enables you to install the same product more than once in the same Oracle base directory
For example:
/u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/dbhome_1
indicates the Oracle home directory for the first installation of Oracle Database on this system.
The
ORACLE_HOME
environment variable is set to the Oracle home directory.
Naming Subdirectories
To facilitate the organization of administrative data, Oracle recommends that you store database-specific administration files in subdirectories matching the pattern
/
h
/admin/
d
/
a
/
, where h is the Oracle base directory, d is the database name (DB_
NAME), and a is a subdirectory for specific types of database administration files.
describes the database administration file subdirectories.
Table F–4 Subdirectories for Database Administration Files
Subdirectory Description
arch adump create dpdump exp logbook pfile scripts
Archived redo log files
Audit files
(Set the
AUDIT_FILE_DEST
initialization parameter to specify the adump directory)
See Also:
Oracle Database Security Guide
Contains database creation log files and scripts used to create the database
Default directory for data pump operations. Also contains the data pump file dp.log
Database export files
Files recording the status and history of the database
Instance parameter files
Ad hoc SQL scripts
For example,
/u01/app/oracle/admin/orcl/scripts/
is the scripts
subdirectory associated with the database named orcl
.
Oracle Database 11g onwards, Automatic Diagnostic Repository (ADR) directories replace the bdump, cdump, and udump
directories. The ADR diagnostic data goes into the
/h/diag/rdbms/d/i/
directory by default.
where h
is Oracle Base d
is the database name
F-4 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Implementing Optimal Flexible Architecture i
is the instance name.
The ADR home has the trace, alert, and incident sub-directories.
describes the ADR directories.
Table F–5 Locations for Diagnostic Traces
Diagnostic Data 10g Location
Foreground Process traces user_dump_dest
Background Process traces background_dump_dest
Alert Log Data background_dump_dest
Core Dump
Incident Dumps core_dump_dest user_dump_dest dump_dest depending on the process
or background_
11g and 12c Location
ADR_HOME
/trace/
ADR_HOME
/trace/
ADR_HOME
/alert/
ADR_HOME
/cdumps/
ADR_HOME
/incident/
See Also:
"Structure, Contents, and Location of the Automatic
Diagnostic Repository" in Oracle Database Administrator's Guide
Naming Database Files
The following table lists the recommended file naming conventions for database files:
Note:
Oracle Managed Files (OMF) and files stored in Oracle
Automatic Storage Management disk groups use different naming conventions. For more information about these naming conventions, refer to the Oracle Database Administrator's Guide.
File Type
Control files
Redo log files
Data files
File Naming Convention
/
h
/
q
/
d
/control.ctl
/
h
/
q
/
d
/redo
n
.log
/
h
/
q
/
d
/
tn
.dbf
The following table describes this syntax:
t n q d
Variable
h
Description
Oracle base directory
A string (typically oradata
) distinguishing Oracle data from all other files
The value of the
DB_NAME
initialization parameter (typically, the same as the instance
SID
for single-instance databases)
An Oracle tablespace name
A two-digit string
Note:
Do not store files other than control files, redo log files, or data files associated with database d in the path
/
h
/
q
/
d
.
Optimal Flexible Architecture F-5
Implementing Optimal Flexible Architecture
Using this convention, it is easy to determine the database to which the
/u01/app/oracle/oradata/sab/system01.dbf
file belongs.
Separating Segments with Different Requirements
Separate groups of segments with different lifespans, I/O request demands, and backup frequencies across different tablespaces.
describes the special tablespaces that the Database Configuration Assistant creates for each Oracle database. If you manually create a database, you must create the required tablespaces. These tablespaces are in addition to those required for application segments.
See Also:
"Creating and Configuring an Oracle Database" in
Oracle Database Administrator's Guide for information about creating databases manually
Table F–6 Special Tablespaces
Tablespace Required
EXAMPLE
No
SYSAUX
SYSTEM
TEMP
UNDOTBS1
USERS
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Description
The
EXAMPLE
tablespace used to store the Sample
Schemas
Auxiliary tablespace to the
SYSTEM
tablespace
Data dictionary segments
Temporary segments
Used by Oracle to store undo information
Miscellaneous user segments
Creating these special tablespaces is effective because data dictionary segments are never dropped, and no other segments that can be dropped are allowed in the
SYSTEM tablespace.
See Also:
control files
Exploiting the Optimal Flexible Architecture Structure for Oracle Files
Table F–7 describes the syntax used for identifying classes of files.
Table F–7 Directory Structure Syntax for Identifying Classes of Files
Directory Structure Syntax Description
/u[0-9][0-9]
/*/home/*
/*/app/*
/*/app/applmgr
/*/app/oracle/product
/*/app/oracle/product/12.1.0
/*/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/db*
/*/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/grid*
User data directories
User home directories
User application software directories
Oracle applications software subtrees
Oracle software subtrees
Oracle software subtree for release 12c products
Oracle home directories for Oracle Database 12c
Oracle home directory for Oracle Grid
Infrastructure 12c for a standalone server, for user oracle
F-6 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Implementing Optimal Flexible Architecture
Table F–7 (Cont.) Directory Structure Syntax for Identifying Classes of Files
Directory Structure Syntax Description
/*/app/oracle/admin/orcl
/*/app/oracle/admin/orcl/arch/*
/*/app/oracle/oradata
/*/app/oracle/oradata/orcl/*
/*/app/oracle/oradata/orcl/*.log
orcl
database administrative subtrees orcl
database archived log files
Oracle data directories orcl
database files orcl
database redo log files
Optimal Flexible Architecture File Mapping
shows a hierarchical file mapping of a sample Optimal Flexible
Architecture-compliant installation with two Oracle home directories and two databases. The database files are distributed across three mount points,
/u02
,
/u03
, and
/u04
.
Note:
Oracle recommends that you use Oracle ASM to provide greater redundancy and throughput.
Table F–8 Hierarchical File Mapping for an Optimal Flexible Architecture Installation
Directory
/
/u01/
/u01/app/
/u01/app/oracle/
/u01/app/oracle/admin/
/u01/app/oracle/admin/TAR
/u01/app/oracle/admin/
/u01/app/oracle/admin/
/u01/app/oracle/doc/
db_name1 db_name2
/
/
/u01/app/oracle/fast_recovery_area/
/u01/app/oracle/fast_recovery_area/
/u01/app/oracle/fast_recovery_area/
db_name1 db_name2
Description
Root directory
User data mount point 1
Subtree for application software
Oracle Base directory
Subtree for database administration files
Subtree for support log files admin
subtree for db_name1 database admin
subtree for db_name2 database
Online documentation
Subtree for recovery files
Recovery files for db_name1 database
Recovery files for db_name2 database
/u02/app/oracle/oradata
/u03/app/oracle/oradata
/u04/app/oracle/oradata
Oracle data directory
/u01/app/oracle/product/
/u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/dbhome_1
/u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/grid
/u01/app/kjf/
/u01/app/edm/
Distribution files
Oracle home directory for Oracle Database, for user oracle
Oracle home directory for Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server, for user oracle
Oracle base directory for user kjf
Oracle base directory for user edm
Optimal Flexible Architecture F-7
Implementing Optimal Flexible Architecture
shows a hierarchical file mapping for log files of a sample Optimal Flexible
Architecture-compliant installation in the orcl
database.
Table F–9 Hierarchical File Mapping for Log Files in an Optimal Flexible Architecture Installation
Directory
/u01/app/oracle/admin/TAR
/u01/app/oracle/admin/orcl/arch/*
/u01/app/oracle/admin/orcl/create/
/u01/app/oracle/oradata/orcl/*.log
/u01/app/oracle/admin/orcl/dpdump/
/u01/app/oracle/diag
/u01/app/oracle/audit
/u01/app/oracle/cfgtoollogs
Description
Subtree for support log files
Archived log files
Contains the database creation log files
Redo log files
Contains the data pump file dp.log
Contains all database, listener, sqlnet and other diagnostic logs
Contains all audit logs
Contains logs for configuration assistants such as
Oracle Database Configuration Assistant, Database
Upgrade Assistant, and Oracle Net Configuration
Assistant
F-8 Oracle Database Installation Guide
G
G
Managing Oracle Database Port Numbers
During installation, Oracle Universal Installer assigns port numbers to components from a set of default port numbers. This appendix lists the default port numbers and describes how to change the assigned port after installation. It includes information about the following topics:
■
■
■
Viewing Port Numbers and Access URLs
Port Numbers and Protocols of Oracle Components
About Managing Ports
During installation, Oracle Universal Installer assigns port numbers to components from a set of default port numbers. Many Oracle Database components and services use ports. As an administrator, it is important to know the port numbers used by these services, and to ensure that the same port number is not used by two services on your host. Enter the following command to identify the ports currently used on your computer:
$/bin/netstat -a
Most port numbers are assigned during installation. Every component and service has an allotted port range, which is the set of port numbers Oracle Database attempts to use when assigning a port. Oracle Database starts with the lowest number in the range and performs the following checks:
■
■
Is the port used by another Oracle Database installation on the host?
The installation may be up or down at the time; Oracle Database can still detect if the port is used.
Is the port used by a process that is currently running?
This could be any process on the host, even a non-Oracle Database process.
■
Is the port listed in the
/etc/services
file?
If the answer to any of the preceding questions is yes
, Oracle Database moves to the next highest port in the allotted port range and continues checking until it finds a free port.
Viewing Port Numbers and Access URLs
In most cases, the Oracle Database component’s port number is listed in the tool used to configure the port. In addition, ports for some Oracle Database applications are
Managing Oracle Database Port Numbers G-1
Port Numbers and Protocols of Oracle Components listed in the portlist.ini
file. This file is located in the
$ORACLE_HOME/install directory.
If you change a port number, it is not updated in the portlist.ini
file, so you can only rely on this file immediately after installation. To find or change a port number, use the methods described in this appendix.
Port Numbers and Protocols of Oracle Components
The following table lists the port numbers and protocols used by components that are configured during the single instance database installation. By default, the first port in the range is assigned to the component, if it is available.
Table G–1 Ports Used in Oracle Components
Component and Description Default Port Number Port Range Protocol
Oracle Net Services Listener
Enables Oracle client connections to the database over the
Oracle Net Services protocol. You can configure it during installation. To reconfigure this port, use Net
Configuration Assistant.
1521
1630
Port number changes to the next available port.
Modifiable manually to any available port.
1630
TCP
TCP Oracle Connection Manager
Listening port for Oracle client connections to Oracle
Connection Manager. It is not configured during installation, but can be configured manually by editing the cman.ora
parameter file. You can find the file under
/network/admin
directory.
Oracle XML DB
The Oracle XML DB HTTP port is used if web-based applications must access an Oracle database from an
HTTP listener. You must configure this port manually.
See Also
: "Using HTTP(S) on a Standard Port Instead of an Oracle XML DB Default Port" in Oracle XML DB
Developer's Guide
Oracle XML DB
The Oracle XML DB FTP is used when applications must access an Oracle database from an FTP listener. You must configure this port manually.
See Also
: "Using FTP on the Standard Port Instead of the
Oracle XML DB Default Port" in Oracle XML DB
Developer's Guide
Cluster Synchronization Service (CSS)
CSS daemon internode connection for the GM layer. The port number is assigned automatically. You cannot view or modify it.
Oracle Cluster Registry
The port number is assigned automatically during installation. You cannot view or modify it afterward.
0
0
42424
Dynamic
Configured
Manually
Configured
Manually
Dynamic
Dynamic
HTTP
FTP
UDP
UDP
G-2 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Port Numbers and Protocols of Oracle Components
See Also:
■
■
Oracle Enterprise Manager Cloud Control Advanced Installation and
Configuration Guide for information on Oracle Management Agent ports
Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and
UNIX for a list of clusterware ports used in Oracle components
Managing Oracle Database Port Numbers G-3
Port Numbers and Protocols of Oracle Components
G-4 Oracle Database Installation Guide
H
H
Configuring Oracle Database Globalization
Support
This appendix describes the following Globalization Support topics:
■
Installing and Using Oracle Components in Different Languages
■
Running Oracle Universal Installer in Different Languages
See Also:
Oracle Database Globalization Support Guide for an overview of globalization support for Oracle Database
Installing and Using Oracle Components in Different Languages
This section describes the following procedures:
■
■
Configuring Oracle Components to Run in Different Languages
Installing Translation Resources
Configuring Oracle Components to Run in Different Languages
You can specify the language and the territory, or locale, in which you want to use
Oracle components. The locale setting of a component determines the language of the user interface of the component and the globalization behavior, such as date and number formatting. Depending on the Oracle component, the locale of the component is either inherited from the operating system session that started the component, or is defined by the
NLS_LANG environment variable.
The operating system locale usually influences Oracle components that are based on
Java technology. The
NLS_LANG
environment variable usually influences Oracle components that use Oracle Client libraries such as OCI.
Note:
The user interface of an Oracle component is displayed in a selected language only if the appropriate translation is available and has been installed. Else, the user interface is displayed in English.
This section describes the following procedures:
■
■
Determining the Operating System Locale by Using the LANG Environment
Configuring Locale and Character Sets Using NLS_LANG
Configuring Oracle Database Globalization Support H-1
Installing and Using Oracle Components in Different Languages
Determining the Operating System Locale by Using the LANG Environment Variable
The locale setting of your operating system session determines the language of the user interface and the globalization behavior for components such as Oracle Universal
Installer, Oracle Net Configuration Assistant, and Oracle Database Configuration
Assistant. It also determines the globalization behavior of Oracle Database sessions created by a user application through Oracle JDBC driver, unless overridden by the application.
The operating system locale is determined by the value of the
LANG
environment variable. Depending on your desktop environment, such as KDE, GNOME, or telnet, you can select a default session locale on a login screen, in a configuration panel, or in a configuration file.
Note:
Refer to the operating system documentation on how to select a locale for the operating system session in your desktop environment.
You can modify the
LANG
variable in the environment of your shell to start an Oracle component in a selected language. For example, to start Oracle Database
Configuration Assistant in German, enter one of the following commands:
■
Bourne shell (sh), or Korn shell (ksh), or Bash shell (bash):
$ LANG=de_DE.iso88591 dbca
■
C shell (csh):
% (setenv LANG de_DE.iso88591; dbca)
Note:
The
LC_ALL
environment variable overrides the value of the
LANG environment variable. For the commands listed in this section to work, either ensure that the
LC_ALL
environment variable is not set in the environment, or substitute
LC_ALL
for
LANG
.
To modify the operating system locale for all Oracle components started by the given shell, modify the
LANG
variable using one of the following commands:
■
Bourne shell (sh), or Korn shell (ksh), or Bash shell (bash):
$ LANG=de_DE.iso88591; export LANG
$ ...
■
C shell (csh):
% setenv LANG de_DE.iso88591
$ ...
The value of the
LANG
environment variable must be a valid operating system locale.
To see the list of valid locales, enter the following command:
$ locale -a
Note:
Refer to the operating system documentation for a mapping between values of the
LANG
environment variable and the languages and territories that they represent.
H-2 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Installing and Using Oracle Components in Different Languages
Configuring Locale and Character Sets Using NLS_LANG
The
NLS_LANG
environment variable determines the language of the user interface and the globalization behavior for components such as SQL*Plus, exp, and imp. It sets the language and territory used by the client application and the database user session. It also declares the character set for entering and displaying data by the client application.
The
NLS_LANG
environment variable uses the following format:
NLS_LANG=
language_territory
.
characterset
In this format:
■
language
specifies the language used for displaying Oracle messages, sorting, day names, and month names
■
■
territory
specifies the conventions for default date, monetary, and numeric formats
characterset
specifies the encoding used by the client application
In most cases, this is the Oracle character set that corresponds to the character set of the user terminal or the operating system.
The
NLS_LANG
environment variable is set as a local environment variable for the shell on all UNIX-based platforms. For example, if the operating system locale setting is en_
US.UTF-8
, then the corresponding value of
NLS_LANG
environment variable is
AMERICAN_AMERICA.AL32UTF8
.
See Also:
"Setting Up a Globalization Support Environment" in
Oracle Database Globalization Support Guide for information about the
NLS_LANG
parameter and Globalization Support initialization parameters
The following examples illustrate some valid values for the
NLS_LANG
environment variable.
Note:
Refer to the operating system documentation on how to determine the operating system locale environment setting.
Operating System Locale
French (France)
Japanese (Japan)
NLS_LANG
Values
FRENCH_FRANCE.WE8ISO8859P15
FRENCH_FRANCE.WE8ISO8859P1
FRENCH_FRANCE.WE8MSWIN1252
FRENCH_FRANCE.AL32UTF8
JAPANESE_JAPAN.JA16EUC
JAPANESE_JAPAN.JA16SJIS
JAPANESE_JAPAN.AL32UTF8
Installing Translation Resources
To view the user interface of Oracle components in different languages, you must install the appropriate language translations along with the component.
Configuring Oracle Database Globalization Support H-3
Running Oracle Universal Installer in Different Languages
Note:
Part of Oracle Database Vault user interface text is stored in database tables in the DVSYS schema. By default, only the English language is loaded into these tables. You can use Oracle Database
Vault Configuration Assistant to add more languages to Oracle
Database Vault. For the necessary steps, refer to "Adding Languages to Oracle Database Vault" in Oracle Database Vault Administrator's
Guide.
To install the translation resources:
1.
Start Oracle Universal Installer.
2.
3.
In the Configure Security Updates screen enter the relevant information and click
Next.
In the Download Software Updates and Apply Software Updates screens, enter the relevant information and click Next.
4.
5.
6.
7.
In the Select Installation Option screen, select the installation option and click
Next.
In the System Class screen, select the type of system class for installing the database, and click Next.
In the Grid Installation Options screen, select the type of database installation you want to perform, and click Next.
In the Select Product Languages screen, select the language in which you want to use Oracle components from the Available Languages field.
Note:
The Available Languages field lists all languages supported by
Oracle globalization libraries. The set of languages for which a translation is actually available is usually smaller and depends on a particular component. The scope of translation for a given component may differ between languages. For example, some translations may include all user interface text, while others may include only error messages and no help files.
8.
Use the > arrow to move the selected language to the Selected Languages field, and then click Next.
Note:
Oracle Universal Installer ignores languages in the Selected
Languages field for which no translation is available.
Running Oracle Universal Installer in Different Languages
Your operating system locale determines the language in which Oracle Universal
Installer runs. Oracle Universal Installer may run in one of the following languages:
■
■
■
■
Brazilian Portuguese (pt_BR)
French (fr)
German (de)
Italian (it)
H-4 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Running Oracle Universal Installer in Different Languages
■
■
■
■
Japanese (ja)
Korean (ko)
Simplified Chinese (zh_CN)
Spanish (es)
■
Traditional Chinese (zh_TW)
To run Oracle Universal Installer in an available language, change the locale in which your operating system session is running before you start Oracle Universal Installer with the .
/runInstaller
command. If the selected language is not one of those that were listed earlier, then Oracle Universal Installer runs in English.
You must ensure that the selected value for the
LANG
environment variable starts with the appropriate language abbreviation. In the aforementioned list of languages, in which Oracle Universal Installer can run, the required abbreviation appears in parentheses beside the language name. For example, fr_FR and fr_CA are valid values to run the Oracle Universal Installer in French.
Configuring Oracle Database Globalization Support H-5
Running Oracle Universal Installer in Different Languages
H-6 Oracle Database Installation Guide
I
Troubleshooting
I
This appendix contains information about troubleshooting. It includes information about the following topics:
■
■
■
■
■
■
Remote Terminal Installation Error
What to Do If an Installation Error Occurs?
Reviewing the Log of an Installation Session
Troubleshooting and Deconfiguring Oracle Restart
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
Troubleshooting Host Name Changes and CSS
Troubleshooting Configuration Assistants
Troubleshooting Inventory Issues
Troubleshooting Screen Display Issues
Silent-Mode Response File Error Handling
Cleaning Up After a Failed Installation
Continuing Installations or Upgrades After Server Restarts
See Also:
Chapter 6, "Troubleshooting Oracle Configuration
Manager" in Oracle Configuration Manager Installation and
Administration Guide for information about some errors that may occur while using Oracle Configuration Manager and tips to troubleshoot these errors
Verify Requirements
Before performing any of the troubleshooting steps in this appendix, ensure that the system meets the requirements and that you have completed all of the preinstallation
.
Read the Release Notes
Read the release notes for the product before installing it. The latest version of the release notes is available on the Oracle Technology Network website: http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/indexes/documentation/index.html
Troubleshooting I-1
X Window Display Errors
X Window Display Errors
If you run Oracle Universal Installer on a remote system and you want to display
Oracle Universal Installer’s user interface on your local system, you might see error messages similar to the following:
"Failed to connect to server"
"Connection refused by server"
"Can’t open display"
If you see any of these error messages, follow these steps:
Note:
This procedure applies only to users of UNIX workstations.
If you are using a PC or other system with X server software installed, contact your X server vendor, system administrator, or refer to the X server documentation for information about how to permit remote systems to display X applications on the local system.
1.
2.
In a local terminal window, log in as the user that started the X Window session.
Enter the following command:
$ xhost
fully_qualified_remote_host_name
For example:
$ xhost somehost.example.com
3.
Enter the following commands, where workstation_name is the host name or IP address of your workstation:
■
Bourne, Bash, or Korn shell:
$ DISPLAY=
workstation_name
:0.0
$ export DISPLAY
■
C shell:
% setenv DISPLAY
workstation_name
:0.0
4.
To determine if an X Window application displays correctly on the local system, enter the following command:
$ xclock
5.
The X clock should appear on your monitor.
If the X clock appears, close the X clock and start Oracle Universal Installer again.
See Also:
PC-X Server or operating system vendor documents for further assistance
Remote Terminal Installation Error
If you run the installation from a remote terminal, or if you use an su
command to change users you might receive an error similar to the following:
Could not execute auto check for display colors using command
/usr/X11R6/bin/xdpyinfo
I-2 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Reviewing the Log of an Installation Session
This can occur if the
DISPLAY
variable is not set, or the user running the installation is not authorized to open an X window. For instance, if you use an su
command to change from a user that is authorized to open an X window to a user account that is not authorized to open an X window on the display, such as a lower-privileged user opening windows on the root
user's console display.
To troubleshoot this issue, run the command echo $DISPLAY
to ensure that the display variable is set to the correct visual or to the correct host. If the display variable is set correctly then either ensure that you are logged in as the user authorized to open an X window, or run the command xhost +
to allow any user to open an X window.
What to Do If an Installation Error Occurs?
If you encounter an error during installation:
■
■
■
Do not exit Oracle Universal Installer.
If you click Next after you enter incorrect information on one of the installation screens, click Back to return to the screen and correct the information.
If you encounter errors while Oracle Universal Installer is copying or linking files, then review the installation logs for more information.
For copy file errors review:
/u01/app/oraInventory/logs/
timestamp for date of install
.log
/u01/app/oraInventory/logs/
timestamp for date of install
.err
/u01/app/oraInventory/logs/
timestamp for date of install
.out
■
■
For errors during linking review:
$ORACLE_HOME/install/make.log
If you encounter errors when you run the Oracle Universal Installer, then rerun the
Oracle Universal Installer with the
-debug
option:
$./runInstaller -debug
Check the log file for details. Refer to "Reviewing the Log of an Installation
If you encounter an error while a configuration assistant is running, refer to
"Troubleshooting Configuration Assistants" section on page I-5.
If you cannot resolve the problem, remove the failed installation by following the steps listed in the
"Cleaning Up After a Failed Installation" section on page I-7.
Reviewing the Log of an Installation Session
During an installation, Oracle Universal Installer records all of the actions that it performs in a log file. If you encounter problems during the installation, review the log file for information about possible causes of the problem.
To view the log file, follow these steps:
1.
If necessary, enter the following command to determine the location of the oraInventory
directory:
$ cat /var/opt/oracle/oraInst.loc
The inventory_loc
parameter in this file specifies the location of the oraInventory
directory.
Troubleshooting I-3
Troubleshooting and Deconfiguring Oracle Restart
2.
Enter the following command to change directory to Oracle Universal Installer log file directory, where orainventory_location is the location of the oraInventory directory:
$ cd /
orainventory_location
/logs
3.
Enter the following command to determine the name of the log file:
$ ls -ltr
Run these commands to list the files in the order of creation, with the most recent file shown last. Installer log files have names similar to the following, where date_
time
indicates the date and the time when the installation started: installActions
date_time
.log
oraInstall
date_time
.err
oraInstall
date_time
.out
4.
To view the most recent entries in the log file, where information about a problem is most likely to appear, enter a command similar to the following:
$ tail -50 installActions
date_time
.log | more
5.
This command displays the last 50 lines in the log file.
If the error displayed by Oracle Universal Installer or listed in the log file indicates a relinking problem, refer to the following file for more information:
$ORACLE_HOME/install/make.log
Troubleshooting and Deconfiguring Oracle Restart
Running the roothas.pl command flags
-deconfig -force
enables you to deconfigure Oracle Restart without removing installed binaries. This feature is useful if you encounter an error during an Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server installation, when running the root.sh
command, such as a missing operating system package. By running roothas.pl -deconfig -force
you can deconfigure Oracle
Restart, correct the cause of the error, and then run root.sh
again.
Note:
Stop any databases, services, and listeners that may be installed and running before deconfiguring Oracle Restart.
To deconfigure Oracle Restart:
1.
Log in as the root
user.
2.
Go to the
Grid_home/crs/install
directory. For example:
# cd /u01/app/12.1.0/grid/crs/install
3.
Run roothas.pl
with the
-deconfig -force
flags. For example:
# roothas.pl -deconfig -force
I-4 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Troubleshooting Configuration Assistants
Troubleshooting Host Name Changes and CSS
If you change the host name for Oracle Automatic Storage Management (Oracle ASM), then the Oracle CSS daemon does not start. To solve this issue, perform the following steps:
1.
2.
Login as the root
user
Run roothas.pl
to to deconfigure CSS:
# cd /u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/grid/crs/install
# perl roothas.pl -deconfig -force
3.
This removes any configuration on the system that referenced the old host name.
Run root.sh
to reconfigure CSS using the new host name:
# cd /u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/grid
# ./root.sh
4.
Go to the grid home’s bin
directory. Use the srvctl add database
command with the
-c SINGLE
flag to add the database in an Oracle Restart configuration. Also use the srvctl add command to add the listener, the Oracle ASM instance, all Oracle
ASM disk groups, and any database services to the Oracle Restart configuration.
See Also:
Oracle Database Administrator's Guide
Troubleshooting Configuration Assistants
To troubleshoot an installation error that occurs when a configuration assistant is running:
■
■
■
Review the installation log files listed in the "Reviewing the Log of an Installation
Review the specific configuration assistant log file located in the
$ORACLE_
HOME/cfgtoollogs
directory. Try to fix the issue that caused the error.
If you see the "Fatal Error. Reinstall" message, look for the cause of the problem by
reviewing the log files. Refer to "Irrecoverable Errors" on page I-6 for further
instructions.
Configuration Assistant Failure
Oracle configuration assistant failures are noted at the bottom of the installation screen. The configuration assistant interface displays additional information, if available. The configuration assistant execution status is stored in the following file:
oraInventory_location
/logs/installActions
date_time
.log
The execution status codes are listed in the following table:
Status
Configuration assistant succeeded
Configuration assistant failed
Configuration assistant canceled
Result Code
0
1
-1
Troubleshooting I-5
Troubleshooting Inventory Issues
Irrecoverable Errors
If you receive an irrecoverable error while a configuration assistant is running, you must remove the current installation and reinstall the Oracle software, as follows:
1.
2.
3.
Remove the failed installation as described in the
Installation" section on page I-7.
Correct the cause of the irrecoverable error.
Reinstall the Oracle software.
Troubleshooting Inventory Issues
If you face any of the following situations for Oracle home, then run the opatch lsinventory -detail
command to list the contents of the inventory and see section
"Recovering from inventory corruption" in the Oracle Universal Installer and OPatch
User's Guide for Windows and UNIX for information about fixing the issue.
■
■
■
Oracle home is cloned without completing the inventory steps.
There is bad inventory.
Inventory is not available but it is created when the Oracle Enterprise Manager
Agent is installed in a separate Oracle home.
Troubleshooting Screen Display Issues
If you connect to Oracle database with a screen resolution of 640X480 or 800X600, then the Next button in the GUI is not visible as it hides behind the Taskbar. To fix this problem, perform one of the following:
■
■
■
Hide the Taskbar.
Move the Oracle Universal Installer screen up.
Set the screen resolution to 1024X768 or higher.
Silent-Mode Response File Error Handling
To determine if a silent-mode installation succeeds or fails, refer to the following log file:
/
oraInventory_location
/logs/silentInstall
date_time
.log
If necessary, refer to the previous section for information about determining the location of the oraInventory
directory.
A silent installation fails if:
■
You do not specify a response file
■
■
You specify an incorrect or incomplete response file
Oracle Universal Installer encounters an error, such as insufficient disk space
Oracle Universal Installer or configuration assistant validates the response file at runtime. If the validation fails, the silent-mode installation or configuration process ends.
I-6 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Continuing Installations or Upgrades After Server Restarts
Cleaning Up After a Failed Installation
If an installation fails, you must remove files that Oracle Universal Installer created during the attempted installation using the Deinstallation Tool.
For more information about how to run the Deinstallation Tool see Chapter 8,
"Removing Oracle Database Software" and
"Troubleshooting and Deconfiguring
Continuing Installations or Upgrades After Server Restarts
During an Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server installation or upgrade, the server might require a restart and you may see errors similar to the following:
ACFS-9427 Failed to unload ADVM/ACFS drivers. A system reboot is recommended
ACFS-9428 Failed to load ADVM/ACFS drivers. A system reboot is recommended
The workaround is to perform the following steps:
1.
Restart the computer.
2.
Log in as root
, and run the orainstRoot.sh
script. For example:
$ sudo -s
# cd /u01/app/oraInventory
# ./orainstRoot.sh
3.
Change directory to the Grid home and run the root.sh
script. For example:
# cd /u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/grid
# ./root.sh
4.
5.
Configure a response file, and provide passwords for the installation. See
"Postinstallation Configuration Using a Response File" on page A-9 for
information about how to create the response file.
To complete the upgrade or installation, log in as the software installation owner and run the configToolAllCommands
script, located in the path
$ORACLE_
HOME/cfgtoollogs/configToolAllCommands
, specifying the response file that you created. For example, where the response file is gridinstall.rsp
:
$ cd $ORACLE_HOME/cfgtoollogs/configToolAllCommands
$ ./configToolAllCommands RESPONSE_FILE=gridinstall.rsp
Troubleshooting I-7
Continuing Installations or Upgrades After Server Restarts
I-8 Oracle Database Installation Guide
J
J
Frequently Asked Questions About
Installation
Use the following guidelines to decide how to install Oracle Database components:
■
■
■
■
Installing Oracle Database Tools
Installing Oracle Database with Oracle Applications
Installing Oracle Database Heterogeneous Connectivity Tools (Gateways)
Note:
Some Oracle Database components may not be available on all platforms. Consult your platform-specific installation guide or release notes.
Installing Oracle Database
The following are frequently asked questions about installing Oracle database:
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
What’s the best way to install multiple Oracle databases?
How do I configure client connections to an Oracle database?
What is the best way to install Oracle Client if my client nodes have limited disk space?
How do I upgrade Oracle Database?
How do I migrate my non-Oracle databases to Oracle Database?
I only need one instance of Oracle Database or I just want to install a test database to get familiar with the product. How do I install Oracle Database for these situations?
■
If you want a quick installation using the default installation settings, then refer to the platform-specific Oracle Database Quick Installation Guide.
Frequently Asked Questions About Installation J-1
Installing Oracle Database
■
If your site has special requirements, then refer to this guide for more information.
How can I create an Oracle database that can handle transaction-heavy or data warehousing applications?
If you want to create a starter database designed for transaction-heavy or data warehousing applications, then refer to this guide for more details. Select the
Advanced Installation
method, and then select the database type you want on the
Select Database Configuration screen.
See Also:
Oracle Database Data Warehousing Guide after installation
Alternatively, you can install Oracle OLAP during the Oracle Database installation.
Oracle OLAP provides optimal support for database environments that must meet
OLAP requirements. To do so, in the Select Database Edition screen, select Enterprise
Edition
. Click the Select Options button, and from the Choose Components screen, select Oracle OLAP.
See Also:
■
■
■
Oracle OLAP User's Guide
Oracle OLAP DML Reference
Oracle OLAP Java API Reference
What’s the best way to install multiple Oracle databases?
Use this guide to install Oracle Database using either of the following methods:
■
■
Installing with response files
: This method lets you run Oracle Universal Installer at a command line using a response file that contains settings specific to each computer.
Cloning a Database
: Install Oracle Database on one computer using interactive mode. You can also clone databases. Instructions for cloning databases are described in Oracle Database Administrator's Guide.
How do I configure client connections to an Oracle database?
1.
Install Oracle Database on a server by using this guide for more information.
2.
Use Oracle Database Client Installation Guide to install Oracle Client on each client node, and select the Instant Client installation type.
If you have many client nodes, consider staging the software centrally, mapping the drive, and running Oracle Universal Installer in the silent or response file mode.
If the client nodes only require a default installation into a new Oracle home directory, consider using this guide for more information.
What is the best way to install Oracle Client if my client nodes have limited disk space?
1.
Install Oracle Database onto a server by using this guide for more details.
2.
Use Oracle Database Client Installation Guide to install Oracle Client on each client node, and select the Instant Client installation type.
If you have many client nodes, then consider running Oracle Universal Installer in silent or response file mode.
J-2 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Installing Oracle Database Tools
How do I upgrade Oracle Database?
Refer to Oracle Database Upgrade Guide.
See Also:
Oracle Database Administrator's Guide to use software cloning to upgrade Oracle Database
The computers at my site have been configured to run as a cluster. How should I install Oracle Database?
Use any of the following installation scenarios:
■
■
■
If you want to run a single-instance Oracle Database in a clustered environment, then install Oracle Grid Infrastructure either before or after you install Oracle
Database.
If you want a consolidated pool of storage for all databases in a cluster, then install
Oracle Grid Infrastructure, and use Oracle Automatic Storage Management
(Oracle ASM) to manage this storage. Afterward, install Oracle Database (which can be either a single instance database or Real Application Clusters).
If you plan to use Oracle Real Application Clusters, install Oracle Grid
Infrastructure, and then install Oracle Real Application Clusters.
Refer to Oracle Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide and Oracle Real Application Clusters
Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX for your platform to install Oracle Grid
Infrastructure and Oracle Real Application Clusters. Oracle Clusterware is installed in an Oracle Grid Infrastructure installation. You must install Oracle Real Application
Clusters on an Oracle Clusterware cluster.
Oracle Clusterware is a key component required by Oracle Real Application Clusters installations. Oracle Clusterware is an integrated cluster management solution that can bind multiple servers to act as a single system. This is referred to as a cluster. It performs workload management and component restart. For example, when an instance supporting a particular service fails, Oracle Clusterware restarts the service on the next available instance that you have configured for that service. Oracle
Clusterware can monitor non-Oracle programs, if they are defined within the Oracle
Clusterware environment using the High Availability API.
How do I migrate my non-Oracle databases to Oracle Database?
Use Oracle SQL Developer to migrate your non-Oracle databases and applications to
Oracle. Oracle SQL Developer software and documentation is available at: http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/developer-tools/sql-developer/overview/i ndex.html
Installing Oracle Database Tools
The following are frequently asked questions about installing Oracle database tools:
■
■
■
■
■
How do I install Oracle WebLogic Server?
How can I administer and monitor my Oracle Database products?
How do I manage security for my Oracle Database products?
How do I use Oracle Database to manage my XML data?
Frequently Asked Questions About Installation J-3
Installing Oracle Database Tools
■
■
■
■
How do I perform backup and recovery operations for Oracle Database?
Is Oracle Workflow included with Oracle Database?
Is there a migration plan for customers that have built solutions using Oracle
How do I install Oracle WebLogic Server?
Refer to Oracle Fusion Middleware Installation Guide for Oracle WebLogic Server.
For more information on Oracle WebLogic Server refer to the product documentation at: http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/middleware/weblogic/documentation/index.
html
How can I administer and monitor my Oracle Database products?
To perform regular administrative functions such as creating, configuring, or deleting databases, or managing database templates, use one of the following methods:
To manage only the single database and listener that you are installing:
1.
Use this guide to install Oracle Database.
2.
From Oracle Database, use Database Configuration Assistant to manage your databases.
You can also administer and monitor the database with Oracle Enterprise Manager
Cloud Control.
Oracle Enterprise Manager Cloud Control includes the Oracle Management
Agent, Oracle Management Service, and Oracle Management Repository, and also
Cloud Control, a browser-based central console through which administrators can perform all monitoring, administration, and configuration tasks for the enterprise.
See Also:
Oracle Enterprise Manager Cloud Control Advanced
Installation and Configuration Guide and Oracle Enterprise Manager Cloud
Control Basic Installation Guide available on the Oracle Technology
Network website at: http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/indexes/documentation/inde x.html
To perform advanced administration tasks, such as monitoring Oracle Database and managing multiple hosts, application servers, and databases including the one that you are installing, install Oracle Enterprise Manager as follows:
1.
Use this guide to install Oracle Database.
2.
If you plan to use Oracle Real Application Clusters, then install Oracle Database by using the platform-specific Oracle Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide and
Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX.
Use Oracle Enterprise Manager Cloud Control Advanced Installation and Configuration
Guide to install and configure Oracle Enterprise Manager. For postconfiguration tasks, use Oracle Enterprise Manager Cloud Control Administrator's Guide. Refer to documentation available on the Oracle Technology Network website at: http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/indexes/documentation/index.html
J-4 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Installing Oracle Database Tools
How do I manage security for my Oracle Database products?
Oracle provides a wide range of security solutions for your enterprise environment, including centralized administration and security features integrated with Oracle
Internet Directory. The set of Oracle security services called Oracle Platform Security
Services (OPSS) integrates the security features built into Oracle Database, Oracle
WebLogic Server, and the Oracle Identity Management infrastructure. Combined, these features enable the development and deployment of secure e-business applications.
Oracle Identity Management includes Oracle Internet Directory, a centralized repository that simplifies administration of users and applications in the Oracle environment with the following components:
■
Oracle Internet Directory client tools, including LDAP command-line tools, the
Oracle Internet Directory SDK, and Oracle Directory Manager.
■
Oracle Internet Directory server components, including the directory server, the directory replication server, the directory integration server, and various tools for starting and stopping them.
Oracle Database includes the Oracle Internet Directory client tools, but not the Oracle
Internet Directory server components. To install the Oracle Internet Directory server components, see Oracle Fusion Middleware Installation Guide for Oracle Identity and Access
Management and the Oracle Identity Management documentation at: http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/middleware/id-mgmt/overview/index.html
See Also:
■
■
■
■
Oracle Database Security Guide
Oracle Database Enterprise User Security Administrator's Guide
Oracle Label Security Administrator's Guide
Oracle Technology Network topics on database security: http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/topics/security/whatsne w/index.html
How do I use Oracle Database to manage my XML data?
Use Oracle XML DB, which is installed as part of Oracle Database. Oracle XML DB enables you to efficiently store, generate, retrieve, query, and manage XML data on your site. Oracle XML DB provides all the advantages of a relational database, for example, allowing you to control the referential integrity of XML data with constraints and triggers. It works well with large amounts of XML data by storing it in a parsed, relational form, which improves access performance.
Oracle XML DB supports XML Type, which is a native data type for XML data, for which you can choose various storage options depending on your needs. In addition,
Oracle XML DB supports XML Schema processing, structured and unstructured storage, a content repository that you can access by using common protocols (FTP,
HTTP(S), and WebDAV), and SQL/XML, which is a standard for SQL with XML. For
Oracle Database 11g Release 1 (11.1), Oracle XML DB introduced support for the
XQuery language for querying, transforming, and constructing XML; the ability for users to define their own metadata for schema-based XML; a set of new SQL functions for DML operations on XML data; and more.
Frequently Asked Questions About Installation J-5
Installing Oracle Database Tools
You can use Oracle XML DB with Oracle XML Developer’s Kit (XDK) to build applications that run on either Oracle Database or Oracle WebLogic Server.
See Also:
■
■
Oracle XML DB Developer's Guide
Oracle XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide
Does Oracle Database provide OLAP tools so that I can analyze data such as trends and time series in my database?
Yes, install Oracle OLAP, which is provided in the Oracle Database installation. Oracle
OLAP provides optimal support for database environments that must meet OLAP requirements.
Use either of the following methods in Oracle Database Installation Guide to install
Oracle OLAP:
■
When you run Oracle Universal Installer, in the Select Database Edition screen, select Enterprise Edition. Click the Select Options button, and from the Choose
Components screen, select Oracle OLAP.
See Also:
■
■
■
Oracle OLAP User's Guide
Oracle OLAP DML Reference
Oracle OLAP Java API Reference
■
Select the Enterprise Edition installation type, and then on the Select Database
Configuration screen, select the Data Warehouse configuration.
See Also:
Oracle Database Data Warehousing Guide after installation
Does Oracle Database provide data mining tools that I can use to discover hidden meaning in my data and predict likely outcomes based on my data?
Yes, you must have an Enterprise Edition licence for the database installation. Install
Oracle Data Mining, which is provided in the Oracle Database installation. With the
Oracle Data Mining option, you can create and execute predictive and descriptive data mining models that use a variety of algorithms.
Use the following method in this guide to install Oracle Data Mining:
1.
When you run Oracle Universal Installer, select the Enterprise Edition installation type.
2.
In the Select Database Configuration screen, select the General
Purpose/Transaction Processing
configuration.
See Also:
The following manuals after you have installed Oracle
Data Mining:
■
■
■
Oracle Data Mining Concepts
Oracle Data Mining User's Guide
Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference (search for
Data Mining)
J-6 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Installing Oracle Database with Oracle Applications
How do I perform backup and recovery operations for Oracle Database?
Use Oracle Database Recovery Manager (RMAN), which is a backup and recovery tool integrated into Oracle Database. This tool satisfies the pressing demands of high-performance, manageable backup, and recovery. Recovery Manager is native to the database server, automatically tracks database structure changes, and optimizes operations accordingly. In addition, Recovery Manager is integrated with leading tape media management products, so that Oracle database backups can be integrated with your existing networked data protection infrastructure.
See Also:
■
■
Oracle Database Backup and Recovery User's Guide
Oracle Database Backup and Recovery Reference
Is Oracle Workflow included with Oracle Database?
Starting with Oracle Database 11g, Oracle Workflow is no longer released with the database. Oracle Workflow is available with the Oracle E-Business Suite releases.
See Also:
Oracle Workflow statement of direction: http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/middleware/ias/overview/in dex.html
Is there a migration plan for customers that have built solutions using Oracle
Workflow?
Starting January 2006, customers are encouraged to re-create and implement workflows using Oracle SOA Suite. Refer to the following technical migration guide for detailed recommendations about migrating Oracle Workflow processes to Oracle
SOA Suite (formerly known as Oracle BPEL Process Manager): http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/middleware/ias/owf2bpel-132189.pdf
See Also:
Oracle Workflow statement of direction: http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/middleware/ias/workflow-so d-089843.html
Installing Oracle Database with Oracle Applications
The following are frequently asked questions about installing Oracle database with
Oracle applications:
■
■
■
■
How do I install my Oracle applications with Oracle Database?
How can I create web applications that communicate with Oracle Database?
Which web server can my Oracle applications use?
How can I migrate my non-Oracle applications to Oracle?
How do I install my Oracle applications with Oracle Database?
In most cases, install Oracle Database itself, then install the Oracle application. The
Oracle Universal Installer for that application prompts you for the connection information. Check the application documentation requirements.
If you must implement your applications with Oracle Real Applications Clusters databases, refer to Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX and Oracle Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for more information.
Frequently Asked Questions About Installation J-7
Installing Oracle Database Heterogeneous Connectivity Tools (Gateways)
How can I create web applications that communicate with Oracle Database?
Install Oracle Application Express and a web server.
Use this guide to install Oracle Database. Oracle Application Express is automatically installed, when you install Oracle database.
See Also:
Oracle Application Express Installation Guide
Which web server can my Oracle applications use?
Install Oracle HTTP Server, which ships on separate media, or use the XML DB HTTP
Protocol Server and the embedded PL/SQL Gateway that installs with Oracle
Database 12c.
How can I migrate my non-Oracle applications to Oracle?
Use Oracle SQL Developer to migrate your non-Oracle applications to Oracle. Oracle
SQL Developer software and documentation is available at: http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/developer-tools/sql-developer/overview/i ndex.html
Installing Oracle Database Heterogeneous Connectivity Tools (Gateways)
The following section discusses the Gateway products:
How can my Oracle applications access data in a non-Oracle database system?
How can my Oracle applications access data in a non-Oracle database system?
You can use Oracle Database Gateway as the connectivity tool to enable Oracle applications to access data in non-Oracle databases. The following are the functions of
Oracle Database Gateway:
■
■
Integrates a non-Oracle database into your Oracle Database environment.
Enables Oracle PL/SQL applications to integrate with APPC-enabled transactions, or access messages in IBM Websphere MQ.
You can install the Gateway product on a computer independent of the Oracle application, Oracle database, and non-Oracle database.
For example, suppose you have the following scenario:
■
Oracle Database is installed on an UNIX computer.
■
■
The Oracle application is installed on a Microsoft Windows computer and accesses data from the Oracle database on the UNIX computer.
The Oracle application must join data in a DB2 database on Oracle Solaris and an
Oracle Database on UNIX.
You have the option of installing the Database Gateway for DRDA on the Oracle
Solaris computer where DB2 is running, on UNIX where Oracle is running, or on a third computer.
Table J–1 lists the non-Oracle database systems that you can access from Oracle
applications, and the Gateways products that are available for those systems.
J-8 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Installing Oracle Database Heterogeneous Connectivity Tools (Gateways)
Table J–1 Oracle Gateway Products
Non-Oracle Database
IBM DB2 Universal
Database (UDB)
IBM DB2 z/OS
IBM DB2/400
WebSphere MQ
CICS/TS
IMSTM
SQL Server
Sybase Adaptive Server
Teradata
Informix Server
Oracle Gateway Products and Documentation
Oracle Database Gateway for DRDA.
Use Oracle Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for IBM AIX on
POWER Systems (64-Bit), Linux x86-64, Oracle Solaris on SPARC (64-Bit), Oracle Solaris
on x86-64 (64-Bit), and HP-UX Itanium and Oracle Database Gateway for DRDA User's
Guide.
Oracle Database Gateway for DRDA.
Use Oracle Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for IBM AIX on
POWER Systems (64-Bit), Linux x86-64, Oracle Solaris on SPARC (64-Bit), Oracle Solaris
on x86-64 (64-Bit), and HP-UX Itanium and Oracle Database Gateway for DRDA User's
Guide.
Oracle Database Gateway for DRDA.
Use Oracle Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for IBM AIX on
POWER Systems (64-Bit), Linux x86-64, Oracle Solaris on SPARC (64-Bit), Oracle Solaris
on x86-64 (64-Bit), and HP-UX Itanium and Oracle Database Gateway for DRDA User's
Guide.
Oracle Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ.
Oracle Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide.
Oracle Database Gateway for APPC.
Use Oracle Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for IBM AIX
on POWER Systems (64-Bit), Linux x86-64, Oracle Solaris on SPARC (64-Bit), and HP-UX
Itanium.
Use Oracle Database Gateway for APPC User's Guide
Oracle Database Gateway for SQL Server.
Use Oracle Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for IBM AIX on
POWER Systems (64-Bit), Linux x86-64, Oracle Solaris on SPARC (64-Bit), Oracle Solaris
on x86-64 (64-Bit), and HP-UX Itanium and Oracle Database Gateway for SQL Server
User's Guide.
Oracle Database Gateway for Sybase.
Use Oracle Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for IBM AIX on
POWER Systems (64-Bit), Linux x86-64, Oracle Solaris on SPARC (64-Bit), Oracle Solaris
on x86-64 (64-Bit), and HP-UX Itanium and Oracle Database Gateway for Sybase User's
Guide.
Oracle Database Gateway for Teradata.
Use Oracle Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for IBM AIX on
POWER Systems (64-Bit), Linux x86-64, Oracle Solaris on SPARC (64-Bit), Oracle Solaris
on x86-64 (64-Bit), and HP-UX Itanium and Oracle Database Gateway for Teradata User's
Guide.
Oracle Database Gateway for Informix.
Use Oracle Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for IBM AIX on
POWER Systems (64-Bit), Linux x86-64, Oracle Solaris on SPARC (64-Bit), Oracle Solaris
on x86-64 (64-Bit), and HP-UX Itanium and Oracle Database Gateway for Informix User's
Guide.
Frequently Asked Questions About Installation J-9
Installing Oracle Database Heterogeneous Connectivity Tools (Gateways)
J-10 Oracle Database Installation Guide
Glossary
Oracle Automatic Storage Management disk group
Oracle Automatic Storage Management
manages as a unit. Each disk device can be an individual physical disk, a multiple disk device such as a RAID storage array or logical volume, or even a partition on a
physical disk. You can create the Oracle ASM disk group when you create the
Automatic Storage Management instance
, or with Oracle Database Configuration
Assistant.
Oracle Automatic Storage Management instance
The Oracle instance that manages an
Oracle Automatic Storage Management disk group
. It is created automatically when you install and configure
. See also Oracle system identifier (
Oracle Automatic Storage Management
Enables creation of a single disk group from a collection of individual disk devices. It balances I/O to the disk group across all of the devices in the disk group. It also implements striping and mirroring to improve I/O performance and data reliability.
automatic undo management mode
A mode of Oracle Database in which undo data is stored in a dedicated
that you must perform is the creation of the undo tablespace. All other undo management is performed automatically.
connect descriptor
A specially formatted description of the destination for a network connection. A connect descriptor contains destination service and network route information.
The destination service is indicated by using its service name for the Oracle Database
or its Oracle system identifier (
) for Oracle databases. The network route provides,
at a minimum, the location of the
through use of a network address.
connect identifier
A name, net service name, or service name that resolves to a connect descriptor. Users initiate a connect request by passing a user name and password along with a connect identifier in a connect string for the service to which they want to connect, for example:
SQL> CONNECT
user_name
@
connect_identifier
Enter password:
password
Glossary-1
control files
control files
Files that record the physical structure of a database and contain the database name, the names and locations of associated datafiles and online
stamp of the database creation, the current log sequence number, and checkpoint information.
default domain
The network domain within which most client requests take place. It can be the domain where the client resides, or a domain from which the client often requests network services. The default domain is also the client configuration parameter that determines what domain to append to unqualified network name requests. A name request is unqualified if it does not have a "." character within it.
directory naming
that specifies a directory server to resolve a net service name into a connect descriptor. The net service name is stored centrally in a directory server.
directory server
A Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP)-compliant directory server. A directory can provide centralized storage and retrieval of database network components, user and corporate policies preferences, user authentication, and security information, replacing client-side and server-side localized files.
external procedures
Procedure or function written in the C programming language and stored in a shared library. An Oracle server can call external procedures or functions using PL/SQL routines. For Oracle Database to connect to external procedures, the server must be
configured with a net service name and the
must be configured with protocol
address and service information.
global database name
The full database name that uniquely distinguishes it from any other database in your network domain.
For example: sales.example.com
where sales
is the name you want to call your database and example.com
is the network domain in which the database is located.
initialization parameter file
An ASCII text file that contains information needed to initialize a database and
instance
Process associated with a running Oracle Database instance. When a database is started on a database server (regardless of the type of computer), Oracle Database allocates a memory area called the
and starts one or more Oracle
Database processes. This combination of the System Global Area and Oracle Database processes is called an instance. The memory and processes of an instance manage the associated database's data efficiently and serve the users of the database.
Glossary-2
net service name
installation type
A predefined component set that automatically selects which components to install.
See
"Oracle Database Editions" on page 1-7 for a list of installation types available with
each top-level component.
Interprocess Communication (IPC)
A protocol that client applications use that resides on the same node as the
communicate with the database. IPC can provide a faster local connection than
TCP/IP.
listener
A process that resides on the server and whose responsibility is to listen for incoming client connection requests and manage the traffic to the server.
When a client requests a network session with a database server, a listener receives the actual request. If the client information matches the listener information, then the listener grants a connection to the database server.
listener.ora file
A configuration file for the listener that identifies the:
■
■
Listener name
Protocol addresses on which it is accepting connection requests
■
Services for which it is listening
The listener.ora
file resides in the
$ORACLE_HOME/network/admin
directory.
An Oracle Database 12c does not require identification of the database service because of service registration. However, static service configuration is required for an Oracle
Database 12c if you plan to use Oracle Enterprise Manager.
local naming
that resolves a net service name into a connect descriptor. This name is configured and stored in the
manual undo management mode
A mode of the database in which undo blocks are stored in user-managed rollback segments.
naming method
A resolution method used by a client application to resolve a connect identifier to a network address when attempting to connect to a database service. Oracle Net
Services supports the following naming methods:
■
■
Local naming
Directory naming
■
■
Host naming
External naming
net service name
A simple name for a service that resolves to a connect descriptor. Users initiate a connect request by passing a user name and password along with a net service name in a connect string for the service to which they want to connect:
Glossary-3
OPS$
SQL> CONNECT
user_name
@
net_service_name
Enter password:
password
Depending on your needs, net service names can be stored in a variety of places, including:
■
■
■
Local configuration file, tnsnames.ora
, on each client
Directory server
External naming service, such as Network Information Service (NIS) or Cell
Directory Service (CDS)
OPS$
Acronym for operating system specific. The initialization file parameter
OS_AUTHENT_
PREFIX
enables users to specify a prefix that Oracle uses to authenticate users attempting to connect to the database. Oracle concatenates the value of this parameter to the beginning of the user's operating system account name. When a connection request is attempted, Oracle compares the prefixed user name with Oracle user names in the database.
The default value of this parameter is
""
(a null string), thereby eliminating the addition of any prefix to operating system account names. In earlier releases,
OPS$
was the default setting.
ORACLE_BASE
ORACLE_BASE
is the root of the Oracle Database directory tree. The Oracle Base directory is the top level directory that you can use to install the various oracle software products. You can use the same Oracle base directory for multiple installations. For example,
/u01/app/oracle
is an Oracle base directory created by the oracle user.
ORACLE_HOME
Corresponds to the environment in which Oracle Database products run. If you install an OFA-compliant database, using Oracle Universal Installer defaults, Oracle home
(known as
$ORACLE_HOME
in this guide) is located beneath
$ORACLE_BASE
. The default
Oracle home is db_
n
where n is the Oracle home number. It contains subdirectories for
Oracle Database software executables and network files. See also
.
Oracle home
The directory path to install Oracle components (for example,
/u01/app/oracle/product/12.1.0/db_
n
). You are prompted to enter an Oracle home
in the Path field of the Specify File Locations window. See also
Oracle schema
A set of rules that determine what can be stored in an LDAP-compliant directory server. Oracle has its own schema that is applied to many types of Oracle entries, including Oracle Net Services entries. The Oracle schema for Oracle Net Services entries includes the attributes the entries may contain.
Oracle Net foundation layer
A networking communication layer that establishes and maintains the connection between the client application and server, and also exchanging messages between them.
Glossary-4
SID
protocol address
An address that identifies the network address of a network object.
When a connection is made, the client and the receiver of the request, such as the
, or Oracle Connection Manager, are configured with identical protocol
addresses. The client uses this address to send the connection request to a particular network object location, and the recipient "listens" for requests on this address. It is important to install the same protocols for the client and the connection recipient, and to configure the same addresses.
raw partitions
Portions of a physical disk that are accessed at the lowest possible disk (block) level.
redo log files
Files that contain a record of all changes made to data in the database buffer cache. If an instance failure occurs, then an administrator can use the redo log files to recover the modified data that was in memory.
repository
A set of tables located in any Oracle database accessible to the Oracle Management
Server. Oracle Management Server uses a repository to store all system data and application data, information about the state of managed nodes distributed throughout the environment, and information about the separately licensable management packs.
service registration
A feature by which the LREG process (an instance background process) automatically
. Because this information is registered with the
listener, the
does not have to be configured with this static information.
Service registration provides the listener with the following information:
■
Service names for each running instance of the database
■
■
■
Instance names of the database
Service handlers (dispatchers and dedicated servers) available for each instance to enable the listener to direct a client's request appropriately.
Dispatcher, instance, and node load information
To enable the listener to determine which dispatcher can best handle a client connection's request. If all dispatchers are blocked, the listener can spawn a dedicated server for the connection.
This information enables the listener to determine how best to service a client connection request.
SID
The Oracle system identifier that distinguishes the database from all other databases on your computer. The SID automatically defaults to the database name portion of the global database name ( sales
in the example sales.example.com
) until you reach eight characters or enter a period. You can accept or change the default value.
The SID can also refer to an Oracle ASM instance SID, available when you install
Oracle Automatic Storage Management
.
Glossary-5
sqlnet.ora file
sqlnet.ora file
A configuration file for the client or server that specifies the:
■
■
Client domain to append to unqualified service names or net service names
Order of naming methods for the client to use when resolving a name
■
■
■
■
Logging and tracing features to use
Route of connections
External naming parameters
Oracle Advanced Security parameters
The sqlnet.ora
file resides in
$ORACLE_HOME/network/admin
.
Secure Sockets Layer (SSL)
An industry standard protocol designed by Netscape Communications Corporation for securing network connections. SSL provides authentication, encryption, and data integrity using public key infrastructure (PKI).
SSL
See
.
System Global Area
A group of shared memory structures that contain data and control information for an
Oracle Database
.
system identifier
See
.
tablespace
A logical storage unit within a database. Tablespaces are divided into logical units of storage called segments, which are further divided into extents.
tnsnames.ora file
A configuration file that contains net service names mapped to connect descriptors.
This file is used for the local naming method. The tnsnames.ora
file resides in
$ORACLE_BASE/network/admin
.
undo tablespace
A tablespace that contains one or more undo segments. The creation of any other types of segment (for example, tables, indexes) in undo tablespaces is not allowed.
In the automatic mode, each Oracle instance is assigned one and only one undo tablespace. Each undo tablespace is composed of a set of undo files. Undo blocks are grouped in extents. At any point in time, an extent is either allocated to (and used by) a transaction table, or is free.
Blocks in undo tablespaces are grouped into the following categories:
■
File control blocks, bitmap blocks, and so forth used for space management
■
■
Undo segments containing transaction table blocks, undo blocks, and extent-map blocks used for transaction management
Free blocks that are unallocated to file control or undo segments
Glossary-6
unqualified name
A net service name that does not contain a network domain.
unqualified name
Glossary-7
unqualified name
Glossary-8
Index
Symbols
A
accounts
unlocking
with Oracle Enterprise Manager Database
ADVM
aliases, multiple on computers, E-2
applications, migrating non-Oracle applications to
ASM
checking disk availability on Oracle Solaris, 4-10
asm groups
ASM See Oracle Automatic Storage Management
asmdba groups
Automatic Memory Management, 1-5
Automatic Storage Management block and character device names
changing owner and permissions of disks
identifying available disks on Oracle Solaris, 4-10 identifying disks on Oracle Solaris, 4-10
B
backupdba group
backups of database
Oracle Database Recovery Manager, J-7
base directory
block device
device name on Oracle Solaris, 4-10
C
certification, hardware and software, 1-3
character device
device name on Oracle Solaris, 4-10
chmod command, 2-18, 2-21, 4-11 chown command, 2-18, 2-21, 4-11
client static library, generating, 6-3
cloning
Configuring Oracle Configuration Manager in a
Cluster Ready Services (CRS). See Oracle Clusterware
Cluster Synchronization Services (CSS)
Oracle Automatic Storage Management, 1-11
ports, ranges and protocol, G-2
clusters
See also Oracle Clusterware, Oracle Real
Application Clusters commands
runcluvfy.sh, 4-13 setup.exe, 4-13
computers with multiple aliases, E-2 computers, non-networked, E-2
configuration assistants
failure, I-5 troubleshooting, I-5
configuring
configuring disks for Oracle Automatic Storage
Configuring Oracle Configuration Manager in a
Connection Manager
ports, ranges and protocol, G-2
Index-1
control files
using Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Express with, 7-11
CONTROL_FILES initialization parameter, 7-11
custom database
failure groups for Oracle Automatic Storage
requirements when using Oracle Automatic
D
DAS (direct attached storage) disks, 4-10
data files
creating separate directories for, 2-20
managing with Oracle ASM, 1-10
options for placing on file system, 2-19
recommendations for file system, 2-20
setting permissions on data file directories, 2-21
data loss
minimizing with Oracle Automatic Storage
data mining tools
data warehousing tool
Database Configuration Assistant
databases
identifying, 7-9 initialization parameter file, 7-9
non-Oracle
APPC-enabled, J-9 non-Oracle, listed, J-9
OLAP support (Oracle OLAP), J-6
Optimal Flexible Architecture file naming conventions, F-5
Oracle Automatic Storage Management requirements, 4-8
recovery with Oracle Backup and Recovery, J-7
DB_DOMAIN initialization parameter, 7-9
DB_NAME initialization parameter, 7-9
Index-2
dba group
and Automatic Storage Management disks on
dba groups
Deconfiguring
default file mode creation mask
Deinstallation tool, 8-1 about, 8-1
example, 8-4, 8-5 previous grid home, 8-4
deinstalling previous grid home, 8-4
description
device names
dgdba group
Direct NFS Client
about, 6-10 about oranfstab, 6-10
checking NFS buffer size, 6-11
TCP bufferl TCP buffer error, 6-11
directory
creating separate data file directories, 2-20 database file directory, 2-20
Oracle Inventory directory, 2-15 oraInventory, 2-15
permission for data file directories, 2-21
disc
disk devices
in Oracle Automatic Storage Management, 1-11
managing with Oracle ASM, 1-10
disk space
requirements for preconfigured database in Oracle
Automatic Storage Management, 4-9
disks changing permissions and owner for Automatic
Storage Management
checking availability for Automatic Storage
Management on Oracle Solaris, 4-10
configuring for Oracle Automatic Storage
identifying file systems on Oracle Solaris, 4-11
identifying LVM disks on Oracle Solaris, 4-10 supported for Oracle Automatic Storage
DISPLAY environment variable
DOMAIN_NAME initialization parameter, 7-9
E
environment
configuring for oracle or grid user, 3-11
Environment Requirements for grid user, 4-4
environment variables
TMP and TMPDIR, 2-4, 2-5, 3-13, 4-3
errors
remote terminal installation, I-2
response file installation, I-6 silent mode, I-6
EXAMPLE tablespace
description, 7-10 example01.DBF data file, 7-10 example01.DBF data file, 7-10
examples
Oracle Automatic Storage Management failure groups, 4-9
external redundancy
Oracle Automatic Storage Management redundancy level, 4-8
F
failure group
examples of Oracle Automatic Storage
Management failure groups, 4-9
failure groups
characteristics of Oracle Automatic Storage
Management failure group, 4-9 examples in Oracle Automatic Storage
file mode creation mask
file system
appropriate for Oracle base directory, 2-18
data file and recovery file placement options, 2-19
identifying formatted devices on Oracle
requirements for Oracle base directory, 2-18
$ORACLE_HOME/dbs/initsid.ora, 7-9
dbca.rsp, A-4 enterprise.rsp, A-4
Flash Recovery Area
G
Global Database Name
Grid Control. See Oracle Enterprise Manager Cloud
Control grid user
configuring environment for, 3-11
groups
checking for existing oinstall group, 3-2
Index-3
creating the asmdba group, 3-7 creating the backupdba group, 3-7
creating the dgdba group, 3-7 creating the kmdba group, 3-7
creating the oinstall group, 3-2
UNIX OSDBA group for Oracle Restart (dba), 3-5
H
hardware requirements, 2-3, 4-2 checking, 2-3
high redundancy
Oracle Automatic Storage Management redundancy level, 4-8
home directory
host name, setting before installation, E-1
I
IBM WebSphere MQ Series databases, J-9
initialization parameter file
description, 7-9 in databases, 7-9 initsid.ora, 7-9
initialization parameters
SERVICE_NAMES, 7-9 initsid.ora file, 7-9 initsid.ora initialization parameter file, 7-9
installation
accessing installation software, 5-5
cleaning up after a failed installation, I-7
clusters, installation guidelines, 5-2
component-specific guidelines, 5-1
computer aliases, multiple, E-2
Oracle Automatic Storage Management requirements, 4-8
Index-4
installation errors
installation software
installation software, accessing, 5-5
Installing
instance
instance identifier (SID), 3-11
J
Java
font package requirements for Solaris, 2-8, 2-9
JDK
font packages required on Solaris, 2-8, 2-9
K
kenel parameter
project.max-shm-memory checking, D-3
kernel parameter
checking on Oracle Solaris, D-3
making changes persist on Oracle Solaris, D-3
project.max-shm-memory requirement, D-2
kmdba group
L
languages
installing Oracle components in different languages, H-4
using Oracle components in different languages, H-3
laptops, installing Oracle Database on, E-2
listener
identifying Oracle home for, 3-11 lsnrctl command, 3-11 stopping, 3-11
local device
log files, I-3 troubleshooting, I-3
log files locations in OFA, F-8
logical volume manager
loopback adapters
LVM
identifying volume group devices on Oracle
recommendations for Oracle Automatic Storage
Veritas Volume Manager on Oracle Solaris, 4-10
M
mask
setting default file mode creation mask, 3-11
Microsoft SQL Server database, J-9
migrating
migrating applications to Oracle, J-8
migrating non-Oracle databases to Oracle, J-3
mirroring Oracle Automatic Storage Management disk groups, 4-8
mode
setting default file mode creation mask, 3-11
mount point
for Oracle base directory, 2-15
mount point directory
mount points
Optimal Flexible Architecture conventions for creating, F-2
multihomed computers, installing on, E-1
multiple aliases, computers with, E-2
multiple databases and Oracle ASM, 3-5
multitenant container databases. See CDBs
N
NAS devices
creating files on for use with Oracle Automatic
guidelines for configuration, C-1
Net Configuration Assistant
Net Configuration Assistant (NetCA)
response files, A-7 running at command prompt, A-7
network adapters
See also loopback adapters, primary network
adapters
Network protocol buffer
network setup
computers with multiple aliases, E-2
network topics
NFS
NFS buffer size parameter, 6-11
NLS_LANG environment variable, H-3
noninteractive mode
See also response files, response file mode, A-1
non-Oracle databases, listed, J-9
normal redundancy, Oracle Automatic Storage
Management redundancy level, 4-8
O
OEM
oinstall group
oinstall groups
OLAP tools
OMF
oper group
oper groups
operating system
checking version of Solaris, 2-12
reviewing common practices, 2-6
operating system accounts
operating system groups
creating the oinstall group, 3-2
operating system requirements, 2-7, 2-8, 2-9
operating system users
Optimal Flexible Architecture
conventions for creating mount points, F-2
Index-5
Oracle Automatic Storage Management, F-5
recommendations for Oracle base directory, 2-15 recommended path for Oracle base directory, 2-15
recommended path for Oracle home directory, 2-16
recommended path for Oracle Inventory directory, 2-15
Oracle ADVM, 4-4 requirements, 4-4
Oracle Application Server, J-4
Oracle applications
installing with Oracle Database, J-7
Oracle ASM disk groups
Oracle ASM failure groups
Oracle ASM instance
Oracle Automatic Storage Management, 1-10
characteristics of failure groups, 4-9
configuring disks for Automatic Storage
considerations before installing, 4-6
failure groups
examples, 4-9 identifying, 4-9
Optimal Flexible Architecture file naming conventions, F-5
Oracle ASM disk group templates, 1-11
Index-6
recommendations for disk groups, 4-8 redundancy levels, 4-8
space required for preconfigured database, 4-9
SPFILE server parameter file, 4-7
Oracle Automatic Storage Management Cluster File
Oracle Automatic Storage Management Configuration
Oracle Automatic Storage Management disk groups
Oracle Automatic Storage Management Dynamic
Oracle base directory
creating, 2-18 creating new, 2-18
description, 2-15 examples, 2-15
identifying appropriate file system, 2-18
recommended path, 2-15 relationship with Oracle software owner user, 2-15 requirement for, 2-15
requirements for existing directory, 2-18 requirements on file system, 2-18
Oracle Cluster Registry port, G-2
Oracle Clusterware
about, J-3 used with Oracle Real Application Clusters, J-3
Oracle components
using in different languages, H-3
Oracle Data Mining
Oracle Database
administering and monitoring, J-4
creating data file directories, 2-20
Enterprise Edition installation, 1-7
getting started using
accessing, 7-3 starting and stopping database, 7-3
installing with Oracle applications, J-7
minimum disk space requirements, 2-20
requirements with Oracle Automatic Storage
setting ORACLE_SID environment variable, 3-11
Standard Edition installation, 1-7
Oracle Database Client
Oracle Database components
administering and monitoring, J-4
installing with Oracle applications, J-7
installing with Oracle Database tools, J-4
Oracle Database Recovery Manager (RMAN)
Oracle Database Vault
Oracle Enterprise Manager, 1-12
Database Express
Oracle Enterprise Manager Cloud Control, 1-12, 1-13
Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Express
identifying tablespaces and data files, 7-10
initialization parameters, 7-9 locating the server parameter file, 7-9
logging into, 7-1 port number, 7-1
unlocking accounts and resetting passwords, 7-7
Oracle home
Oracle home directory
identifying for listener, 3-11
multiple homes, network considerations, E-1
recommended path, 2-16 requirement for, 2-16 requirements, 2-16
using to identify Oracle base directory, 2-17
Oracle host name, setting before installation, E-1
Oracle Internet Directory, J-5
Oracle Inventory
Oracle Inventory directory
description, 2-15 recommended path, 2-15
Oracle Inventory group
Oracle Inventory groups
checking for existing, 3-2 creating, 3-2
Oracle Label Security
Oracle Managed Files
Optimal Flexible Architecture naming conventions, F-5
Oracle Messaging Gateway
Oracle Net
configuration file directory, 6-7
Oracle Net Configuration Assistant
Oracle Net Services
Oracle Net Services Listener
ports, ranges and protocol, G-2
Oracle OLAP
Oracle Precompilers
Oracle Procedural Gateway
Oracle Real Application Clusters (RAC)
installing with Oracle Enterprise Manager, J-4
Oracle Clusterware
Oracle Restart
Oracle Software Owner user
and Automatic Storage Management disks, 4-11
Oracle software owner user
configuring environment for, 3-11
determining default shell, 3-12
relationship with Oracle base directory, 2-15
Oracle Solaris
block and character device names, 4-10 checking disk availability for Automatic Storage
checking kernel parameters, D-3
identifying disks for Automatic Storage
identifying file systems, 4-11
making kernel parameter changes persist, D-3
Oracle SQL Developer
migrating non-Oracle applications to Oracle, J-8
migrating non-Oracle databases to Oracle, J-3
Oracle Technology Network (OTN)
downloading documentation from, xiii
Oracle Text knowledge base, 6-8
Oracle Transparent Gateway
Oracle Universal Installer
guidelines for using, 5-1 installation guidelines, 5-1
running in different languages, H-4
oracle user
and Automatic Storage Management disks, 4-11
Index-7
configuring environment for, 3-11
determining default shell, 3-12
relationship with Oracle base directory, 2-15
Oracle user accounts
Oracle XML DB
configuring or reinstalling, 6-9 configuring the ports, 6-9
ports, ranges and protocol, G-2
ORACLE_BASE environment variable, 2-19
ORACLE_HOME environment variable
ORACLE_HOSTNAME environment variable
computers with multiple aliases, E-2
multihomed computers, E-1 setting before installation, E-1
ORACLE_SID environment variable
oraInst.loc file
location, 3-2 location of, 3-2
oraInventory directory
See Oracle Inventory directory
oratab file, 2-17 formats, 2-17 location of, 2-17
OSASM groups
OSDBA group
and Automatic Storage Management disks on
OSDBA groups
creating for Oracle Grid Infrastructure, 3-7
SYSDBA privilege for Oracle Restart, 3-5
OSOPER groups
OTN website
Index-8
downloading installation software from, 5-5
P
packages
checking on Oracle Solaris, 2-13 checking on Solaris, 2-13
partition
using with Oracle Automatic Storage
partitions
creation for Oracle Automatic Storage
slices on Oracle Solaris, 4-11
password file for Oracle Automatic Storage
passwords
resetting, 7-7 with Oracle Enterprise Manager Database
Express, 7-7 with SQL*Plus, 7-7
unlocking, 7-7 with SQL*Plus, 7-7
patches
download location for Solaris, 2-14
PATH environment variable
pathnames
Optimal Flexible Architecture, F-3
PDBs, xvii, 5-15 installation, 5-15
permissions
for data file directories, 2-21
for Oracle base directory, 2-18
port numbers
managing, G-1 portlist.ini file, G-1
ports
Cluster Synchronization Services, ranges and protocol, G-2
configured for applications, G-1
Connection Manager, ranges and protocol, G-2
Oracle Net Services Listener, ranges and protocol, G-2
Oracle XML DB, ranges and protocol, G-2
post-installation
Oracle Label Security, configuring, 6-7
Oracle Net Services, configuring, 6-6
patches, installing and downloading, 6-1
postinstallation recommended tasks
client static library, generating, 6-3
creating operating system accounts, 6-2 root.sh script, backing up, 6-2
required tasks
configuring Oracle Messaging Gateway, 6-7
postinstallation tasks
Oracle Text knowledge base, 6-8
preconfigured database
Oracle Automatic Storage Management disk space requirements, 4-9
requirements when using Oracle Automatic
Pro*C/C++
process
stopping listener process, 3-11
project.max-shm-memory checking, D-3
project.max-shm-memory requirement, D-2
R
RAID
using for Oracle data files, 2-20
recommendations
on perfomring software-only installations, 4-13
recovery files
options for placing on file system, 2-19
recovery of databases
Oracle Backup and Recovery, J-7
redo log files
in starter database, 7-11 locating, 7-11
using Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Express with, 7-11
redundancy level
and space requirements for preconfigured database, 4-9
for Oracle Automatic Storage Management, 4-8
redundant array of independent disks
Removing Oracle Database Software, 8-1
requirements
checking, 2-3 hardware, 2-3, 4-2
response file installation response files
preparing, A-3, A-4 templates, A-3
response file mode
response files, A-1 about, A-1
dbca.rsp, A-4 enterprise.rsp, A-4
Net Configuration Assistant, A-7
Oracle Automatic Storage Management, A-3
passing values at command line, A-2
specifying with Oracle Universal Installer, A-5
response files installation
root script execution plan, 3-15 root scripts automation, 3-15
S
Sample Schemas
tablespaces and data files, 7-10
SAN (storage area network) disks, 4-10
schemas
database schema passwords, 5-17
Sample Schemas tablespaces and data files, 7-10
security
dividing ownership of Oracle software, 3-1
server parameter file (SPFILE), 4-7
SERVICE_NAMES initialization parameter, 7-9
shell
determining default shell for oracle user, 3-12
SHELL environment variable
shell limits
configuring, D-4 setting manually, D-4
setting ORACLE_SID environment variable, 3-11
silent mode
See also response file mode, response files, A-1
Index-9
software requirements
checking software requirements, 2-12
Oracle Messaging Gateway, 2-10
programming environments, 2-11
software requirements for Solaris 10 on SPARC, 2-8
software requirements for Solaris 10 on x86-64, 2-9
software requirements for Solaris 11 on SPARC, 2-7
software requirements for Solaris 11 on x86-64, 2-9
software updates option, 1-6, 4-16, 5-12
downloading before installation, 4-15, 5-9
Solaris
font packages for Java, 2-8, 2-9
Solaris 10
Solaris 11
SPFILE server parameter file, 4-7
SQL Developer
SQL*Plus
ssh
storage area network disks, 4-10
storage management See Oracle Automatic Storage
Management
suppressed mode. See response file mode
swap space
Sybase Adapter Server database, J-9
SYSASM
SYSDBA privilege
associated UNIX group, 3-4, 3-5
SYSOPER privilege
SYSTEM
T
tablespaces, 7-10 defined, 7-10 in databases, 7-10 reviewing, 7-10 expanding for large sorts, 7-10
Optimal Flexible Architecture
TEMP
tablespace (temp01.dbf), 7-10 temp01.dbf data file, 7-10
temporary disk space
TMP environment variable, 2-4, 2-5, 4-3
TMPDIR environment variable, 2-4, 2-5, 4-3
TNS_ADMIN environment variable
remote terminal installation, I-2 su command, I-2
U
UNDOTBS
tablespace (undotbs01.dbf), 7-10
UNIX commands
chmod, 2-18, 2-21, 4-11 chown, 2-18, 2-21, 4-11
Index-10
UNIX groups
checking for existing oinstall group, 3-2
OSDBA (dba) for Oracle Restart, 3-5
UNIX workstation
unset command, 3-14 unsetenv command, 3-14
upgraded databases
upgrading, 1-15 operating sytem, 1-15
USERS
tablespace (users01.dbf), 7-10
users
UTLRP.SQL
recompiling invalid SQL modules, 6-9
V
verifying packages, 2-13 verifying patches, 2-13
very large databases
Optimal Flexible Architecture naming mount points, F-3
W
web servers (Oracle HTTP Server), J-8
WebSphere MQ Series database, J-9
X
X Window
X Window System
X Window system
Index-11
Index-12
Laadi alla
Avalik link on uuendatud
Teie vestluse avalik link on uuendatud. You may view and manage your chat links after registration here.
Dokumendi avalik link
Reklaam